hide results

    FAQ/Strategy Guide by kylohk

    Version: 1.7 | Updated: 06/18/09 | Printable Version | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

    -------------------------------------------
    Little King's Story strategy guide
    Platform: Wii
    Author: Kylohk
    Version: 1.7
    Date: 2009-6-18
    -------------------------------------------
    NOTE: Do you like the guide? Did it help you? If yes, please click the 
    "Recommend" link on the black bar at the top of this page. Thank you for your 
    attention.
    
    Table of contents: [Search key]
    ===I. GETTING STARTED===
    1. Basics
    2. Job classes [LKS2]
    3. Combat strategies [LKS3]
    4. Enemies [LKS4]
    5. Questing [LKS5]
    6. Treasure hunts [LKS6]
    7. Kingdom plans [LKS7]
    
    ===II. STARTING YOUR KINGDOM===
    8. Everything starts from zero [LKS8]
    9. Crossing the river [LKS9]
    
    ===III. A NOT SO LITTLE CONQUEST===
    10. The good, bad and Onii [LKS10]
    11. 2 Young for a king [LKS11]
    12. Sunflowers and melons [LKS12]
    13. A jolly sandwich [LKS13]
    14. Royal party crashers [LKS14]
    15. Ripe for an invasion [LKS15]
    
    ===IV. NOW THAT'S WHAT I CALL A CASTLE===
    16. Greedy ministers and flying machines [LKS16]
    17. Putting an end to their worries [LKS17]
    18. Another race from outer space [LKS18]
    19. Live at Primetime: Hostile Takeover [LKS19]
    20. Control the media, control the mind [LKS20]
    21. Mountain King Competition [LKS21]
    22. Soaring to new heights [LKS22]
    23. Electric hamburger wheels [LKS23]
    
    ===V. THE WORLD ENDS WITH YOU THE KING===
    24. World of emergency [LKS24]
    25. The sky's the limit [LKS25]
    
    ===VI. MORE TO CONQUER BESIDES THE WORLD===
    26. Pleasing your princesses [LKS26]
    27. Art collection [LKS27]
    28. Treasured equipment [LKS28] 
    
    ===VII. CONCLUSION===
    
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    |                            I. GETTING STARTED                              |
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    While I was browsing along the internet about the Wii in April 2009, I came 
    across this game with a quirky game called Little King's Story. I originally 
    couldn't understand why people were so anticipated about this game, since it 
    sounded rather naive to me. But still, this game proved to be a dark horse, 
    securing a couple of 90% scores on video game magazines in PAL territories. 
    Out of curiosity, I bought the game and played it. My, am I in for a surprise!
    
    This game is about a little boy called Corobo. One day, he was chasing rats 
    out of his house when he ran into the woods, where he found a crown. Wearing 
    the crown gives him the ability to command people to do different things. 
    Three people, Howser, Liam and Verde, immediately joined him as his ministers 
    and vow to help him build the kingdom. From then on, your job will be to build 
    your kingdom and expand its frontiers, eventually taking over the world! Of 
    course, this guide is copyright 2009-2012 to Kylohk and is to be posted solely 
    on GameFAQs, so don't bother asking. Now we got that out of the way, let's 
    begin.
    
    As of this moment, you can complete the tasks offered by 5 of the 7 princesses 
    found in this game, as well as completing two other side missions. I will try 
    to complete the rest of the things in a timely manner.
    
    ***************
    Updates
    ***************
    Version 1.7:
    I have added a section which explains the locations of the 58 pieces of 
    equipment in the game.
    
    Version 1.6:
    Started a section which details the locations of the art pieces in the game.
    
    Version 1.5:
    Started a section which discusses the side quests that can be done for the 
    seven princesses.
    
    Version 1.4:
    A detailed list of things that can be built in the kingdom has been added.
    
    Version 1.3:
    Added an enemy list.
    
    Version 1.2:
    Added a new version on treasure hunting.
    
    Version 1.1:
    Added a section on quest strategies.
    
    ---------------
    1. Basics
    ---------------
    Little King's Story is played with the Wii Remote with the Nunchuck Attachment. 
    Unlike most games for the Wii however, this game does not use any motion 
    controls, let alone the pointer.
    
    ---------------
    Controls
    ---------------
    Control stick
    Use the control stick to move King Corobo around the field. Tilt the stick in 
    the direction corresponding to the one you want him to move, simple.
    
    Directional pad
    Use the left and right keys on the directional pad to rotate the camera. The 
    down key is used to sort your group, while the up key is used to change 
    formations.
    
    A button
    Press the A button to talk to people and read signs. When you are accompanied 
    by any of your subjects, the A button acts as a charge command. Once you have 
    set a target, press the A button to send the next subject in the queue after 
    the target. Keep tapping the A button to send multiple subjects after the 
    target. Finally, the A button is used to select options on menus.
    
    B button
    Press the B button while standing in front of a subject to make him join your 
    ranks. Whenever you have sent your subjects out to a target or enemy, press 
    the B button to ask them to come back to you. Of course, the B button is used 
    to exit menus.
    
    C button
    The C button is used to zoom the camera around within your kingdom. Out in the 
    field, press the C button to attack enemies with your sceptre.
    
    Z button
    Activates target mode, which helps you choose your targets.
    
    Plus and Minus buttons
    Press the plus button to bring out the field menu.
    
    1 button
    Press the 1 button to dismiss any of your subjects that may be accompanying 
    you.
    
    2 button
    Press the 2 button while on the field menu to quickly warp back to your castle.
    
    ------------------
    Basic interaction
    ------------------
    You're the king, and your subjects are there to serve you. To recruit a 
    subject, talk over to him until you see his name appear above him. Press the B 
    button and he will join you. Keep recruiting people until your group is full, 
    as indicated by the counter on the lower left part of the screen. You can 
    still recruit people when your group is full, but one of your group members 
    will automatically leave the group when that happens.
    
    The number of people you can recruit at a time can be increased through 
    upgrades. Once you have completed your objective, you can dismiss your group 
    by pressing the 1 button. Those subjects will now leave you to mind their own 
    business.
    
    King Corobo can inspect different things on the field with the A button. Move 
    him over to the object of interest and a question mark will appear over his 
    head. Press the A button and he can check it (e.g. reading a sign).
    
    -------------------------
    Performing various tasks
    -------------------------
    Now that you have a group, you can perform various tasks. Start by activating 
    target mode by pressing the Z button. A line of dots will point out from the 
    king. That line is your line of sight, and you can target things by moving 
    Corobo until the line intersects with your intended target. Things that can be 
    targeted (e.g. enemies, holes etc.) are denoted by a heptagon showing their 
    health. Once the object has been targeted, the edges of its heptagon health 
    gauge will start to glow. You can now send your men in by pressing the A 
    button repeatedly. What your subjects do depends on the nature of the target: 
    If it's an enemy, they will start attacking it; if it's a hole, they will 
    start digging if they are able to.
    
    Your subjects are sent out in a specific order. The next 5 subjects to be sent 
    out are denoted by the row of icons next to the group counter on the lower 
    left corner of the screen. The job classes of those five people are 
    represented by the individual icons. It is possible to sort your team by 
    individual job classes by pressing the down key on the directional pad. 
    Subjects of the same job class will be grouped together in the queue and you 
    can easily send multiple members of the same class at once. Keep pressing the 
    down key until the class you want to send out is in the front of the queue. 
    This is particularly effective when you need to send only your soldiers out to 
    fight the enemies and keep the other classes safe.
    
    ---------------
    Basic combat
    ---------------
    Let's say you and your group have found an enemy, known as an Unidentified 
    Mysterious Anima or UMA in the game. It's time to fight. Start by sorting your 
    group so that the soldiers are at the front of the queue. Afterwards, target 
    the enemy and press the A button repeatedly to send your men out. Your 
    soldiers will attack and deal damage to the enemy, causing its heptagon gauge 
    to slowly empty. Be warned that the enemy will definitely strike back. You can 
    tell when an enemy is about to attack when you see smoke fuming out of their 
    heads. Immediately press the B button to order your men to retreat in order to 
    avoid damage. Once the attack is over, you can send the soldiers in again 
    until the enemy is finally killed. Once the enemy is killed, it may drop a 
    treasure which can be collected. 
    
    ----------------
    Formations
    ----------------
    You can arrange your citizens into up to three formations in this game. In the 
    attack formation, your men will follow you in rows of 3. In the guard 
    formation, your subjects will form a concentric circle around you. This is 
    particularly useful in open areas in which you want to improve your 
    manoeuvrability when fighting against certain strong enemies. Finally, in the 
    evade formation, your citizens will follow you in a single file. This 
    formation is effective when you want to move along narrow paths without 
    causing anyone to fall off.
    
    ----------------
    Health system
    ----------------
    The health of your individual team members are denoted by the array of dots 
    above their heads. Each blue dot represents one hit point. If a team member is 
    hit, it will take damage and some dots will turn grey, implying health loss. 
    To see the status of your team members, enter the field menu and select Status. 
    You'll see a list of subjects who are accompanying you and their HP. Injured 
    subjects can be fully healed by sending them into hot springs. Simply target 
    the spring and use the charge command to give them a nice hot bath!
    
    A team member will die when he loses all his health, so watch out. When he 
    dies, he will be temporarily unavailable. To resurrect him, reenter your 
    castle and sit on your throne. Notice how death benefits will be paid for each 
    killed subject. Now, sleep in your bed and you will find your subject washed 
    up on the beach to the south east of your castle. You can now summon him back 
    to your team as if nothing happened. As for King Corobo himself, he is limited 
    to only three points of health, so always have your men do the job or you'd 
    risk dying.
    
    ---------------
    Time of day
    ---------------
    Time passes as you move around the world. The time is denoted by the clock on 
    the upper left corner of the screen. Different enemies and holes may appear in 
    the same region depending on the time of day, so it is always a good idea to 
    return to the same area when it's dark. Once you have done enough, you can 
    return to your castle and go to bed. Once you have slept, a day would have 
    passed and all your subjects' health will be fully restored.
    
    -----------------
    Treasure hunting
    -----------------
    Just like any real time strategy game, Little King's Story features a large 
    number of goodies for you to collect. The currency unit is known as Bol in 
    this game and is used to build new buildings, upgrade your abilities and 
    provide job training for your citizens. The main way to collect money is this 
    game is by treasure hunting.
    
    Treasure can be found in most bushes and vases in the game. Simply target one 
    and send a single subject over. He will break the target and reveal whatever's 
    in it. Of course, enemies tend to hold treasure, so you can beat them for it. 
    You can keep doing this since enemies respawn every day in the game. 
    Furthermore, you can dig holes to find treasure. Target the hole and send some 
    of your subjects in to start digging. The hole will get bigger and enemies may 
    come out. Defeat any enemies that appear and keep digging until the treasure 
    appears. Note that certain cracks on the ground can only be opened by a person 
    of the farmer job class.
    
    Once you have gathered enough, return to the castle and sit on your throne. 
    The treasure you have collected will be revealed, along with their values, 
    before they are cashed into your national budget.
    
    Finally, it pays to revisit areas that you have been before since holes tend 
    to reappear there after some time, allowing you to dig up even more treasure. 
    There is no need to worry about exhausting the money supply in this game!
    
    -----------------
    Collecting taxes
    -----------------
    You can collect taxes from your citizens by sending your men (apart from 
    carefree adults) into the houses and other places of residence within your 
    kingdom. The amount collected varies per house. Sometimes, the people living 
    inside will give you other goodies when you send someone there, so make sure 
    you tax each house at least once in the game.
    
    -----------------------
    Knowing your ministers
    -----------------------
    Three people have sworn loyalty to King Corobo as soon as he got the crown. 
    They are Howser, Verde and Liam. The three ministers do different things and 
    can be called upon by sitting on the throne. Simply select the name of the 
    person you wish to call on the menu that appears and press the A button.
    
    Howser
    Howser Oreganostein has been waiting 35 years for the proper king to emerge, 
    and he trusts you to be the one! His Don Quixote tendencies are reflected in 
    the name of his trusted cow mount, Pancho. Anyways, call Howser to discuss 
    your plans for the kingdom through the Kingdom Plans option. There you can 
    build new buildings in different parts of your kingdom or buy power ups for 
    you and your subjects.
    
    Buildings are placed in categories corresponding to the different parts of 
    your kingdom. Select the region and you can see the buildings that can be 
    built there. If you can afford it, select the building to be built and press 
    the A button. Confirm your choice and the building will be automatically built 
    at a designated spot in that region. Don't worry about choosing the exact spot, 
    the game does it for you. Note that each building can only be built once.
    
    A second thing Howser can do for you is to show you the contents of the 
    Suggestion Box, in which your subjects voice their opinions about your 
    governance. The more important things are quests, which appear in the box as 
    well. Any suggestion which represents a quest will be marked by a five-star 
    scale indicating the difficulty of the quest. Read the text and you'll get an 
    idea of what you have to do. Press the A button again to accept the quest. 
    Quests can be tracked by entering the field menu and selecting the Quest 
    option. It basically tells you where you have to go to complete the quest.
    
    Verde
    Verde is a close friend of Corobo who wears a green dress, hence her name. She 
    has appointed herself to be the records minister and is responsible for saving 
    your game. In addition, she can tell you information about your kingdom, such 
    as the number of people in different job classes and the number of people who 
    like and hate you.
    
    Liam
    As Anything Minister, this hulky guy gives you tutorials on various aspects on 
    the game when you call him over.
    
    ------------------
    Completing quests
    ------------------
    Once it is set up, always read your suggestion box from time to time as a 
    number of quests will be available. Letters that are quest offers are marked 
    by a star rating which denotes its difficulty. Read the mail to find the 
    location of the quest and what you have to do there. When you have finished 
    reading, press the A button and you'll be asked whether you accept the quest. 
    Select yes and you have three ingame days to complete whatever objective 
    required, or else the quest will expire. Once you've finished the quest, you 
    will typically be awarded some valuable treasure that can be exchanged for a 
    lot of money.
    
    Some quests involve killing guardians of certain areas which, when completed, 
    allow you to eradicate all enemies in that area and expand your kingdom there. 
    Most of the other quests are randomly given, so different players may be 
    offered different quests. In addition, those quests may disappear if you 
    accepted for a few days, but don't worry, there are plenty of fish out in the 
    sea in this game.
    
    -----------------------
    Expanding your kingdom
    -----------------------
    As king of Aipoko, your job is to build and expand your kingdom. Firstly, you 
    start by increasing your total population. You do this by ordering Howser to 
    build houses and other residential buildings. Once the house is built, new 
    subjects will automatically appear.
    
    A second thing to expand is your kingdom territory. Most areas of the game are 
    guarded by numerous enemies and bosses, also known as Guardian UMAs. Most 
    bosses come to your attention through quests in the suggestion box. Once you 
    have defeated that Guardian UMA, the area it is guarding will be eradicated of 
    enemies, allowing you to build more things on it. Furthermore, the world is a 
    large place. There exist many other kingdoms for you to conquer. Send armies 
    into those kingdoms and defeat their kings, allowing you to take over their 
    country, making you one step closer to world domination!
    
    ---------------
    2. Job classes
    ---------------
    [LKS2]
    In the kingdom of Aipoko, different people have different purposes. Therefore 
    you should assign your subjects with various job classes. To assign a job 
    class to your citizens, summon a group of them to follow you. Walk over to the 
    workplace corresponding to the desired job and target it. After that, use the 
    charge command to send the citizen into the building. He will enter and emerge 
    with his new job. You can change your subjects' jobs as many times as you wish 
    by sending them into the desired workplaces again.
    
    Note that most jobs in the game have a training cost. When you assign such 
    jobs to your citizens, money will be deducted from your budget. It is 
    therefore recommended that you have your subjects stick to their jobs when 
    they are assigned to it.
    
    Here are the job classes that can be assigned to your citizens in the game.
    
    ---------------
    Carefree adult
    ---------------
    Icon: White long sleeved shirt
    Carefree adults are the typical unemployed people in your kingdom. They are 
    only good for digger holes, so assign them to a job quickly. Also note the 
    carefree rock outside your castle, if you send any of your subjects into it, 
    they will become carefree again. Beware.
    
    ---------------
    Carefree child
    ---------------
    Icon: Kid's clothes
    After a while, some of your citizens may fall in love with each other. Gather 
    the couple and send them into the church once it is built and they will get 
    married. A child will also be instantly born on the spot. Carefree children, 
    like carefree adults can hardly do anything. However, they are the only people 
    who can climb up trees to collect things for you, so it's always nice to have 
    at least one around. Once the Royal School is built, you can send these kids 
    to school to immediately transform them into carefree adults.
    
    ---------------
    Farmer
    ---------------
    Workplace: Farmhouse     Icon: Brown straw hat     Specialty: Excavation
    Hardworking farmers specialise in digging holes. They are the only people who 
    are able to open up cracks on the ground, revealing even more holes that can 
    be dug open for treasure. There is no such thing as a food supply in this game, 
    so don't worry about having too many farmers. As more job classes are gained 
    in this game, you'll have more people who can dig holes, but not open cracks. 
    Since the crack opening procedure is very fast, you will eventually need only 
    one farmer in your group at any time.
    
    ---------------
    Soldier
    ---------------
    Workplace: Guard hut     Icon: Golden helmet
    Grunt soldiers are the most important job class in the game. They specialise 
    in combat and can deal three times more melee damage to your enemies than 
    other classes. In addition, they can cling onto enemies as they fight them, 
    hindering their movement. Their only weakness is that they are unable to dig 
    holes. I am sure that the majority of your group will consist of soldiers, 
    apart from certain situations.
    
    ---------------
    Carpenter
    ---------------
    Workplace: Carpenter hut     Training cost (per person): 50000 Bol
    Icon: Pink cap     Specialty: Woodwork
    Regular carpenters are the builders of your kingdom. Whenever you see a sign 
    with a hammer on it, it means that something can be built there. Target the 
    sign and send the carpenter into it and he'll start building. Be careful not 
    to send any other types of citizens into the sign since they will only serve 
    to hinder the construction. Given the time consuming nature of this specialty, 
    try to have more than one carpenter in your group at a time.
    
    ---------------
    Hunter
    ---------------
    Workplace: Hunter hut     Training cost: 100000 Bol
    Icon: Rabbit cap     Specialty: Shoot down
    Animal hunters are kind of cute with their white caps with rabbit ears on them. 
    These guys act as archers in your forces, attacking with bows and arrows. They 
    are effective against enemies located in high places that you'd normally be 
    unable to reach. In addition, hunters are able to shoot down projectiles 
    thrown at you by the enemies, saving you and your group a lot of hurt. You do 
    this by targeting the enemy that is throwing stuff at you. Simply target the 
    enemy that is throwing the projectiles and the hunters will automatically 
    shoot down any threats while attacking the enemy.
    
    Hunters hold a limited number of arrows, as denoted by the counter at the 
    bottom left corner of the screen. You can refill their arrow supply by picking 
    up any arrows dropped from enemies or broken objects in the game, or by 
    reentering your kingdom.
    
    ---------------
    Lumberjack
    ---------------
    Workplace: Lumberjack hut     Training cost: 150000 Bol
    Icon: Raccoon cap     Specialty: Timber!
    Buff lumberjacks specialise in chopping wood. Whenever you see giant obstacles 
    like tree stumps blocking your way, send a few lumberjacks in and they will 
    immediately reduce the stump into a pile of shredded wood. You can then send 
    in other members of your group such as soldiers to help clear away the debris. 
    In addition, lumberjacks clear any wooden obstacle faster than anyone else. As 
    a result, you won't need more than one lumberjack in your team at any time.
    
    ---------------
    Merchant
    ---------------
    Workplace: Shopping arcade     Training cost: 1500000 Bol
    Icon: Turban     Specialty: Find hole
    Savvy merchants specialise in finding treasure that can't be seen with the 
    naked eye. Whenever he detects a hidden hole near you and your group, he will 
    display a bright light bulb. The hidden hole will appear, allowing you to dig 
    in! In addition, you may find many giant purple purses in the world. Send a 
    merchant into the purse and he will break it open instantly, revealing a super 
    valuable treasure! 
    
    Whatever happens, you'll only need one merchant in your group at a time. 
    Despite the previous fact and the high training cost of a merchant, I'd still 
    recommend that you train new merchants regularly since the first five 
    merchants may give you a piece of treasure that can be equipped on a group 
    member when you talk to him.
    
    ---------------
    Cook
    ---------------
    Workplace: Culinary academy     Training cost: 500000 Bol
    Icon: Chef's hat     Specialty: Saute
    What could we do without fine chefs? Gourmet cooks specialise in chicken 
    dishes. In this game, there are these giant chickens which deal a lot of 
    damage through their machine gun like attacks and are hard to kill using 
    conventional means. Send a cook and it's all sorted out. The cook will 
    immediately fry this chicken, killing it instantly! Since this job class is so 
    situational, only bring some with you if you have to fight through areas with 
    such enemies. Sunflower Plains come to mind.
    
    ---------------
    Miner
    ---------------
    Workplace: Stonecutters plant     Training cost: 300000 Bol
    Icon: Mining helmet     Specialty: Break rock
    Buff miners specialise in breaking giant rocks that can't be damaged by others. 
    Simply send the miner into the rock and he'll immediately pulverise it into 
    much smaller, manageable pieces which can then be taken apart by anyone. In 
    addition, Miners are extremely effective against moving rock enemies named 
    Rockies. Simply send the miner into the Rocky and he will climb on to his head 
    and smash him to pieces instantly! Due to the instantaneous nature of this 
    action, only one miner is ever needed in your group at a time.
    
    ---------------
    Mega carpenter
    ---------------
    Workplace: Furniture factory     Training cost: 1000000 Bol
    Icon: Conical helmet     Specialty: Stonework
    Mega carpenters are a step up from carpenters, being able to build things that 
    regular carpenters can't build. As a result, regular carpenters will become 
    obsolete the instant you get to build mega carpenters. Due to their 
    specialised skills, try to have a few in your group later in the game.
    
    -----------------
    Hardened soldier
    -----------------
    Workplace: Veteran's barracks     Training cost: 1000000 Bol
    Icon: Spiked helm     Specialty: Super move
    Hardened soldiers are one step up from grunts. These guys hit harder and have 
    a special move. The special move involves bashing the enemy in the head, 
    causing the screen to flash and a "ting" sound to be heard. Given the high 
    training cost of this role, it will take a while to gather up a considerable 
    squad of these soldiers. When you have enough, always pick the ones with the 
    highest base health to be with you at all times.
    
    ---------------
    Giga carpenter
    ---------------
    Workplace: Giga grinder     Training cost: 1500000 Bol
    Icon: Bionic helmet     Specialty: Machine
    This is the ultimate level of carpenters. These guys are so high tech that 
    they speak like robots. Giga carpenters are the fastest carpenters in the game. 
    They are the only ones that can build lifts. The sad things is that mega 
    carpenters become obsolete so quickly in the game, but that's technology for 
    you. Given their work rate, you won't need any more than three in your group 
    by the time you got them.
    
    ---------------
    Eggan
    ---------------
    Icon: Eggshell     Specialty: Break Egg
    Eggans are the former citizens of the Worrywart Kingdom. Once you have 
    defeated their ruler, Eggans will move into your kingdom when you accept the 
    quest to search for a component for the flying machine given right after your 
    victory. Once that happens, one Eggan will appear on your citizens list, 
    allowing you to summon him at will. Eggans specialises in breaking those giant 
    boiled egg obstacles scattered around the place. Either way, their use is 
    extremely limited and situational.
    
    ---------------
    Broadcaster
    ---------------
    Icon: Antenna cap     Specialty: Fix TV
    Former citizens of the Primetime Kingdom, broadcasters used to be responsible 
    for transmitting King TV Dinnah's programmes all around the world. Once TV 
    Dinnah is defeated, Broadcasters will move into your kingdom, if you accept 
    the quest to find a flying machine component that appears soon after. Just 
    like Eggans, only one broadcaster will be available. The broadcaster 
    specialises in destroying giant televisions blocking your path in just one 
    part of the game.
    
    ---------------
    Mountie
    ---------------
    Icon: Mountie hat     Specialty: Erupt
    Mounties used to be citizens of the Tiptoe Kingdom, until you came in and 
    defeated their king. These competitive fellows will move in when you accept 
    the flying machine component quest right after you conquered that kingdom. One 
    single mountie will then arrive to help you. These guys are good at cooling 
    holes with smoke fuming out of them, allowing you to dig them open. In 
    addition, this guy may occasionally fire an incendiary shell at the enemies, 
    dealing considerable area damage. However, don't count on it.
    
    ---------------
    Craftian
    ---------------
    Icon: Blue crystal     Specialty: Block work
    Craftians are former citizens of New Island. They speak in a very 
    impressionistic way indeed. Craftians specialise in working with building 
    blocks. Send the Craftian into a stack of blocks blocking the way (no pun 
    intended) and he will transform it into a lovely dragon archway that can be 
    passed through.
    
    ---------------
    Wizard
    ---------------
    Icon: Pointed hat     Specialty: Morph magic
    The rainbow wizard is one of three special classes that are unlocked towards 
    the end of the game. To get the wizard, you must first build up the Magical 
    Land district and continue playing the game, sitting on the throne regularly. 
    Once you have conquered all the 7 rival kingdoms, some carefree adult will 
    eventually tell you of a rumour of a wizard appearing in the Magical Land. 
    When that happens, visit Magical Land at midnight and you will see him hanging 
    around the area. Talk to the wizard and he will join your ranks. 
    
    Wizards specialise in morph magic. Send him to a target, preferably before he 
    has spotted your group, and he will slowly cast a spell from range at it. The 
    victim will either be transformed into wood or stone, allowing you to kill 
    them with impunity. The only drawback is that you need to have more 
    lumberjacks and miners in your group than usual if you want to kill the enemy 
    faster. Finally, the number of spells that can be cast is limited to 20, as 
    denoted by the counter at the lower left corner of the screen. You can 
    recharge the spells by returning to your kingdom.
    
    ---------------
    Steel Knight
    ---------------
    Icon: Steel helm     Specialty: Super move
    Notice how a merchant will occasionally visit you when you sit on your throne, 
    peddling extra upgrades and the like. It is important to buy every single 
    upgrade that he offers since they will help you a lot. Meanwhile, your two 
    ministers Liam and Verde will demand that you pay them a number of times over 
    the course of the game. Accept all their requests and the merchant will 
    continue to appear. The final item that will be sold is the Rare Armour, which 
    is rumoured to be haunted.
    
    Once you have the rare armour, it will be placed in a corner behind your 
    throne. Late in the game, say when you have conquered 6 or more of the rival 
    kingdoms, you will find the Rare Armour coming to live and walking around your 
    castle lobby. Talk to him and he will join your ranks, thus allowing you to 
    unlock the one and only steel knight in the game.
    
    The Steel Knight is the strongest fighter in the game, hitting even harder 
    than hardened soldiers. Whenever you send him out, the steel knight will 
    always start by using his super move on the enemy, emitting thunderbolts in 
    the process.
    
    ---------------
    Doctor
    ---------------
    Icon: Syringe     Specialty: Paralyse
    When you have gained the Royal City District, be sure to build the Royal 
    School. Late in the game, someone from the schools committee will come to you 
    and request donations. You must now donate money in 7 batches in total. Once 
    you have donated for the 7th time, you will be informed that the children of 
    the kingdom have become significantly enriched, and that one of them has 
    become a brainy doctor. In addition, a hospital has been set up in the Glamour 
    Town district.
    
    At this point, you regularly walk around the Glamour Town. Eventually, you 
    will see a doctor walking out of the hospital, which is the blue building 
    diagonally opposite the theatre. Talk to the doctor and he can be summoned at 
    any time.
    
    Just like the wizard and steel knight, there is only one doctor in the entire 
    game. Despite having a low base health, the doctor specialises in stunning 
    enemies through his anaesthetic syringe. Send the doctor at the target and he 
    will start spraying anaesthetic at the enemy. After a short while, he will 
    pounce and give him an injection, which stuns it immediately! You can now send 
    your troops in to kill the victim with impunity. Given the time taken to 
    administer the anaesthetic, make sure that you haven't drawn the attention of 
    the target beforehand. In addition, the doctor holds up to 30 doses at a time, 
    so you must return to your kingdom to get restocked.
    
    ---------------------
    3. Combat strategies
    ---------------------
    [LKS3]
    As a real time strategy game, you'd expect a lot of fighting to take place. In 
    this game, you gather an army of troops called the Royal Guard who will follow 
    you around. When you see an enemy, enter target mode and highlight the enemy 
    by pointing the dot that extends from the king to the enemy. Once the enemy's 
    health gauge is glowing, press the A button repeatedly to send your men out to 
    get them.
    
    There are two main types of fighters in this game: Soldiers (both grunt and 
    hardened) and hunters. The former attacks at a close distance while the latter 
    fires arrows from a range. It is recommended that you have a healthy mix of 
    both types of citizens with you at all times.
    
    ===================
    Typical strategies
    ===================
    Here are some typical strategies I used to fight enemies.
    
    ---------------
    Hit and run
    ---------------
    This is the most common strategy in the early parts of the game, when you 
    can't afford to take damage from the enemies. Simply send your men after your 
    target and bash at him. When you see smoke fuming out of the enemy's head, 
    press the B button to order a retreat. Your men should be able to escape 
    before the enemy attacks. Once the enemy has finished his attack, send your 
    men back in and repeat this pattern until he is dead.
    
    Another way to hit and run is to attack and run away. The enemy will give up 
    its chase after a short distance, allowing you to attack again when he seems 
    to have forgotten about you.
    
    -------------------
    Divide and conquer
    -------------------
    There are times during which you face a group of rather tough enemies. These 
    enemies can give a lot of pain if they attack at once. This strategy involves 
    drawing the attention of only one enemy in a group and let him chase after you. 
    Once the enemy has moved a sufficient distance away from the rest of them, you 
    can surely attack him without provoking the others. Repeat this strategy on 
    other enemies and you can kill them piecemeal.
    
    -------------------
    Stunning the enemy
    -------------------
    As you progress through the game, there are a number of enemies that have high 
    health and attack frequently, giving you little time to safely fight them. To 
    make things worse, some enemies (particularly Yvonne the giant frog and Worker 
    Onii (Tail) have attacks that kill your men instantly. In both cases, hit and 
    run techniques aren't the most appropriate if you don't want to lose anyone. 
    
    Fortunately, early in the game, you will find a Cupid's Bow by sending a pair 
    of citizens who love each other into the church. This Cupid's Bow is one of 
    many items that can be equipped on your fighters (for the bow, it's for the 
    hunter) that gives their attacks a chance to stun their target. In most cases, 
    it is best to stun the enemy from range. Start by firing at the enemy with 
    your hunters. Once you hear a clicking sound, it means that the target is 
    stunned. When the enemy is stunned, it is completely immobilised and cannot 
    fight back. You can send all your soldiers to beat it up with impunity!
    
    ---------------
    Human shields
    ---------------
    Certain enemies in this game are known for their long ranged, multi-pronged 
    attacks, especially Korobokles, bad tempered scarecrow imposters of the king! 
    The multi-pronged attacks are very hard to avoid, so it's inevitable that you 
    will take damage. In that case, you should quickly send all your soldiers in 
    after this enemy, followed by your hunters. Your soldiers will surround the 
    Korobokle and act as human shields while your hunters fire arrows from the 
    back. Sure, the soldiers might get hurt, but the hunters can continue dealing 
    damage to this pest and defeat him before he can attack again.
    
    ------------------
    Using specialists
    ------------------
    Some tough enemies in the game can be defeated almost instantly if you send in 
    the right man after them. They include Cockadoodledoos and Concodores, giant 
    fighting chickens, and Rockies, which are moving rocks. Send a cook after 
    those giant chickens and he will immediately fry them to a crisp. Meanwhile, 
    the miner will immediately pulverise the Rocky!
    
    ---------------
    Brute force
    ---------------
    You'll eventually reach a point in which you have greatly upgraded the attack 
    power of your troops. In that case, simply send all your men at the enemy 
    without thinking. Chances are that you can take him out before he can even 
    make a move. In the case of tough enemies with a high amount of health, 
    consider equipping a number of items which give the wielders' attacks a chance 
    to stun the enemy.
    
    ================
    Status ailments
    ================
    Sometimes, your men may be affected by status ailments. There are five types 
    of ailments in this game: Poison, burn, stun, confusion and snowman. Poisoned 
    and burnt people will lose health slowly until the effect is worn off. A 
    confused person will act erratically and sometimes hurt himself. A stunned 
    person cannot move for a short time. Your men may be transformed into snowmen 
    when hit by cold attacks. People transformed into snowmen are completely 
    immobilised and take quite a long time to recover. Some items in this game can 
    be equipped to grant immunity to status ailments.
    
    ===============
    Equipment
    ===============
    Scattered throughout the game are 58 special treasures that can be equipped on 
    your men. Those items can be equipped on the treasure room menu, accessed by 
    pressing the Z button while on the citizens list menu or by summoning Liam. 
    These treasures come in the form of weapons and armour.
    
    Weapons can either improve the wielder's attack power, grant the wielder's 
    attacks a chance to stun their foes. The toy weapons however, are for looks 
    only. They do nothing but to serve as a decoration. As for armour, they can 
    either increase the wearer's maximum health or grant immunity to status 
    ailments.
    
    ===============
    Ideal health
    ===============
    Notice how the base health of your citizens varies when you train them to do 
    different jobs. In fact, it seems that the health is randomly assigned in the 
    process. In addition, certain plans can be enacted to permanently raise the 
    health of every citizen. Furthermore, different classes have different upper 
    limits to their total health. Since your fighters will be in the thick of 
    things most of the time, it's important that you ensure that the members of 
    your squad have the highest health possible.
    
    Assuming that you haven't given them any equipment yet, the amount of health 
    that a grunt soldier can have is capped at 6 + N, where N is the number of 
    plans enacted that raise your citizens' health. Hardened soldiers have a 
    health cap of 7 + N, while hunters have a health cap of 5 + N. As a rule of 
    thumb, only recruit people who have at least 5 + N hit points before they put 
    on any equipment. Since there are a total of 6 health boosting plans in this 
    game, you should make sure that all your troops have at least 11 HP. Anyone 
    who has less than that amount should get a different job.
    
    ---------------
    4. Enemies
    ---------------
    [LKS4]
    Little King's Story features a wide range of enemies for you to kill. The 
    enemies in this game are officially known as UMAs, or Unidentified Moving 
    Animals. One of the princesses will ask you to find all the enemies in the 
    game in order to fill up her book, so it's wise to search the world as 
    thoroughly as possible.
    
    Onii
    Oniis are black squeaky creatures that hang around most areas of the game. 
    They attack by headbutting you and charging right at your men. Some simple hit 
    and run tactics are enough to kill these guys. Some Oniis may resort to 
    throwing rubble at your men from high places. In that case, you must send your 
    hunters after them. Your men will automatically shoot down any projectile that 
    is being thrown at you.
    
    Oniion Ring
    Onii Rings are armed with hula hoops. Besides their usual charging attacks 
    these guys may spin their hoops around, dealing damage to everyone around them. 
    Sometimes, you may find an Onii Ring patrolling the area while spinning his 
    hoop. Don't bother to attack him since he is invincible at that point. Instead, 
    destroy whatever he's guarding and he will turn his attention to you. This is 
    when you should strike.
    
    Lotus Root Onii
    Lotus Root Oniis are the rocket soldiers. Each of these guys possess a bazooka 
    from which they fire volleys of acorns at your men. To make things worse, 
    Lotus Root Oniis tend to be found on high cliffs, making them hard to kill. 
    Send hunters after them fast! Fortunately, a Lotus Root Onii usually won't 
    reappear once you've killed one.
    
    Onii Man
    These big and bad Onii hold spiky clubs which they use to give your men a good 
    beating. In addition, they may come in swinging. Either way, simple hit and 
    run tactics are still effective against them, although swifter manoeuvring is 
    needed.
    
    Pickle Pot Onii
    Pickle Pot Oniis carry pickle jars from which they throw pickles at you. Yummy. 
    But still, give them no mercy!
    
    ??? Pot Onii
    Triple question mark Pot Oniis summon various other enemies from their pots. 
    Whatever you do, focus your attacks on the Onii rather than the things he 
    summons to make a quick end to the battle.
    
    Arsonist Onii
    These pyromaniacs can set certain parts of the Skull Plains on fire 
    intermittently. Arsonist Oniis always make a squeal before they start blowing 
    out the flames. In addition, most of these enemies are placed in difficult 
    positions, thus requiring you to make your way round the areas they are 
    guarding before you can kill them. Fortunately, most of these guys won't 
    reappear once they are killed.
    
    Onii Hopper
    These are Oniis with pogo sticks. They tend to bounce straight into your men, 
    or simply swing their pogo stick around. Onii Hoppers are found inside many 
    holes in this game, so get ready to back up when they pop out.
    
    Dragon Hopper
    A Dragon Hopper is an Onii Hopper riding a dragon's foot. Just like the Onii 
    Hoppers, they can plough right into your group. In addition, they may jump up 
    and make a ground pound attack that hurts everyone near him. Dragon Hoppers 
    have way more health than Onii Hoppers, so it is recommended that you stun 
    these guys before you even try to take them out.
    
    Onii Cavalry
    Some Oniis are playing cowboys with their toy horse sticks. Onii Cavalry try 
    to charge you down and sometimes swing their horse sticks at you. In addition, 
    Onii Cavalry can be identified by their constant cries of "Onii!"
    
    Worker Onii (Dragon)
    Dragon Worker Oniis are the Oniis' equivalent of a flame tank. They are simply 
    a dragon head being carried around by four Oniis. This enemy usually attacks 
    by breathing fire, so order a retreat whenever you see the head opening its 
    mouth. If you can stun this enemy from a range, it should be an easy kill.
    
    Work Onii (Cow)
    Cow Worker Oniis are the battering rams of the Oniis. It's simply a Rodeo Cow 
    being carried around by four Oniis! This enemy attacks by charging at you or 
    by throwing the cow into the air, causing a shockwave when it falls back onto 
    the Oniis. If you have a group of 12 hardened soldiers, simply send them at 
    this enemy all at once. Chances are that the enemy can be killed before it can 
    make a single move!
    
    Worker Onii (Tail)
    Now, this one is pretty nasty. A Tail Worker Onii consists of four Oniis 
    carrying the tail of a dragon. Whatever you do, keep your distance. There is a 
    good chance that these Oniis will violently swing the tail in a circle. Anyone 
    hit by the tail will be sent flying and be killed instantly! Tail Worker Oniis 
    may sometimes use a weaker attack during which they simply poke the tail out, 
    but I won't count on it. Always stun this enemy from a safe distance before 
    sending your men in.
    
    Onii Ball
    Some Oniis may roll into balls upon spotting you. These balls roll around the 
    place and may deal damage to your men upon contact. Feel free to destroy these 
    enemies in any way you like, but hurry up. Onii Balls come in two sizes.
    
    Onii Metal
    These fully metallic Oniis move very fast and can charge into your group in an 
    instant. You can tell that they are about to charge when they glow red. Your 
    best course of action is to send one soldier after this enemy after he has 
    just stopped charging. Your soldier might be able to cling on and bash at his 
    head while he randomly runs around. If you man is flung off, wait for the Onii 
    Metal to stop before you send another man in.
    
    Onii Bride
    There is only one Onii Bride in this game, but she is big, fat and annoying. 
    She spawns numerous tiny Onii after you and jumps around, making shockwaves. 
    Fortunately, she can be stunned from a range, allowing your men to bash at her 
    with impunity. In addition, those tiny Oniis are very weak and will drop 
    treasures upon death. Whatever you do, keep her stunned and there will be no 
    trouble at all.
    
    Mush Man
    These are the first type of hostile red mushrooms that you will find in the 
    game. They attack by charging at you and headbutting at close range. In 
    addition, Mush Men are often found in groups, so consider separating each one 
    from the group and take them out one by one.
    
    Mush Bro
    Mush Bros are tougher mushrooms that are pinker in colour and have more health 
    than regular Mush Men. A big version of the Mush Bro is the Guardian of the 
    Mushroom Forest. That guy can spread poison fumes everywhere and can burrow 
    into the ground and use sneak attacks against you. Refer to the corresponding 
    Guardian Quest for more information on how to beat him.
    
    Mush Geezer
    Mush Geezers are the oldest of the mushrooms, sporting a white cap. A giant 
    version of this guy is the Guardian of the Shady Forest. Refer to that 
    particular Guardian Quest on how to beat him.
    
    Escargoo
    Escargoos are snails with a white pot as a shell. As a result, they often 
    disguise themselves as pots to surprise your men. That said, Escargoos attack 
    by throwing poison at you. Sometimes, it may withdraw into its pot and spin in 
    a circle to hurt you at close range. But still, their health is low enough to 
    be killed using hit and run techniques.
    
    Golden Escargoo
    The Golden Escargoo is a one of a king enemy that is found when you have 
    filled in all entries of the UMA Book but that of this one. Accept the quest 
    from Princess Bouquet and you will find it in a cave accessed by a hole in the 
    wall within the Bony Tunnel. The Golden Escargoo behaves very similarly to a 
    normal Escargoo, only that it can charge very fast at your men.
    
    Moonflower
    Moonflowers are evil sunflowers that spring to life at night on the Sunflower 
    Plains. Their health is so low that you don't need to worry about their melee 
    attacks. Just make sure to take these guys out one by one.
    
    Meloncholie
    Meloncholies are hostile water melon creatures that spring into action when 
    you get close. These enemies just love to smack you with their melons, in 
    addition to charging at you. Meloncholies, just like Moonflowers tend to 
    appear in groups, so you may hurt several at once by raining arrows into them.
    
    Rocky
    No, this isn't Rocky Balboa. Instead, it's a giant living rock that you will 
    encounter when you attempt to smash through those rocks blocking your way. 
    These guys are very tough and will send tiny rocks flying in many directions, 
    making it hard for your men to avoid. Fortunately, there is a simple shortcut 
    in beating these things. Just send a miner in and he'll immediately pulverise 
    this annoyance!
    
    Turniphead
    Turnipheads are hostil turnips that tend to hide in turnip patches. That's it. 
    There is nothing so threatening about its attacks if you take them one at a 
    time using the usual hit and run tactics.
    
    Radeeze
    Radeezes, now these are nasty. These man eating radishes just love to take a 
    good bite out of your men. There are two strategies to defeat these things. 
    The first is to send just one soldier to bash it constantly. When you see the 
    Radeeze opening its mouth, order a retreat so that it will chomp thin air. Now, 
    just send your soldier back and repeat. Another tactic is to stun it from a 
    range before you send everyone in. Just like Turnipheads, Radeezes tend to 
    appear in large groups, which require you to somehow lure them one by one away 
    from the group so that you can have a quiet word with them.
    
    Rodeo Cow
    These are evil cows that charge at your men on sight. The good news is that 
    these enemies take a time to wind up their charges, so that's when you send a 
    number of soldiers to cling onto it back and bash the living hell out of it. 
    Simply order a retreat just before it charges and repeat the process once it 
    has stopped. You will be safe as long as you stay out of the Rodeo Cow's line 
    of sight, since it always charges straight ahead.
    
    Black Sheep
    Black Sheep behave similarly to Rodeo Cows, only that they have an extra 
    kicking attack at close range. In addition, you have less time to attack 
    whenever you see one fuming. But still, you won't have much trouble if your 
    reaction is good enough.
    
    Cow Bones
    Cow Bones are basically undead Rodeo Cows. In addition to charging around, 
    these things can fire their bony heads at your men. As the head is flying 
    around, you can send your men into the stationary body of this enemy to smash 
    it to pieces.
    
    Cockadoodledoo
    This giant chicken has been aptly named the machine gun chicken in the early 
    sections of this guide. This is because Cockadoodledoos often spit numerous 
    white pellets at you men, just like a machine gun! This enemy can be quite 
    hard to kill unless you have a cook in your group. Simply send the cook in and 
    he will immediately place the chicken on his frying pan and fry it to a crisp!
    
    Concodore
    Concodores are tougher yellow giant chickens. But still, your cooks can 
    instantly fry it up, making this enemy rather pointless.
    
    Korobokle
    I dub this the evil scarecrow impostor of the king. Korobokle loves to throw 
    tantrums before he fires a green spell in three directions in front of him, 
    making it hard to avoid. To make things worse, he is often accompanied by many 
    Meloncholies and other plant enemies. I suggest that you try to out manoeuvre 
    his minions and shoot him down quick. Otherwise, you will have to carefully 
    lure those minions away from Korobokle and take them out one by one before you 
    have a clear run at him.
    
    Zombie
    Yup, these are the standard undead fare in the game. The zombie only has melee 
    attacks, so the typical hit and run tactics will work for him. Meanwhile, be 
    sure to order retreat whenever you kill a zombie because it will leave a 
    puddle of purple slime on the ground upon death which will poison anyone who 
    comes in contact with it. Always wait until the purple slime had disappeared 
    before moving on. Yes, this really is annoying.
    
    Peakadeath
    This is one of two types of cute grim reapers that appear by the lake on the 
    Skull Plains at night. Naturally, they remain airborne and can only be damaged 
    by your hunters. Don't let their sickles hit your men!
    
    Okamemask
    This is just like a Peakadeath, only he wears a Japanese theatrical mask.
    
    Yvonne
    I have a reason to believe that the producers of this game have something 
    against women called Yvonne. This is the name of a giant frog that often 
    surprises you by jumping out from the water. Whenever she jumps, Yvonne will 
    always create a shockwave on landing which stuns your men. To make things 
    worse, she often takes the opportunity to stick out her tongue and devour 
    anyone she catches. It's clear that you should stun her from a range before 
    you send your men in to kill her. In addition, use extreme caution when 
    walking along waterways. Fortunately, Yvonne won't return on the same spot 
    after she is killed there.
    
    Crab Onii
    I don't know why they are considered Oniis since they are just giant crabs. 
    These crabs are resistant to arrows and can pinch you with their pincers. 
    Besides that, they aren't that much of a threat.
    
    Compass
    The new impressionistic lands of New Island are plagued with evil stationery! 
    These giant compasses constantly perform the evil acts of drawing circles on 
    the ground. Some even have the audacity to give you a good kicking with its 
    pencil leg! However, these compasses have a weak spot in the form of its 
    central leg. When the moving leg is not in the way, send a few soldiers to 
    start bashing at the central leg. Then there is nothing the compass can do to 
    stop your men from destroying it.
    
    Fierce Owl
    A mere annoyance, Fierce Owls may swoop down at you in the Owl Forest and 
    midway up Mt. Sobamanjaro. These enemies are known to go straight at the king, 
    so you'd better move him to avoid getting hit.
    
    Owl Hag
    The Owl Hag is the Guardian UMA of the Owl Forest. I suggest that you read the 
    details of the guardian quest involving her if you want to know more.
    
    Fan Onii
    This is a giant fan on wheels manned by 4 Onii found mainly on New Island. The 
    strong winds from the fans can really blow you back, but don't let them 
    discourage you. Order four of your soldiers to climb onto the machine. One 
    will always get knocked off while the other three can destroy this machine for 
    you. Meanwhile, you should enter guard formation and stay back so as not to be 
    run over.
    
    Vacuum Onii
    Instead of blowing, these machines suck you towards them. As usual, order 4 
    soldiers to climb on the device and destroy it for you, while you and your 
    other men keep your distance.
    
    Giant Zoeter
    I don't know what film they named this enemy after, but the Giant Zoeter is 
    basically a giant one of a kind stag beetle that guards one of the parts of 
    the flying machine within the Ripe Kingdom. This enemy mainly attacks by 
    charging into your men. Thankfully, you should have a considerable number of 
    hardened soldiers and hunters by the time you have to fight him. The most 
    effective way is to attack with hardened soldiers when he's airborne. That way, 
    he might fall on his back for a while, revealing his soft underbelly. If that 
    fails, simply stun him while on the ground with Cupid's Bow and you can send 
    everyone to run under him and hit him from below.
    
    Ogre Ergo
    The Ogre Ergo is the Guardian of the Torn Forest. He's basically a guy wearing 
    a giant mask with a meat cleaver in his hand. Refer to the Guardian Quest for 
    more details on how to beat him.
    
    UFO
    There are aliens even in the world of Little King's Story. Just like the 
    stereotypical flying saucer, UFOs have tractor beams that they can use to 
    abduct your men. I don't know what they do with them on the saucer but anyone 
    who's abducted will be left with just one hit point when they are released. 
    Since this thing is mostly airborne, your best bet will be to shoot it down 
    using hunters. Once destroyed, you'll have a nice flashy explosion as the 
    flying saucer spins all around the place before it stops moving.
    
    Clockwork Knight
    This is another of those fast moving metallic enemies in the game. Whenever 
    you see one, enter guard formation and coax it to charge. The Clockwork Knight 
    will charge twice before stopping for a while. Dodge both charges and you can 
    send your men in to attack, retreating just before the knight charges again.
    
    Typhoon Mary, Typhoon Gene, Typhoon Jane
    These three are the Typhoony Bunch, a family of windy beings that decide to 
    pay your kingdom a wizard. I don't know why they are considered enemies, since 
    they seem friendly when they meet you for the first time. However, you 
    eventually meet them out in the open field and are allowed to attack them. 
    These people attack by sending gusts of wind your way, as well as spinning 
    into a whirlwind and whizzing randomly around the place. But still, all three 
    can be taken out from range with your hunters.
    
    Mini Dragon
    A Mini Dragon is a small version of the red dragons found in this game. He has 
    a number attacks, including a charge attack, tail whip, ground pound and 
    breathing fire. Enter guard formation and keep your distance. When the dragon 
    has just finished an attack, send a number of soldiers to attack him on his 
    back. Get ready to sound their retreat when the dragon is about to shake them 
    off with a tail whip! Repeat this strategy and you'll have it killed in no 
    time.
    
    Marble Dragon
    Marble Dragons are the big versions of the red dragons in this game. Expect 
    attacks similar to those of the Mini Dragon, only that they hit way harder 
    than before. Enter guard formation and keep your distance. That way, he can 
    only attack by charging around the area. Use your Cupid's Bow to stun him as 
    before and your hardened soldiers can attack it with impunity! It's really 
    enjoyable to see them chiselling at his head with their super moves, you know!
    
    Reborn Dragon
    A Reborn Dragon is a bony undead dragon which attacks by breathing fire and 
    breathing ice, and I warn you, both attacks have extremely long range. The 
    former causes your men to run around in pain while the latter temporarily 
    transforms them into snowmen, completely immobilising them. Keep your distance 
    and wait until he's finished an attack before sending all your soldiers and 
    hunters against him. As long as even one of your attacks stun this dragon, you 
    can kill him without impunity. There is a catch though, you must kill this 
    dragon 3 times in order to beat this quest. Just avoid his attacks and move in 
    again for each kill.
    
    Blue Dragon
    The Blue Dragon is the ultimate Guardian UMA. Refer to the details regarding 
    the guardian quest for the strategies needed to beat him.
    
    ---------------
    5. Questing
    ---------------
    [LKS5]
    A major part of Little King's Story are the quests. Early in the game, Howser, 
    your main adviser will suggest setting up a suggestion box in the town square 
    so as to gather feedback from the citizens on how to improve the kingdom. From 
    then on, you can read the contents of the suggestion box by sitting on your 
    throne and summoning Howser. Most of the quests in this game are optional, 
    while some must be completed to advance the story. Either way, you will be 
    rewarded with precious treasures by completing quests, thus gathering more 
    funds to expand your kingdom. In addition, you will become more popular with 
    your citizens.
    
    Inside the suggestion box, each quest is denoted by a title and a star rating 
    which indicates its difficulty. Select a quest and press the A button to read 
    the background information of the quest in the form of a letter from one of 
    your citizens. You can now press the A button to accept the quest. Once a 
    quest is accepted, you can find out exactly where in the world should you go 
    to in order to complete the quest. You do this by entering the field menu and 
    selecting the Quest option. Once the quest is completed, Verde will record the 
    event and you will be informed the type of treasures you have been awarded.
    
    --------------------------
    Search and destroy quests
    --------------------------
    Search and destroy quests constitute the majority of the quests in the game. 
    For this quest, a citizen with a random name will tell you how a certain group 
    of enemy is causing trouble in a certain part of the world. Your mission is to 
    get there, find the enemy and kill them all. The enemies always appear in 
    groups and are denoted by various names. For example, the King Game Club 
    consists of a Korobokle (a scarecrow impostor of Corobo) and his entourage of 
    Meloncholies. Here is a brief list of the enemy groups you are likely to run 
    into.
    
    King Game Club: A Korobokle with many Meloncholies
    Super Escargoo: A Giant Escargoo
    Wolfsbane Trio: A Cockadoodledoo and 2 big Turnipheads
    Cow Herder Onii: A Pickle Pot Onii with a few Rodeo Cows
    Fried Federation: A Cockadoodledoo and 2 Onii Rings
    Babysitter Onii: An Onii Man with an Onii on his back
    Undead Bull Knight: A Zombie riding on a Cowbone
    Onii Hopper: 4 Onii Hoppers, 1 of them armed with spikes
    Pickle Gangster: A large group of Turnipheads
    Farmer Revolution: A group of Moonflowers and Radeezes
    Runaway Dragon: A Mini Dragon
    Turnip Warrior: A large group of Turnipheads and Radeezes
    Ballhopper: A Lotus Root Onii riding a Ball Onii
    Mushroom Family: A large group of evil mushrooms
    Mt. Ribbit Family: Yvonne the giant frog and her offspring
    Big boned Onii: An Onii Metal
    Eternal Bony Dragon: A Reborn Dragon
    Team Art of War: Onii Cavalry, Onii Arsonist and Onii Man
    Zombie Army: A large group of Zombies
    Moonflower Tribe: A group of Moonflowers with a Concodore
    Onii Ranger: A group of coloured Oniis of various types
    Typhoony Bunch: Typhoon Gene, Typhoon Jane and Typhoon Mary
    Saute Club: 9 Cockadoodledoos
    Appliance Gang: A Fan Onii and a Vacuum Onii
    Team 22nd Century: A UFO and an Onii Metal
    Dragon Delivery: An Onii Worker (Tail) and an Onii Worker (Dragon)
    
    Search and destroy quests are randomly assigned. Different players may receive 
    different quests during their playthrough. There are only a limited number of 
    locations for these quests, so you eventually won't have to check the map for 
    them. If you are not sure which enemies to defeat, look for the enemies with 
    the blue word "target" above them. No matter what quests you do, you are 
    guaranteed to receive some treasure as a reward. There is probably an 
    unlimited number of such quests that can be done in this game, so you can keep 
    doing them if you are in need of hard cash. Feel free to skip them later in 
    the game when you have more than enough to go round.
    
    ----------------
    Guardian quests
    ----------------
    These quests are similar to search and destroy quests, only that your target 
    is a Guardian UMA of an area. Most of these quests have the word "rumour" in 
    the title and are much harder than the other quests. Guardian UMAs are 
    basically area bosses. Once the Guardian is defeated, the area it belongs to 
    will be eradicated of enemies, allowing you to build on it. Each new area is 
    treated as a new town in your kingdom, with its own section in the Kingdom 
    Plans menu. It's a good idea to summon Howser as soon as you defeat a Guardian 
    to see what new things can be built.
    
    ----------------
    Princess quests
    ----------------
    Every time you free a princess from one of the rival kingdoms, she will drop a 
    letter in your suggestion box, asking you to see her. Talk to the princess and 
    she will give you a book which records the things you have done for the 
    princess. For example, Princess Apricot will give you a Wonder Spot Book which 
    records the Wonder Spots that you have found around the world.
    
    Once you have filled all entries of a book but one, the princess who gave you 
    the book will give you another quest which involves filling in the final entry. 
    You may talk to the princess to gather hints on how to get the final entry. 
    Once you have completed the book, the princess will come and have a romantic 
    moment with you alone! However, the rewards aren't that great for these quests 
    as you will simply receive a typical treasure for going to the ends of the 
    world to fill in the book!
    
    ---------------
    God quests
    ---------------
    I call them "god quests" because the titles of these quests always begin with 
    the word "God". Anyways, once you have conquered 3 of the kingdoms, the local 
    astronomer Skinny Ray will tell you how the world is about to end. As a result, 
    he demands a flying machine to be built. From that part of the game onwards, 
    you will start receiving letters from your citizens saying that they have 
    found maps that have fallen from the sky, probably from god. The first three 
    quests will appear sequentially, while the rest will appear one by one after 
    you have conquered each remaining kingdom.
    
    Accept one of these quests and you will be shown a picture that gives you a 
    hint on where to find the treasure. Follow the hint and go over to the 
    location of the treasure. Depending on the quest, you may have to fight an 
    extremely tough enemy to get the treasure, which is one of the seven parts of 
    the flying machine. In addition, you might be awarded with a piece of 
    equipment for your men as well.
    
    God quests must be completed in order to beat the game. After all, during the 
    last part of the game, you will have to go up to space in the flying machine 
    to investigate the cause of all those earthquakes which threaten to end the 
    world.
    
    ---------------
    Salary quests
    ---------------
    Your ministers Liam and Verde will demand payment for their services midway 
    through the game. Simply accept the quest and talk to the respective minister 
    to pay him and complete the quest. The amount required increases as you 
    complete these quests, which can give you a bit of financial burden. 
    Fortunately, you won't have to keep paying them forever. Once you have paid 
    them a certain number of times, they'll stop. Despite the pointless nature of 
    these quests, I'd recommend that you still complete them as this ensures that 
    the merchant will visit you with new upgrades for the kingdom (and allow the 
    steel knight to be unlocked).
    
    ---------------
    Other quests
    ---------------
    There are other quests available in this game which aren't of the above types. 
    For instance, some aliens may leave a message in the suggestion box, telling 
    you that they will invade your kingdom in the dead of night, thus requiring 
    you to fight them off. In addition, you may be asked to race some forest 
    creatures and suppress some rogue art piece and so on. Many of these quests 
    may reward you with equipment when completed, so don't miss out on them. 
    
    ------------------
    6. Treasure hunts
    ------------------
    [LKS6]
    As the ruler of your kingdom, you'd expect to earn money by collecting taxes 
    from your subjects, just like in games like SimCity. However, it is hardly 
    true. Most of your money will come from all the treasures that you find around 
    the world. In fact, most of the things picked up around the world are worth 
    something and can be cashed in by sitting on your throne. Once you sit on your 
    throne, the actual value of each item you picked up will be revealed and added 
    up to a grand total to fill your coffers.
    
    Corobo can carry up to 60 treasure items at a time. Once your inventory is 
    full, you will be informed by the news ticker at the bottom of the screen. 
    From then on, any treasure that appears will just stay where they are and 
    won't be picked up.
    
    ----------------
    Killing enemies
    ----------------
    Most enemies will drop some spoiled upon defeat. Those items vary for each 
    enemy and will usually be relevant to it. There are so many spoils in this 
    game that I find it rather unnecessary to list them all out. But just remember, 
    the tougher the enemy, the more valuable its spoils. You will start the game 
    by collecting stuff that are worth a few tens of thousands of Bol. Enemies 
    late in the game may drop ultra high quality loot that is worth over a million 
    Bol. As a simple guideline, always revisit the most recent part of the world 
    you have been to in order to stock up on funds quickly.
    
    ------------------
    Breakable objects
    ------------------
    Scattered around the game are many breakable objects like bushes and pots. 
    Anyone in your group can smash these things with minimal effort, revealing 
    some minor treasure items. If you have hunters in your group, some of the pots 
    may drop arrows as well. As crude as these items may appear, they are quite 
    worth grabbing. For example, if you find an expensive plant from a bush, 
    chances are that it is a Neil de Grass worth 150000 Bol. Given the number of 
    bushes and pots within your kingdom boundaries, it is actually possible to get 
    gather over a million Bol by just breaking all the bushes and pots you find!
    
    Some pots found late in the game may also drop gold bars, worth between 100000 
    and 1000000 Bol. However, be warned that you can only get these treasures once.
    
    ---------------
    Digging
    ---------------
    As you travel around the world, you will find many holes in the ground, most 
    of which contain many valuable treasures. With the exception of grunt soldiers 
    and hardened soldiers, any citizen can dig holes. In addition, farmers tend to 
    dig the fasters out of the lot. To dig a hole, target it and use the charge 
    command to send multiple citizens to it. Your men will start digging up 
    whatever's below, their progress indicated by the health gauge above the hole. 
    Once they have finished digging, the treasure will pop out for your collection.
    
    Note that certain holes tend to become bigger and bigger as your men dig into 
    them and that enemies will pop out at times. These two situations are signs 
    that whatever in the hole is very valuable. Don't let the enemies deter you, 
    kill them all and continue digging until you get what you need. Finally, many 
    holes tend to reappear in the same area some time later. Once you have dug up 
    a treasure, feel free to return to the same spot to find the hole there again 
    for you to dig up even more treasure!
    
    Typical treasure found in hole are gold bars (weighing 1kg, 3kg, 5kg and 
    unknown) worth 100000, 300000, 500000 or 1000000 Bol, precious treasures worth 
    3000000 Bol each or gold treasures worth 5000000 Bol each, art pieces and 
    treasures that can be equipped on your men to enhance their abilities. 
    
    ----------------
    Using merchants
    ---------------- 
    Merchants are a great asset in finding treasure. For one thing, he can detect 
    hidden holes in the ground, which usually hide very valuable treasures. When 
    you suspect that something is hidden nearby, walk around the area and let your 
    merchant move over the suspicious land. If there really is a hidden hole, the 
    merchant will display a bright light bulb over his head and immediately make 
    that hole appear. Secondly, merchants are the only people who can open all 
    those big purses found around the game, allowing you to get the precious 
    treasures inside!
    
    ----------------------
    Defeating rival kings
    ----------------------
    Rival kings always drop treasure after they are defeated. The first few simply 
    drop precious treasures, while the rest will drop national treasures worth 
    19999000 Bol.
    
    -----------------
    7. Kingdom plans
    -----------------
    [LKS7]
    There are many times when you must construct more buildings to expand your 
    kingdom. Howser the Bull Knight will be the one responsible for this regard. 
    Simply sit on your throne, summon him and select Kingdom Plans in the menu 
    that appears. You can now browse lists of things that can be built in 
    different parts of the kingdom, as well as enacting plans that benefit you and 
    your citizens. Once you confirm the construction of a building, it will 
    automatically appear at a designated spot within the part of your kingdom it 
    belongs to.
    
    New buildings are marked by the word "NEW" when you approach them. Also 
    remember that each building can only be constructed once, so charging 
    different prices for different residential buildings imply that it costs more 
    and more to add more citizens to the kingdom.
    
    In addition, your kingdom can have up to 10 areas. You start with 1 area, the 
    Castle Town, which can be expanded by defeating a Guardian to the west. The 
    other 9 areas must be obtained by defeating bosses, most of them Guardians. It 
    is a good idea to take over all the areas that are within range and build 
    everything. This is because some residents inside newly constructed houses may 
    give you art pieces and treasures, which you will need to get a 100% record in 
    the game.
    
    Furthermore, all the outer areas of your kingdom will directly border the 7 
    rival kingdoms in this game. Once you've conquered a kingdom, you can simply 
    leave your kingdom through the checkpoint located at the boundary of those 
    newly obtained areas as shortcuts.
    
    ---------------
    Castle Town
    ---------------
    You start this game in Castle Town, the area immediately around your castle. 
    The Farmhouse, Guard Hut and Town Square are to be built one by one as 
    instructed by Howser, while the remaining buildings can only be constructed 
    once you have expanded the town by defeating the legendary Cow Bones of the 
    cemetery to the west.
    
    Once the Castle Town is expanded, it will border the Over-There-Beach to the 
    southeast. Go there and you will find the northeastern part of the beach 
    blocked off with building blocks. In fact, you cannot break through those 
    blocks until after you have defeated the Jumbo Champloon of New Island. Once 
    that weirdo is defeated, you get to recruit one of his Craftian citizens who 
    can convert those building blocks into an archway you can pass through. A 
    hammer sign can be found in that part of the bridge, marking where you can 
    build the first of a number of bridges that lead back to the New Island.
    
    Farmhouse
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 90000 Bol
    You can train hardworking farmers. They specialise in excavating holes!
    
    Guard hut
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 100000 Bol
    You can train grunt soldiers! They specialize in battle!
    
    Town Square
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 1200000 Bol
    Set up a suggestion box to hear your citizens' complaints and requests!
    
    Carpenter hut
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 1050000 Bol
    You can train regular carpenters. Now you can make bridges and stairs.
    
    Red roof house
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 130000 Bol
    A groovy house with a red roof. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Yellow roof house
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 280000 Bol
    A cool house with a yellow roof. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Blue roof house
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 340000 Bol
    A banging house with a blue roof. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Straw roof house
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 400000 Bol
    A bombdigity house with a straw roof. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Soup Church
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 44000 Bol
    Build a church in the cemetery. You might be blessed by god!
    
    ---------------
    Grassland Town
    ---------------
    Grassland Town is built on top of the Upchuck Forest, located to the west of 
    Castle Town. You get to build there by defeating the Giant Frog Guardian of 
    the forest just as you get to build a bridge across the river to invade the 
    Onii Kingdom. This area is vital because it allows you to train hunters, which 
    are the only means of dealing ranged damage in this game. 
    
    Hunter hut
    Region: Grassland Town     Cost: 4500000 Bol
    You can train Animal Hunters. Attack enemies from afar!
    
    Southern Village
    Region: Grassland Town     Cost: 1600000 Bol
    Build a village in the south. You will gain 6 citizens!
    
    Northern Village
    Region: Grassland town     Cost: 970000 Bol
    Build a village to the north. You will gain 4 citizens!
    
    ---------------
    Farmland
    ---------------
    The Farmland is directly across the river south of Castle Town. This flat 
    grassland is initially occupied by Oniis, but will become ripe for development 
    once you have defeated the tough club wielding Onii Man guarding an adjacent 
    valley to the east known as the Onii Grounds. The shopping arcade is built at 
    the north end of this area while the moon harvest farmstead is built in the 
    south. Furthermore, Skinny Ray's observatory is located atop a hill to the 
    east of the shopping arcade.
    
    Although it may seem expensive, I suggest that you hurry up and gather funds 
    to build the shopping arcade as soon as possible since merchants greatly help 
    you find even more valuable treasure, and the first few will even give you 
    equipment if you talk to them! As for the moon harvest, certain buildings 
    function as workplaces for farmers, so you can train them there as well.
    
    The Farmland also borders the Onii Kingdom to the south. Once the Onii King is 
    defeated, you can go through the checkpoint to the south to reenter the valley 
    in which you fought that king. Consider that a shortcut to the Sunflower 
    Plains as well.
    
    Lumberjack hut
    Region: Farmland     Cost: 3800000 Bol
    You can train buff lumberjacks. Now you can demolish fallen trees!
    
    Riverside cabin
    Region: Farmland     Cost: 460000 Bol
    A residence built in the boonies. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Floral florist
    Region: Farmland     Cost: 800000 Bol
    The Kingdom Beautification Project suggests making a flowery kingdom!
    
    Moon harvest
    Region: Farmland     Cost: 1210000 Bol
    A ranch with cute and shiny animals. You will gain 4 citizens!
    
    Shopping arcade
    Region: Farmland     Cost: 19999000 Bol
    You can train savvy merchants. They can find hidden treasure!
    
    ---------------
    Royal City
    ---------------
    The Royal City is built on the Mushroom Forest, located directly to the north 
    of Grassland Town. You liberate that forest by defeating its Giant Mushroom 
    Guardian soon after you have defeated the Onii King. The Royal City is notable 
    for its Royal School, which transforms any children born from your citizens 
    into adults, enlarging your labour force. In addition, someone from the 
    schools committee will pay you a visit much later in the game, asking for 
    donations which will ultimately unlock a new job class. Therefore it's 
    important that you remember to build the school in a timely manner, even 
    though you don't really want those kids to grow up.
    
    Also note the large number of expensive residences that provide so many new 
    citizens for your use. All of those buildings are basically tower blocks. Well, 
    I'm not a person that would enjoy living in a flat.
    
    As for the Culinary Academy, I'd suggest you build it first since cooks will 
    be vital for your journey through the Sunflower Plains in that part of the 
    game. Just think of the Cockadoodledoos!
    
    Royal School
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 5000000 Bol
    Children are the future! Time to invest in educational reform.
    
    Royal Florist
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 3700000 Bol
    The Kingdom Beautification Project suggests making a flowery kingdom!
    
    Culinary Academy
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 7200000 Bol
    You can train gourmet chefs. Chicken dishes are their specialty!
    
    Royal Heights
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 3050000 Bol
    A high class mansion! You will gain 6 citizens!
    
    Royal Terrace
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 3110000 Bol
    A high class mansion! You will gain 6 citizens!
    
    Royal Place
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 3330000 Bol
    A high class mansion! You will gain 6 citizens!
    
    Royal Hills
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 4140000 Bol
    A high class mansion! You will gain 8 citizens!
    
    Royal Hills
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 4230000 Bol
    A high class mansion! You will gain 8 citizens!
    
    Royal Tower
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 5000000 Bol
    A super ultra-glamorous tower-type mansion. You will gain 10 citizens!
    
    ---------------
    Stone City
    ---------------
    Stone City is built over the Wavy Rock Forest, which can be reached by 
    breaking through the giant tree stump to the west of the Farmland. You 
    liberate the area by defeating the Clockwork Knight Guardian there. The quest 
    in which you fight against this guardian is given at the same time as the 
    quest for the fight in which you fight against the Giant Mushroom. Consider 
    building the Stonecutting Plant first since it allows you to train miners, 
    which are extremely effective against the Rockies in the Sunflower Plains.
    
    Stonecutting Plant
    Region: Stone City     Cost: 7480000 Bol
    You can train buff miners. Break through the largest of rocks!
    
    Furniture Factory
    Region: Stone City     Cost: 4550000 Bol
    You can train mega carpenters! Discover new things to build!
    
    Stonecutting Village
    Region: Stone City     Cost: 1940000 Bol
    Create a village at the stonecutting facility. You will gain 4 citizens!
    
    ---------------
    Gourmet Town
    ---------------
    The Gourmet Town is located directly to the north of the Stone City, across 
    the main road. Once you have built a jump cannon in the Bony Tunnel Entrance 
    between the Jolly and Ripe Kingdoms, you'll be offered a quest in which you 
    must defeat the Owl Hag Guardian of the Owl Forest. Defeat her and you will 
    get to tear down the forest and build this place.
    
    This area isn't of the highest priority since it simply provides you with 
    another place to train your cooks. However, a hammer sign will appear at the 
    northeast corner of this town which allows you to build a bridge across the 
    river linking the Gourmet Town with Grassland Town to the north.
    
    Culinary Academy
    Region: Gourmet Town     Cost: 11200000 Bol
    You can now train Gourmet Cooks. Chicken dishes are their specialty!
    
    Fruit Farm Village
    Region: Gourmet Town     Cost: 2200000 Bol
    Create a village with lots of apple trees. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Gourmet Residence
    Region: Gourmet Town     Cost: 3200000 Bol
    Create a village with lots of apple trees. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    ----------------
    Soldier Town
    ----------------
    The Soldier Town is to the west of both the Stone City and Gourmet Town. It is 
    built on the Torn Forest, of which the Ogre Ergo is the Guardian. You can 
    fight him at around the same time as the Owl Hag in this game. This area is 
    vital since the veteran's barracks enable you to train hardened soldiers, 
    which hit harder than grunts in this game. Soldier Town borders the Kingdom of 
    the Jolly to the west. Once King Duvroc is beaten, a locked gate by the 
    western checkpoint will open up, providing a shortcut to the open area in 
    which you fought that drunken king.
    
    Veteran's barracks
    Region: Soldier Town     Cost: 9100000 Bol
    You can train Hardened Soldiers! They are much stronger than the grunts.
    
    Uptight residence
    Region: Soldier Town     Cost: 1818000 Bol
    Create an uptight residence. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Lively residence
    Region: Soldier Town     Cost: 2828000 Bol
    Create a lively residence. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Jolly residence
    Region: Soldier Town     Cost: 4141000 Bol
    Create a jolly residence. You will gain 4 citizens!
    
    ---------------
    Glamour Town
    ---------------
    Glamour Town is another wealthy district built on the Red Turnip Forest across 
    the river to the west of the Royal City. You get there by building a bridge 
    across the river from the Royal City, at the spot marked by the hammer sign. 
    Once you have conquered both the Ripe and Jolly Kingdoms, you get to fight the 
    Giant Redeeze Guardian there. Once you've won the fight, you can proceed to 
    build in that piece of land, located directly to the north of the Soldier Town.
    
    The Theatre will show a lousy play entitled "Camel of Love and Passion" at 
    first, but the theatre manager will come and apologise for the poor quality of 
    the show and will offer to screen a much better one entitled "Swimming Pool". 
    Oh and one more thing, once you have made 7 donations to the school board at 
    the end of the game, a hospital will be built diagonally opposite the theatre 
    and you'll one day bump into the doctor, which can be recruited to your cause.
    
    Marvelous Theatre
    Region: Glamour Town     Cost: 11000000 Bol
    A theatre providing titillation. Eases the vexation of the citizenry.
    
    Gorgeous Residence
    Region: Glamour Town     Cost: 4700000 Bol
    Build a gorgeous residence. You will gain 6 citizens!
    
    Deluxe Residence
    Region: Glamour Town     Cost: 5640000 Bol
    Build a deluxe residence. You will gain 8 citizens!
    
    ---------------
    Miner's Town
    ---------------
    The Miner's Town is built on the land to the north of Glamour Town. You will 
    be informed of the ultimate Guardian soon after you have defeated the Giant 
    Redeeze. The Guardian, a giant Blue Dragon, lives inside an underground cave 
    which can be reached by smashing the crystals blocking the giant hole in the 
    ground. Jump into the hole and defeat this dragon to liberate that small piece 
    of land! Make sure that you have built the Giga Grinder by the time you invade 
    the New Island, since there is a spot in which you must build a lift to 
    advance, and that cannot be done without the help of Giga Carpenters. In 
    addition, this town features many mines which can also be used to train miners.
    
    Furthermore, this town is the home of shortcuts to three kingdoms, provided 
    that you have beaten their rulers first. A windy path beyond the checkpoint to 
    the southwest (west of the high tech area) leads back to the Ripe Kingdom. The 
    town also borders the Worrywart Kingdom to the northwest and the Primetime 
    Kingdom to the northeast. Note that the shortcut to the latter kingdom can 
    only be completed by building a bridge from the Primetime Kingdom side.
    
    Giga Grinder
    Region: Miner's Town     Cost: 7050000 Bol
    You can train Giga Carpenters! They can build mechanical elevators.
    
    Rock Head Village
    Region: Miner's Town     Cost: 2500000 Bol
    Build a stone village for the stubborn. You will gain 4 citizens!
    
    Machine Residence
    Region: Miner's Town     Cost: 2740000 Bol
    This will build a village of machines. You will gain 4 citizens!
    
    ---------------
    Magical Land
    ---------------
    The Magical Land is built on top of the Shadow Forest, north of the Royal City. 
    It is obtained by beating the Giant Mush Geezer Guardian of that place, at the 
    same part of the playthrough in which you obtain the Soldier Town and Miner's 
    Town. The Magical Land serves one purpose: to unlock the wizard job class. 
    When you sit on your throne very late in the game, a citizen will eventually 
    come and inform you about rumours of a wizard in the Magical Land. Go there at 
    midnight and you will find a lone wizard there, who can be recruited to your 
    war effort by simply talking to him.
    
    The Magical Land borders the foot of Mt. Sobamanjaro to the north, which is 
    also an integral part of the Tiptoe Kingdom. Once King Long Sauvage has been 
    defeated, go through the open gates to the north of Magical Land and you will 
    find a hammer sign with which you can build a bridge across the river with.
    
    Let's Play! Panel
    Region: Magical Land     Cost: 1000 Bol
    Want to play make believe? This playful plan's for you!
    
    Magical Land
    Region: Magical Land     Cost: 19999000 Bol
    Finally! The wizards! Let's build a magical kingdom filled with fun!
    
    ---------------
    Power ups
    ---------------
    Power ups in this game allow you to recruit more people at once and improve 
    the health, attack power and defense of your citizens. You will get more and 
    more power ups as you progress through the game. Some of these power ups can 
    only be accessed after a merchant has visited your kingdom. Each power up 
    below will be marked with the time in the game you will be able to buy it.
    
    Guard badge x3
    Cost: 600000 Bol
    Available: Once you have built the bridge across the river to the south of 
    Castle Town into Onii territory.
    An additional 3 badges. Recruit up to 8 people.
    
    Guard badge x4
    Cost: 800000 Bol
    Available: Once you have gained the Farmland by defeating the club wielding 
    Onii Man who is guarding the Onii Grounds.
    An additional 4 badges. Recruit up to 12 people!
    
    Guard Badge x5
    Cost: 1000000 Bol
    Available: Right after you have beaten the Onii King (conquered one kingdom).
    An additional 5 badges. Recruit up to 17 people!
    
    Guard badge x6
    Cost: 1200000 Bol
    Available: Once you have beaten King Duvroc of the Kingdom of the Jolly 
    (conquered two kingdoms).
    An additional 6 badges. Recruit up to 23 people!
    
    Guard Badge x7
    Cost: 1400000 Bol
    Available: Immediately after you have beaten King TV Dinnah of the Primetime 
    Kingdom (conquered five kingdoms).
    An additional 7 badges. Recruit up to 30 people!
    
    Defense formation
    Cost: 2100000 Bol
    Available: Right after you have beaten the Onii King (conquered one kingdom).
    Train for a new formation "Guard!" It's a formation to guard the king!
    
    Evade formation
    Cost: 2350000 Bol
    Available: Right after you have beaten the Onii King (conquered one kingdom).
    Train for a new formation "Evade!" Use it to avoid battle!
    
    Calisthenics Edict
    Cost: 1880000 Bol
    Available: Once you have gained Grassland Town by defeating the Giant Frog.
    Law that makes citizens exercise at night. Adds +1 life to citizens.
    
    Give crunchy beans
    Cost: 3100000 Bol
    Available: Soon after you have obtained the Royal City by defeating the Giant 
    Mushroom Guardian of the Mushroom Forest.
    Distribute nutritious beans to your citizens. Adds +1 life.
    
    Dash Ordinance
    Cost: 4930000 Bol
    Available: Shortly after you have given out crunchy beans. At that point, you 
    should be making your way through the Sunflower Plains. It may also be 
    triggered by building new things in the Royal City.
    Law making citizens run 50 metres at night. Adds +1 life to citizens.
    
    Give Pow Beans
    Cost: 6500000 Bol
    Available: Shortly after you have enacted the Dash Ordinance. It may also be 
    triggered by building new things in the Royal City.
    Distribute nutritious beans to your citizens. Adds +1 life.
    
    Jumping Jack Edict
    Cost: 8800000 Bol
    Available: Right after you have beaten King Duvroc of the Kingdom of the Jolly 
    (conquered the second kingdom). It may also be triggered by building new 
    things in the newly obtained Soldier Town.
    Law that makes citizens do jumping jacks. Adds +1 life to citizens.
    
    Give Muscle Beans
    Cost: 11050000 Bol
    Available: Some time after you have enacted the Jumping Jack Edict and gained 
    both the Glamour Town and Miner's Town.
    Distribute nutritious beans to your citizens. Adds +1 life.
    
    Weapons Research
    Cost: 950000 Bol
    Available: From the merchant after you have bought the Jump Cannon, soon after 
    you have defeated the Onii King.
    We will develop stronger weapons.
    
    Armour research
    Cost: 1180000 Bol
    Available: From the merchant after you have bought the alarm clock, soon after 
    you have defeated the Onii King.
    We will develop stronger armour.
    
    Super Weapons
    Cost: 3100000 Bol
    We will develop awesome weapons!
    Available: From the merchant after you have conquered three kingdoms. You may 
    be required to pay your minister Liam and Verde for the merchant to appear.
    
    Super Armour
    Cost: 3530000 Bol
    Available: From the merchant after you have bought the super armour. You may 
    be required to pay your minister Liam and Verde for the merchant to appear.
    We will develop more awesome armour!
    
    Rare Armour
    Cost: 29100000 Bol
    Available: From the merchant soon after you have conquered five kingdoms.
    This is the rare armour that the peddler left behind.
    
    ----------------
    Special objects
    ----------------
    The objects in the Special menu are meant to make life much easier for you. 
    For instance, the podiums allow you to designate the people you want to 
    recruit, thus freeing yourself of micromanagement; The jump cannon allows you 
    to quickly get to many places in the world from your castle and so on. Some of 
    these objects are available from the merchant who regularly visits your castle, 
    so keep your eyes peeled.
    
    Podium Placement
    Cost: 500000 Bol
    Available: Soon after you have expanded your Castle Town by defeating the Cow 
    Bones Guardian of the cemetery to the west.
    Erect a podium out in the front of the castle. Use to gather your forces.
    
    Modify podium
    Cost: 3100000 Bol
    Available: Shortly after you have obtained the Farmland by defeating the club 
    wielding Onii Man at the Onii Grounds.
    The podium is now even better! Now you can summon specific citizens!
    
    Jump Cannon
    Cost: 1100000 Bol
    Available: From the merchant right after you beat the Onii King.
    It's called the Kaboom Jump Cannon! Fly to anywhere in your kingdom!
    
    Alarm Clock
    Cost: 270000 Bol
    Available: From the merchant after you have approved of the weapons research, 
    soon after you have defeated the Onii King.
    Set it to wake you at any time you want.
    
    Video archive
    Cost: 700000 Bol
    Available: Right after you have beaten King TV Dinnah of the Primetime Kingdom 
    (and conquered a total of five kingdoms).
    Watch previously recorded footage. Just call Verde to your throne!
    
    School Donation 1
    Cost: 100000 Bol
    Available: Right after you have beaten King TV Dinnah of the Primetime Kingdom 
    (and conquered a total of five kingdoms).
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    
    School donation 2
    Cost: 500000 Bol
    Available: Soon after you have donated to the school for the first time.
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    
    Flower Appointee
    Cost: 1200000 Bol
    Available: Some time after you have beaten King TV Dinnah of the Primetime 
    Kingdom (and conquered a total of five kingdoms).
    A plan suggested by the Royal Florist. Deck the kingdom with flowers!
    
    School Donation 3
    Cost: 1100000 Bol
    Available: Soon after you have donated to the school for the second time.
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    
    School Donation 4
    Cost: 1900000 Bol
    Available: When you have defeated King Long Sauvage of the Tiptoe Kingdom, 
    after you have donated to the school for the second time.
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    
    School donation 5
    Cost: 2900000 Bol
    Available: Soon after you have donated to the school for the fourth time.
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    
    School Donation 6
    Cost: 4100000 Bol
    Available: Soon after you have donated to the school for the fifth time.
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    
    School Donation 7
    Cost: 5500000 Bol
    Available: Soon after you have donated to the school for the sixth time.
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    |                        II. STARTING YOUR KINGDOM                           |
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    Once you are ready, insert the disc into your Wii and turn it on. Select the 
    game on the disc channel and we can begin. Watch the opening cinematic 
    (accompanied by Bolero by Maurice Ravel) if you like and choose to start a new 
    game. You can then name the king, who is Corobo by default. We can now begin.
    
    -------------------------------
    8. Everything starts from zero
    -------------------------------
    [LKS8]
    You begin with a modest castle, which resembles a typical wooden house. You 
    are introduced to your first year by your trusted advisor Howser, who speaks 
    in a pseudo language that sounds like Norwegian. Meanwhile, the Land of Hope 
    and Glory is played in the background as you ascend onto the throne! You can 
    now play. Attempt to leave the castle by going through the door to the south 
    and Howser will call you to greet your two ministers. Enter the side room to 
    talk to Liam and Verde.
    
    Talk to Howser and he will tell you how he has waited for a true king for 35 
    years, how your greetings were marvellous and that you are fit to be a king. 
    He tells you to sit on the throne to command them. So, let's do it. Call 
    Howser and he will brief you on your current situation. You have 3 ministers, 
    3 cows, 12 citizens and a 0% job rate! Not only is unemployment sky high, the 
    treasury is completely empty. There is one way out of this: Treasure hunting.
    
    You are told to summon carefree adults to help you raise 100000 Bol. Now leave 
    the castle and look for carefree adults. Cross the bridge to find many 
    carefree adults. Talk to them and recruit any five of them for your little 
    treasure hunt. With your adults, cross the bridge leading back to your castle 
    and head northwest. See the hole in the ground? Send your carefree adults in 
    and start digging. Some gold coins should emerge (at least in my playthrough). 
    Head back south to where the other adults are gathering and you will find 
    another hole at the base of the watch tower. Dig those coins up as well.
    
    Now, go east from this town centre to find a crack on the ground. To the east 
    of the crack are three bushes which can be broken open for another hole in the 
    ground. Dig open this hole and it will become bigger. Continue digging until 
    the bag of coins pops out. With those coins, dismiss your group and reenter 
    your castle. Sit on your throne and Howser will congratulate you and exchange 
    the treasures for Bol. I don't know about you, but you should be able to get 
    100000 Bol from the three treasures.
    
    Now that your financial problems are solved, it's time to develop your kingdom. 
    Howser reminds you of the situation. The unemployment rate is still 100%, it 
    seems. Therefore it's time to build a new workplace. You are shown the Kingdom 
    Plans menu, on which you enact plans to expand your kingdom.
    
    ***************
    New plans
    ***************
    Farmhouse
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 90000 Bol
    You can train hardworking farmers. They specialise in excavating holes!
    
    Guard hut
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 100000 Bol
    You can train grunt soldiers! They specialize in battle!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    It's up to you to decide which building to build. I suggest that you build the 
    farmhouse since you should open up the cracks as soon as possible. Howser 
    tells you that the farmhouse will be ready the next day, so let's go to bed. 
    Leave your castle the next day and you will find a farmhouse on the east side 
    of Castle Town. Summon all your citizens and send them one by one into the 
    farmhouse to turn them into farmers. Your objective is to gather another 
    100000 Bol for a new workplace.
    
    With your 5 farmers, go east from Castle Town for the crack you found earlier. 
    Use a farmer to open up the crack and reveal a hot spring! Now, cross the 
    bridge to your castle and go northeast for another crack. The resultant hole 
    will become larger and larger before the gold bar pops out. With the gold bar 
    in hand, dismiss your group and reenter the castle. Sit on your throne to cash 
    in the gold, you'll earn exactly 100000 Bol, allowing you to build the guard 
    hut. Now, your current situation is: 3 ministers, 3 cows, 5 chickens and 12 
    citizens. How puny. You now have to expand the kingdom to attract more 
    citizens
    
    Don't worry, Howser will unveil his ambitious plan the next day, so let's go 
    to bed again. On the next morning, Howser will tell you that he has failed to 
    come up with anything good. He decides to create a suggestion box to gather 
    feedback from the citizens. In addition, Howser has come up with a plan for 
    the Town Square. At this point, your goal will be to collect 1200000 Bol.
    
    Leave your castle and you will find a guard hut just across the bridge from 
    your castle. Transform 7 of your subjects into soldiers and have 5 of them 
    follow you. It's time to break out of your castle town. Smash through the 
    wooden barrier to the south and pick up the timber. You should find a number 
    of turnip patches here. Break open the turnips for the Turnips and Good 
    Turnips inside. Note that certain turnips are hostile and will fight back. 
    These guys attack by simple kicks, which are preceded by their angry fumes. 
    Always retreat when you see the fumes to avoid damage.
    
    Go west as you reap the turnips. You'll soon reach a fork. Take the southern 
    path and bust your way through the fallen logs. Follow the path past the sign 
    to reach the Over There Beach, where it is rumoured that deceased people are 
    swept back to the shore. Now, whenever any of your citizens die, they will be 
    found swept up on this beach. You'll find three logs on the sand, smash them 
    open to find a hole, looks like we will need some farmers. Head back to Castle 
    Town, fighting your way past the turnips.
    
    Replace two of your soldiers with farmers and head back to the beach. You will 
    find a couple of holes on the cleared turnip patches. Dig open those holes for 
    some gold coins. Return to the beach and dig up that hole for more gold coins. 
    To the east are two pots. Break them open for a lucky item and a sweet. With 
    these treasures in hand, fight your way back to the Castle Town and dismiss 
    your group. Let's get on the throne to cash in. It seems that those turnips 
    can be worth anywhere between 10000 and 80000 Bol, depending on what they are.
    
    It's unlikely that you get enough money on your first run, so let's save and 
    go to bed. For some reason, Liam will come in and tell you what the bed does. 
    On the next day, recruit three soldiers and two farmers and continue to search 
    the area to the south of Castle Town. This time, go west to find a new snail 
    enemy called an Escargoo. This snail may drop lucky items when defeated. There 
    is a wooden barrel to the north, but let's not deal with it yet. Go east for 
    the fork and take the northern path.
    
    Break through the wooden barrier and you will find a number of giant turnips 
    on the ground, along with many pieces of wood. One of those big turnips will 
    drop shining turnips when destroyed, the other one will spawn three turnip 
    enemies when destroyed, so get ready to fight. I suggest that you focus on one 
    turnip at a time and retreat whenever they are about to attack. Also note the 
    three paths, one leading southeast, one northwest and one directly north. Two 
    of the paths are blocked by giant tree stumps which cannot be broken through 
    at the moment, so let's take the northwest path to return to the hot spring of 
    the Castle Town.
    
    Return to the area south of town to find the turnips respawned. Kill them 
    again for their goodies. Head to the beach and break open the logs and pots 
    for more stuff before cashing in at the castle. It seems that the golden 
    turnip you picked up in the woods is worth a whopping 500000 Bol, while white 
    lumber is worth 140000 Bol. An Aikido fish is worth 120000 Bol and a big 
    seaweed is worth 260000 Bol. Anyways, I'm sure that you would have collected 
    more than 1200000 Bol by now.
    
    Talk to Howser and he'll suggest that you build a town square.
    
    ***************
    New plan
    ***************
    Town Square
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 1200000 Bol
    Set up a suggestion box to hear your citizens' complaints and requests!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Now that the suggestion box is set up, you'll start getting valuable feedback 
    the next morning, so let's sleep again. During the night, people start to 
    place their suggestions into the box. Wake up to be informed that your 
    suggestion box is full. Sit on your throne and talk to Howser to read the 
    suggestions. Notice that there is one quest for you to do.
    
    ***************
    Suggestions
    ***************
    Test mail
    The suggestion box will be filled every morning with fan letters or complaints 
    from the citizens. As king, you must solve the citizens' problems.
    -Howser, the Bull Knight
    
    Please redecorate!
    Yoohoo, this is Verde. I like the suggestion box. Now I can say what I'm 
    thinking. Let me say this now. The castle could use some brightening up. Why 
    not put up some paintings?
    -Records Minister Verde
    
    Fanletter!
    Hooray hooray! My king! Hooray hooray! My king! Hooray hooray! My king!  You 
    can do it, yes you can! Hooray hooray! My king! King King hooray!
    -King Fan Club #1 "Sp"
    
    Good day to you
    This is my first letter to you. I am a subject of the kingdom. Please call me 
    "P." I'll be turning 40 this year, but I'm still going strong. I want to do my 
    best for the kingdom.
    -P (Age 40)
    
    ****************
    Graveyard Rumor
    ****************
    Difficulty: **
    I was walking alone and I heard something from the deserted graveyard. I was 
    all weirded out, but I checked it out anyway, only to find a "Cow with a skull 
    for a head"!
    -Capt. Beefheart
    
    Accept the quest and you will be told that it's the legendary "Cow Bones of 
    the Cemetery". Howser tells you that defeating the guardian UMA of the land 
    will erase all the UMA there. This is your chance to expand your kingdom! Get 
    out and gather 5 soldiers. Now, leave the Castle Town through the southern 
    exit and head west. Smash through the wooden barrier leading north for the 
    graveyard.
    
    Hey, it's a cow with a bony head. This Cow Bone attacks by charging every now 
    and then, so keep an eye on the fumes coming out from its head. If you manage 
    to dodge its attacks, it's bound to ram straight into a wall and be stunned 
    for a short time. That is your chance to attack. Secondly, this cow bone will 
    sometimes fire its head, which runs around the arena. Meanwhile, the main body 
    would just stay there and do nothing, that's another opportunity for you to 
    attack. Finally, the Cow Bone may attempt to pound the ground and deal area 
    damage. In that case, run away from beneath it!
    
    Try to be careful so as not to lose any of your men in the fight. Otherwise, 
    you'd have to pay death benefits after you've won! Once you are victorious, 
    Howser will congratulate you while fireworks appear all over town. You will be 
    awarded a gold bar, worth 1000000 Bol for your efforts.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    You will go to bed. On the next day, you are informed that after the defeat of 
    the Cow Bones, the land around the cemetery has been eradicated of enemies. 
    You can now go out and see for yourself. Meanwhile, everyone's celebrating the 
    Cow Festival. In fact, people are all wearing cow skull caps. Go south and you 
    will find that the land south of the Castle Town and around the graveyard are 
    now available. When you are done with the festivities, sit down on your throne.
    
    While you are sleeping, Howser and Liam will be chatting by the river to the 
    south of your kingdom. Howser tells Liam to put up a sign with a hammer on it 
    by the river. That sign will bring them closer to their goal, whatever that 
    means.
    
    ----------------------
    9. Crossing the river
    ----------------------
    [LKS9]
    Wake up and Howser will tell you not to rest on your laurels. Having sought 
    the true king for 35 years, Howser says that it is finally time for world 
    domination! Howser vows to serve you till the day he dies. Now, he explains 
    who to dominate the world. He makes a rough sketch of the world. There is a 
    kingdom belonging to the Onii to the south of the river. Your job now is to 
    destroy them! But before you do anything, let's check out what new things can 
    be built.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Guard badge x3
    Cost: 600000 Bol
    An additional 3 badges. Recruit up to 8 people.
    
    ***************
    New plans
    ***************
    Carpenter hut
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 1050000 Bol
    You can train regular carpenters. Now you can make bridges and stairs.
    
    Red roof house
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 130000 Bol
    A groovy house with a red roof. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Yellow roof house
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 280000 Bol
    A cool house with a yellow roof. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Blue roof house
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 340000 Bol
    A banging house with a blue roof. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Straw roof house
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 400000 Bol
    A bombdigity house with a straw roof. You will gain 2 citizens!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Your first priority is to buy the guard badges and build the carpenter hut and 
    the red roof house. Head out of the castle to find some monk calling you. He 
    asks you whether if you believe in god? This guy tells you that god has guided 
    him to your kingdom. He introduces himself as Kampbell of the Sect of Soup. 
    What on earth? Anyway, he requests a church on the graveyard, threatening that 
    god will punish you if you don't.
    
    You can worry about the church later. Go and find the two carefree adults and 
    send them into the carpenter hut. It will cost you 50000 Bol to train each 
    citizen. With those carpenters, go over to the hammer sign to the west of the 
    bridge leading back to your castle. Send the carpenters over to build a set of 
    stairs to the ledge above. Climb the stairs to find a hole and a crack on the 
    ground. Dig open the hole for a gold bar and open up the crack with a farmer. 
    This hole will get bigger and bigger until another gold bar comes out.
    
    Now, enter the former cemetery grounds and head southwest. You'll find a 
    narrow path leading to a dead end with a crack on the ground. Open up the 
    crack and dig up another gold bar. You can now cash in your treasure, earning 
    900000 Bol. Talk to Howser to find a new thing to be built in town, the Soup 
    Church!
    
    ***************
    New plan
    ***************
    Soup Church
    Region: Castle Town     Cost: 44000 Bol
    Build a church in the cemetery. You might be blessed by god!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    This church is cheap to build. Since you have the money, let's build two more 
    houses to increase your population by 4 more. Also note the new special item 
    that can be placed, the Podium Placement.
    
    *******************
    New special object
    *******************
    Podium Placement
    Cost: 500000 Bol
    Erect a podium out in the front of the castle. Use to gather your forces.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Micromanagement isn't that much of a problem at the moment, so the podium can 
    wait until later. Furthermore, there is a new quest to be done in the 
    suggestion box.
    
    *****************
    Giant frog rumor
    *****************
    Difficulty: ***
    Um, I'm not sure you'll believe me, but I've never seen such a huge frog! Go 
    to the Upchuck Forest. It had to be a "guardian!"
    -Farmer Johansson
    
    This is the perfect opportunity to expand your kingdom even further. Head out 
    of the castle and find your carefree adults. Turn two of them into soldiers, 
    one of them into a farmer and the fourth one into a carpenter. Now, assemble a 
    team made up of 6 soldiers and 2 farmers. Head southwest to find a wooden 
    barrier next to a watch tower. Smash through the barrier to enter Upchuck 
    Forest. Notice the two holes in the ground beyond the traffic cones? Send your 
    farmers to dig up the goodies before you step into the field. This is because 
    entering the field will trigger the battle, making it impossible for you to 
    dig open the holes later on.
    
    A giant frog jumps out of the lake. It's time to fight! But first, collect the 
    coins that you have uncovered. This frog attacks by leaping around, creating 
    shockwaves. In addition, it may sometimes spit out purple slime which poisons 
    anyone who touches it. But still, the nastiest attack has got to be the one 
    during which it sticks out its tongue and devours one of your men, killing him 
    instantly! If any of your troops are stunned by the shockwave, press the B 
    button repeatedly to call them back to you, or they are likely to be eaten!
    
    The best time to attack is when the frog has just spat out its slime or landed 
    on the ground after one of those leaps. Send several soldiers onto his back 
    and be careful not to let anyone attack it from the front or risk getting them 
    devoured. Also note that no more than 3 soldiers can get on the frog's back at 
    once, so don't send too many people or you'll risk getting them devoured as 
    well.
    
    The good news is that the poison can't kill any of your subjects as their 
    health will only drop to 1 HP. As long as you are patient, you should 
    eventually beat this guy, after everyone in your group is down to 1 HP! Howser 
    then congratulates you on defeating the guardian of Upchuck Forest "with such 
    ease"! Not really! Either way, you can expand your kingdom even further.
    
    You will be rewarded with a precious treasure worth 3000000 Bol. If anyone 
    died during the battle (which is very likely), you'll be charged 10000 Bol per 
    death. Once you've paid, you can find them washed up on the shore on the Over 
    There Beach.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Let's talk to Howser and see what new things you can build in the newly 
    established Grassland Town district.
    
    ***************
    New plans
    ***************
    Hunter hut
    Region: Grassland Town     Cost: 4500000 Bol
    You can train Animal Hunters. Attack enemies from afar!
    
    Southern Village
    Region: Grassland Town     Cost: 1600000 Bol
    Build a village in the south. You will gain 6 citizens!
    
    Northern Village
    Region: Grassland town     Cost: 970000 Bol
    Build a village to the north. You will gain 4 citizens!
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Calisthenics Edict
    Cost: 1880000 Bol
    Law that makes citizens exercise at night. Adds +1 life to citizens.
    
    ***************
    Suggestion box
    ***************
    Fanletter
    Hi! I was working with you yesterday. I first thought you were just a little 
    brat, but I was wrong. You look small, but you're an adult king with great 
    ideas.
    -King Fan Club #2 "a"
    
    Words of praise
    Hi there,
    I hurt my back the other day because of your orders. But it's okay. I know 
    that you're also hurting . You looked like you got stomped.
    -Veggie Lover
    *****END LIST*****
    
    I suggest that you place the podium outside your castle in addition to buying 
    the final house for Castle Town, as well as Northern Village. You should have 
    gained 6 citizens. Right now, your priority is to gather money so you can 
    enact that Calisthenics Edict and build a hunter hut, allowing you to train 
    hunters. Get out of the castle and step on the new podium. Press the A button 
    and you get to summon citizens belonging to the same job class at the same 
    time. For example, summoning the cultivation team will cause all farmers in 
    the kingdom to appear before you. Select the Standby option and they will 
    stand still, allowing you to recruit them one by one by assigning badges to 
    them. Anyone with a badge in hand is part of the Royal Guard and can be 
    quickly summoned by picking the Royal Guard option on the podium menu.
    
    I suggest that you gather a group consisting of 5 soldiers, 2 farmers and 1 
    carpenter. You do this by summoning the battle team and assigning badges to 
    any 5 people, then summoning the cultivation team and assigning badges to 2 
    people, before summoning the construction team and assigning a badge to one of 
    them. Call the Royal Guard and they will all come to you. Select "To battle" 
    and you are off.
    
    Go south to the river where the hammer sign has been enacted. Send the 
    carpenter over to the sign and he'll slowly build a bridge over the river. You 
    can now enter Onii territory!
    
    ---------------
    Onii territory
    ---------------
    The Onii there are quite weak and can be defeated with impunity by just 3 
    soldiers. If you are somehow too slow, they will try to charge into your group. 
    Those guys drop sweets, toys, boxes and horns. Go west once you have set foot 
    on the other side of the river to find a hole. Dig for a while and two Onii 
    will pop out. I suggest that you use a hit and run technique against them and 
    focus on one Onii at a time. Move soldiers in and out intermittently and 
    slowly whittle down the health of one Onii. Once he's dead, the other is an 
    easy kill.
    
    Continue digging and a gold bar will pop out. Continue south to find a few 
    Oniis hanging around. Go southwest to find a lone rock in the corner. Break it 
    open to reveal a hole from which you can dig up another gold bar. Continue 
    south past the two colourful pillars to find a crossroads. Kill the two Oniis 
    and go east. A Rodeo Cow is guarding something. This enemy attacks by charging 
    around, so always retreat when you see the fumes coming out of its head. These 
    enemies naturally drop meat. Once the cow is killed, start digging open the 
    hole. Two Onii will pop out, so be careful. Kill them and start digging again. 
    Another two Onii pop out. Kill them, dig again, and two more Onii come out. 
    Kill them and you won't have anything stopping you from getting the gold bar 
    underground. In addition, you'll find a crack in the ground behind two trees, 
    dig open that hole there for another gold bar.
    
    Return to the crossroads and go west. Kill the Rodeo Cow before making your 
    way back to Castle Town. It should be night time by now. Go to the west of the 
    Soup Church to find a hole on the ground. Dig it open for a staff, which is a 
    treasure item. Now, cash in your items. It seems that the gold bars you have 
    found are worth 100000, 100000, 300000 and 1000000 Bol. You should have enough 
    money for the Calisthenics Edict, so enact that edict to raise the health of 
    your citizens by 1.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Go to bed and your next task is to gather money for the hunter hut. Now, go 
    over to the Soup Church and send your citizens in one by one. If any of them 
    happen to be in love, they will get married and immediately give birth to a 
    child. In addition, a Bow will appear outside the church. Take this treasure 
    item and head over to the Grassland Town. Break open the first bush you see to 
    reveal a hole, which can be dug up for a bag of coins. Go west and break open 
    the hedge to the south of the northern village for another hole. This time, 
    you'll find a gold bar.
    
    A little to the north is the Mushroom Forest. Let's not bother with that place 
    for now. Go south to Onii territory again.
    
    ---------------
    Onii territory
    ---------------
    Fight your way past the Onii and return to the crossroad. Smash through the 
    rocks to the south to find two Onii discussing something to do with hammers. 
    Let's interrupt their conversation. The narrow path leading further south is 
    blocked, so go east to find a hammer sign. Let's start building. Some Onii may 
    try to intervene, so keep your eyes peeled. Climb up the stairs to find two 
    Onii guarding the hill.
    
    Now, don't enter the valley on the other side since you'll trigger a boss 
    fight. Instead, go right to find a crack on the ground with water gushing out. 
    Use a farmer to open the crack to reveal a hot spring. This is the furthest 
    you should go for now. Let's go to the Mushroom Forest for some new surprises. 
    In case you don't know, the Mushroom Forest is to the north of the Grassland 
    Town.
    
    ----------------
    Mushroom Forest
    ----------------
    Go east at the first crossroads and smash through the mushrooms. You'll come 
    to a few mushrooms that can be broken open. A couple of mushrooms are hostile, 
    so take them out. You'll naturally pick up fungi and good fungi from these 
    enemies. Break through the next mushroom barrier and head west. You'll find 
    another cluster of mushrooms that can be reaped. You'll find a path to the 
    north marked by traffic cones and blocked off with mushrooms. It looks like 
    all of them are hostile! I suggest that you focus on one mushroom at a time 
    and lure your target away from the others before you attack.
    
    You will see an X on the minimap to the west after you have passed the traffic 
    cones. Smash through the mushroom barrier there and you'll find a crack on the 
    ground. Open up the crack and start digging to get the bag of coins there. You 
    can now search this open area for more mushrooms. Once you are done, you can 
    go back to cash in on your treasures. For instance, a rock mushroom is worth 
    200000 Bol. If you still don't have enough money for a hunter hut, return to 
    that forest for more treasures.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Once you have the cash, build a hunter hut, gather your 6 carefree adults and 
    turn them into animal hunters. It will cost you another 600000 Bol to train 
    all 6 of them. Add 2 more soldiers to your group and head south into Onii 
    territory. Make your way towards the valley I told you to ignore before, using 
    only your soldiers to fight the enemies along the way since it's important 
    that you do not waste any arrows.
    
    ---------------
    Onii Grounds
    ---------------
    You will be confronted by a large gang of Onii led by a bigger one with a club. 
    Let's fight! Notice how these Onii stay still all the time? This makes them 
    sitting ducks for your hunters' arrows. See the hole behind the Onii leader? 
    Once you have killed off the four Onii standing in front of their leader, head 
    over to the ridge behind him to find 2 Oniis throwing things at you from above. 
    Have your hunters shoot down those objects and kill those enemies. 
    
    Once you have done so, you can start digging with those hunters. Don't worry 
    since the Onii leader cannot hit your people from that distance. After some 
    digger, you will unearth a giant treasure! Collect the treasure and move to a 
    safe distance from the Onii leader. Start firing arrows at him and you will 
    win this battle in no time. 
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    After your victory, Howser will congratulate you, telling you that the world 
    is under the control of Kingdom Aipoko. Your treasure is tallied. It seems 
    that the big treasure you picked up just now is worth 3000000 Bol! And so, you, 
    your ministers and a few of your citizens celebrate in the castle. Howser 
    makes a faux pas by nearly saying that the world is his! Ah, what's he up to 
    eh? He continues by saying that as long as we work together, world domination 
    with be a cinch! But then, the celebration is interrupted by Pancho, who runs 
    in with a badly written letter.
    
    It seems that the Onii King has sent a letter of challenge to you all! He 
    calls the your kingdom Aijerko and calls you a world class jerk! It seems that 
    this world is larger than it appears. It's time to go further south and take 
    that Onii King out!
    
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    |                        III. A NOT SO LITTLE CONQUEST                       |
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    With all that's happened, little King Corobo is feeling just dandy. In the 
    tiny throne room of his tiny castle, he sits on his throne, looking at a now 
    larger map of the world. You now have to defeat the Onii King in the Dark 
    Valley for world domination! But first, let's go out to celebrate with your 
    citizens. The festival is called Spiked Club Festival, after the spiked club 
    used by the Onii leader that you have slain. Haha.
    
    Also note that the area just south of the river is ripe for development as the 
    Farming District. Let's go and have a look, but then, you hear someone 
    pondering about what's at the end of the universe. You will run up the hill to 
    see an astronomer looking through a telescope. Having seen you, he introduces 
    himself as Skinny Ray. Ray thanks you for making the area safe so he can 
    concentrate on his research. Now, let's end the festivities so we can plan 
    ahead.
    
    --------------------------
    10. The good, bad and Onii
    --------------------------
    [LKS10]
    You are told by Liam that you can change the paintings on your castle wall 
    from now on. To do that, stand in front of a painting and press the A button. 
    You will be shown the picture that is currently on the wall. Press the A 
    button again and you will be shown a number of paintings that you can put on 
    the wall. Select the painting and press the A button to put it on the wall. 
    Now, sit on your throne and summon Howser. Let's go through the suggestion box 
    and any new plans for the kingdom.
    
    ***************
    Suggestion box
    ***************
    Onii culture report
    My king! There are Oniis hiding in that dark valley! When you hear them 
    playing their flutes, watch your head! There will be lots of pots flying at 
    you! Be sure to bring an army of animal hunters!
    
    Fanletter of love
    I get so nervous when I see you. (Huh?) That's because I really, really, love 
    you! (Hee hee!) I hope you have a nice day today! (Fight on!)
    -King Fan Club #4 ~"In"
    
    Salvation for believers
    Ramen,
    Why does the sun rise? What about the moon? That is thanks to god. God is good. 
    God is great. Do you pray? If you don't pray, you'll pay!
    -Father Kampbell
    
    *******************
    New special object
    *******************
    Modify podium
    Cost: 3100000 Bol
    The podium is now even better! Now you can summon specific citizens!
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Guard badge x4
    Cost: 800000 Bol
    An additional 4 badges. Recruit up to 12 people!
    
    ***************
    New plans
    ***************
    Lumberjack hut
    Region: Farmland     Cost: 3800000 Bol
    You can train buff lumberjacks. Now you can demolish fallen trees!
    
    Riverside cabin
    Region: Farmland     Cost: 460000 Bol
    A residence built in the boonies. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Floral florist
    Region: Farmland     Cost: 800000 Bol
    The Kingdom Beautification Project suggests making a flowery kingdom!
    
    Moon harvest
    Region: Farmland     Cost: 1210000 Bol
    A ranch with cute and shiny animals. You will gain 4 citizens!
    
    Shopping arcade
    Region: Farmland     Cost: 19999000 Bol
    You can train savvy merchants. They can find hidden treasure!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Start by buying the additional guard badges and building the southern village 
    in the Grassland Town and the riverside cabin on the farmland. Once you have 
    done so, your main priority will be to raise enough money for a lumberjack hut 
    and a modification to your podium. Now that the new buildings are built, go 
    out to assemble a new Royal Guard consisting of 6 soldiers, 2 farmers, 3 
    hunters and 1 carpenter.
    
    Let's cross the bridge to the farmland. Send one of your men into the 
    riverside cabin (the blue house to your west when you have just crossed the 
    bridge) and the people living inside will give you a gift to show their 
    support. It's a pair of striped undies! Continue to the south, moving along 
    the ridge to the west and you'll see a few bushes which can be broken to 
    reveal a hole. You can now dig up the gold bar.
    
    Go to the southern edge of the farmland and you'll find an Onii holding a box 
    on a ridge. Send out your hunters to shoot him down and he'll drop the box, 
    revealing the gold bar inside. Head to the valley where you have defeated the 
    club wielding Onii.
    
    ---------------
    Onii Grounds
    ---------------
    Notice that it's now populated with Onii and Escargoos. Kill those enemies and 
    search the area. You'll find a hammer sign at the northwest corner. Build a 
    set of stairs to the ridge above and you'll find a number of bushes. Tear them 
    apart to reveal a hole that can be dug open for a gold bar. There is also a 
    giant purse nearby, but you can't do anything with that yet.
    
    Head back down to the valley and check out the southeast corner for another 
    hammer sign. Build a set of stairs up the ridge, where you can find a hole. 
    You'll find a staff by digging up this hole. Follow the path to reach a fork. 
    Turn left to find another hole that can be dug open. Watch out for the Oniis 
    this time! Since the area is such so tight, it's hard to avoid damage from the 
    Oniis' charging attacks. But still, all that pain is worth it since you'll 
    find a big treasure.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Return to your castle and cash in. The gold bars are worth 1000000 Bol each, 
    while the pleasant treasure's worth 3000000. Include the other small treasures 
    you have collected during your run and you should have gained nearly 6000000 
    Bol. Let's modify the podium first.
    
    From now on, the Citizens List option will appear on the menu when you 
    activate the podium. By opening the citizens list, you can easily pick members 
    of your Royal Guard by selecting their names on the list and pressing the A 
    button. A citizen that is a member of the Royal Guard will be marked by a 
    guard badge. To remove a citizen from the Royal Guard, select him, press the A 
    button and the badge will disappear. You must remove the people you want to be 
    replaced before assigning the people to replace them, remember that. Once you 
    have set the members of your Royal Guard, close the citizens list. You can 
    then summon the people you have picked by selected the Royal Guard option on 
    the previous menu.
    
    You can also equip items on your citizens. You do that by pressing the Z 
    button on the citizen list. A list of things that can be equipped will appear. 
    To equip an item, select it and press the A button and you will get to choose 
    the person you wish to equip it on. Simply select the intended person and 
    press the A button. At this point, you should have 4 items that can be 
    equipped. The skull staff increases the person's attack power; the cupid's bow 
    can only be equipped by hunters and it gives his attacks a chance to stun the 
    enemy; the toy staff is for looks only; the striped undies increases the 
    wearer's health capacity by 5.
    
    Equip the skull staff, toy staff and striped undies on your soldiers and hand 
    the cupid's bow over to a hunter. You should be a few hundred thousand Bol 
    short of the lumberjack hut, so let's go kill more enemies. Once you have 
    enough money, build a lumberjack hut. Gather your carefree adults and train 4 
    of them into lumberjacks, 2 of them into hunters and 2 of them into soldiers. 
    This will cost you another 800000 Bol.
    
    Now, it's time to replace one of the farmers in your Royal Guard with a 
    lumberjack. Your group should now have 6 soldiers, 3 hunters, 1 farmer, 1 
    carpenter and 1 lumberjack. Return to the valley where you fought the club 
    wielding Onii just now.
    
    ---------------
    Onii Grounds
    ---------------
    Notice the giant tree stump next to one of the stairs you have built before? 
    Send the lumberjack over to chop it down. Once the stump is reduced to pieces, 
    you can send other members of your group to clear away the wood. Lead your 
    team through this new path to enter Dark Valley!
    
    ---------------
    Dark Valley
    ---------------
    You will find a narrow path leading east near the entrance of the valley, 
    blocked off by wood. Break through the wood and you will reach a cluster of 
    bushes. Tear down the bushes to reveal a hole in which you will find a gold 
    bar. There is also a giant rock to the right, but you can't do anything with 
    it yet. You can return to the main path and continue on. You'll find two Oniis 
    throwing pots at you from the ridges above the path before reaching a wooden 
    barrier. Skip the first Onii and have your hunters kill the second one. This 
    allows your team to break down the barrier without fear of injury.
    
    If you need spare arrows, you might be able to find some hidden in the pots by 
    the side of the path. Next up are two Oniis on pogo sticks called Onii Hoppers. 
    They attack by bouncing into your team, hurting several people at once. Hit 
    and run techniques are recommended against these guys. In addition, Onii 
    Hoppers drop sweets when taken down. Further ahead are three bushes which can 
    be torn down to reveal a crack in the ground. Use your farmer to open it up 
    for a hot spring. Continue along the path and you will find a club wielding 
    Onii accompanied by 3 regular Oniis. Start by taking out one regular Onii at a 
    time through hit and run tactics. Once the club wielding Onii is left, send 
    your hunters after him. Assuming that one of them has the Cupid's Bow equipped, 
    this Onii will be stunned in a few shots, allowing you to send your soldiers 
    in to take him out with impunity.
    
    The next wooden barrier is guarded by an Onii that will throw rocks at you 
    from the ridge overlooking it. Take him out with your hunters before you start 
    cutting through the wood. The next part of the valley is guarded by 3 rock 
    throwing Oniis. Since your arrow supply is likely to be low, you will have to 
    run past them until you reach a barrier guarded by 3 regular Oniis on the 
    ground. Your best bet is to attack from the left or right side of the barrier 
    to avoid damage from the stuff they throw at you.
    
    Bring down the barrier and you'll find a cave marked by a sign saying, "Aww, 
    you came all the way here, stupid. Fine, bring it on! -Onii King" It seems you 
    are getting warm! A diagram to the left can be collected as well. It's a God 
    Memo telling you the strategy to beat the Onii King. The point is that you 
    need hunters to shoot down the objects he throws at you. Before you enter the 
    cave, go west to find a lone rock guarded by an Onii playing with a hula hoop 
    called an Onii Ring. While he's spinning his hoop, the Onii Ring is invincible. 
    You must walk close and try to coax him into charging at you. Once he's 
    stopped the charge, he's vulnerable and you can take him out as usual.
    
    Smash the rock to find a crack in the ground, which can be opened to reveal a 
    hot spring. Heal all your men and enter the cave!
    
    *****************
    Onii King battle
    *****************
    You are spotted by Oniis as you enter the cave, who sound the alarm. The Onii 
    King then appears, venting his anger at you building on his land without his 
    permission. He calls you a jerk and says that "What's mine is mine, what's 
    yours is mine." and that "I'm you and you're me!", whatever that means. Either 
    way, it's time to fight the Onii King!
    
    Before you fight the Onii King, go south to find many pots and a crack in the 
    ground. Open up the crack to reveal a hot spring and break open the pots to 
    refill your arrow supply. Now you can turn your attention to the Onii King. 
    This guy will constantly throw large objects at you, along with all his 
    minions to the side. You must first destroy the central wooden barrier to have 
    a clear shot at him. Once you've done that, you can focus your attention at 
    the Onii King.
    
    Sort out your team so that you can send in all your soldiers, followed by your 
    hunters. The soldiers will start hitting the Onii King while your hunters 
    shoot down all those rocks the Oniis throw at you. The Onii King should shake 
    your soldiers off and be dazed for a while. That's when you send in your 
    soldiers to hit him with impunity for some time. When you see the Onii King 
    start fuming, it means he's about to throw a big tantrum that can deal heavy 
    area damage to all of you, so retreat! Once you've avoided damage, you can 
    move back in and repeat the strategy until the Onii King is defeated.
    *****END BATTLE*****
    
    "What's yours..." the defeated Onii King stammers, "is yours!" He flees the 
    scene, leaving behind a giant treasure and a mysterious vase. Pick up the 
    treasure and break vase the pot for a pleasant surprise. A blonde princess 
    wearing a red dress and holding a lollipop pops out. It's Princess Apricot! 
    She's been trapped in the vase for many years and thanks you for saving her. 
    She asks to be made queen, which you duly obliged! You and Apricot ride back 
    to the castle on Pancho.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Back in town, fireworks are displayed as Howser congratulates you on defeating 
    the Onii King and getting a new wife, even though you are way younger than the 
    age of consent! Your castle will now be expanded and Apricot will be living in 
    the new Princess Manor. Your treasure is then cashed in. The gold bar is worth 
    100000 Bol, while the Golden Treasure is worth 5000000!
    
    As before, you, Apricot, your ministers and a select few citizens are 
    celebrating in the throne room. Howser congratulates you on the unification of 
    the world. He compares your skill in dodging the Onii King's attacks to the 
    times Pancho and him cheated death on the battlefield. But then, Pancho enters 
    with a new letter. It's a letter of appeal from King Shishkebaboo and an 
    invitation from party king Duvroc. Howser then explains that the world is much 
    larger than expected and that there are six more mysterious kings for you to 
    defeat!
    
    -----------------------
    11. 2 Young for a king
    -----------------------
    [LKS11]
    In a slightly nicer room in his slightly grander castle. King Corobo sits on 
    his throne. Outside of his kingdom and beyond, there lies a vast world, 
    unexplored by all. It seems that there are many mysterious kings. Who is the 
    greatest? Tiny King Corobo, champion of Aipoko, or one of the 6 kings left? Go 
    to the Sunflower Plains, and beat those so-called kings. The world will soon 
    be yours. But first, let's go out to celebrate the Onii King festival! Notice 
    how your castle is made of stone and that you need to walk down a flight of 
    steps to reach the exit door. In addition, a smaller building can be found to 
    the west of your keep. That's the Princess Manor in which Apricot resides. 
    Talk to her and she'll give you a kiss!
    
    Cross the bridge, which is now made of paving stones, to reach the Castle Town. 
    Go to the town square to find a big grey picture of the Onii King on the 
    podium, just like the type you'd see in Asian funerals (I've been to one 
    personally!). Try to cross the river to the south and you will overhear Skinny 
    Ray shouting that the sky is falling. Seeing you, Ray explains that he's 
    discovered something while studying the stars. If the quakes grow stronger, 
    the stars in the sky may shake loose and fall, causing the world to end. But 
    then, he calms down and congratulates you all the same. Now, let's stop the 
    festival and move on to the next day.
    
    Summon Howser and you will be told that you have a massive 9 unread letters.
    
    ***************
    Suggestion box
    ***************
    Fanlet
    Man, you always worhar! "Worhar" is short for "work hard." And since you're a 
    worhar king, you need to chill! I'm rooying' for ya! Loktar! Bewbies! Lates!
    -King Fan Club #5 "g"
    
    Jolly Kingdom Report
    My king! There is a kingdom of party animals that does nothing but party non-
    stop! Be careful, though. Their king possesses powerful breath attacks! Bring 
    an army of soldiers for this battle!
    
    Ripe Kingdom Report
    My king! There is a kingdom made of nothing but delicious confectionary! Their 
    king looks like a creampuff, but comes at you like an avalanche! Be sure to 
    bring miners with you!
    
    ajniN
    Greetings,
    I am a ninja training in the indoor arts in order to defend Aipoko from the 
    shadows. Eek! I have to update my blog! If you'll excuse me...
    -Ryu Gymbata
    
    Berserker Knight Rumor (Quest)
    Difficulty: ***
    I found a guardian! I even asked, "Are you a guardian?" It didn't answer, it 
    just beat me up and stole my watch! Head to the Wavy Rock Forest to check it 
    out!
    -Guardian Know-it-all
    
    Giant Mushroom Rumor (Quest)
    Difficulty: ****
    The fungi in the Mushroom Forest are moving. They are actually walking... Well, 
    what? One of them has thick eyebrows and spits poison! It's gotta be a 
    guardian!
    -Dreamy Hunter
    
    Apricot's Hobby (Quest)
    Difficulty: *
    To my beloved king,
    I would like to speak with you about my hobby, finding "Wonder Spots." I'll 
    give you a book so you can record these wonderful places for me!
    -Apricot
    
    From Wimp! (Quest)
    Difficulty: *
    Hello, sire.
    The Fried Federation challenges you at Dark Valley. Go! Fight! Win!
    -Shocked Wimp
    
    To the King (Quest)
    Difficulty: *
    It's true. The King Game Club challenges you at the Onii Grounds. Please fight 
    for me if you have time.
    -CuriousFanboy
    *****END LIST*****
    
    So many quests. Anyways, let's see what new plans are available.
    
    *************** 
    New power ups
    ***************
    Guard Badge x5
    Cost: 1000000 Bol
    An additional 5 badges. Recruit up to 17 people!
    
    Defense formation
    Cost: 2100000 Bol
    Train for a new formation "Guard!" It's a formation to guard the king!
    
    Evade formation
    Cost: 2350000 Bol
    Train for a new formation "Evade!" Use it to avoid battle!
    *****END LIST****
    
    I suggest that you buy all three upgrades and build a floral florist in the 
    farmland. Now that you have all three formations of the game, you can cycle 
    through them by pressing the up key on the directional pad. In the defense 
    formation, all your citizens will surround you in an attempt to protect you. 
    In the evade formation, your citizens will move in a single file and try their 
    best to sneak around enemies. However, they will be temporarily stunned if 
    they get hit. As for the floral florist, it provides any visitor a flower to 
    be worn on their hats.
    
    Let's assemble your new team. Your team should consist of 7 soldiers, 2 
    farmers, 2 carpenters, 5 hunters and 1 lumberjack. We'll start by accepting 3 
    quests: Apricot's Hobby, From Wimp and To the King. However, Howser tells you 
    that someone's loitering on the bridge leading to the castle. You will get out 
    to investigate. That guy will refer to you, the player, telling you that he's 
    ashamed. He then spots Corobo and introduces himself as Ginger, a travelling 
    art dealer, and a bit of an imbecile. 100 extremely talented fans gave him 
    their art work and he's lost them all! Corobo offers to look for them on his 
    behalf. Now, you have an additional side quest in which you locate the lost 
    art scattered around the game. Once you have found them, you can give them 
    back to Ginger and together, you'll have an art exhibit.
    
    ****************
    Apricot's Hobby
    ****************
    Difficulty: *
    To my beloved king,
    I would like to speak with you about my hobby, finding "Wonder Spots." I'll 
    give you a book so you can record these wonderful places for me!
    -Apricot
    
    Enter Apricot's residence and have a word with her. The princess wants you to 
    make a collection of the wonderful places around the world. Agree to collect 
    Wonder Spots and she'll thank you and give you a Wonder Spot Book. You can 
    fill out the book by finding any notable places or undiscovered regions. All 
    those spots are marked by signs. The quest ends here and you'll be rewarded 
    with sweets.
    
    ***************
    To the King
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    It's true. The King Game Club challenges you at the Onii Grounds. Please fight 
    for me if you have time.
    -CuriousFanboy
    
    Head back to the valley in which you first fought the club wielding Onii. Make 
    sure your group is in the evade formation when climbing up the stairs so as to 
    make sure that no one gets left behind. Once you've gone down to the valley, 
    change to the guard formation. You'll find what appears to be a scarecrow 
    version of yourself, assisted by walking melons known as Meloncholies. Before 
    you even take on that impostor, kill the 3 Oniis nearest to you. This gives 
    you some room to manoeuvre in the upcoming battle. This scarecrow impostor 
    attacks with a three pronged beam form his sceptre. The beam confuses anyone 
    it hits for a short time. This attack will always be preceded by a temper 
    tantrum, so keep your eyes peeled.
    
    Keep your distance so as to make it easier to dodge the beams. Right after a 
    beam is dodged, send your hunters out and start shooting at him. When you see 
    the imposter make a tantrum, order them to retreat and prepare to dodge the 
    beam. Move back in and shoot again once you have done so and repeat this 
    strategy until the impostor falls. The Meloncholies can be defeated as they 
    are Oniis. Change back to the attack formation and use a hit and run tactic 
    with your soldiers to avoid damage. By the way, Meloncholies drop plants while 
    that impostor will drop a box. You will receive a good souvenir, a souvenir 
    and a good egg as a reward for completing this quest. For your information, 
    the good souvenir is a Maybe Crab worth 1160000 Bol and the good egg is a 
    Happiness Egg worth 1030000 Bol!
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    You should be informed that a merchant wants to speak to you. Let's see him. 
    He's brought a remarkable invention with him, which allows you to jump from 
    land to land in an instant. This Jump Cannon has been added to the Kingdom 
    Plan.
    
    *******************
    New special object
    *******************
    Jump Cannon
    Cost: 1100000 Bol
    It's called the Kaboom Jump Cannon! Fly to anywhere in your kingdom!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Let's buy that now. A white cannon with black spots will appear to the 
    northeast of your castle. Examine it and you will be shown a list of places 
    you can jump to. At the moment, you can choose between the town square and the 
    farmland.
    
    ***************
    From Wimp!
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    Hello, sire.
    The Fried Federation challenges you at Dark Valley. Go! Fight! Win!
    -Shocked Wimp
    
    Summon your Royal Guard and examine the cannon. Choose to blast to the 
    farmland and you will all be blasted off! Head to the Dark Valley now. While 
    in the valley in which you have just beaten your impostor, head north and 
    you'll find a sign by the cliff overlooking the water. Examine it and you'll 
    be told that you have found Wonder Spot #1: Former Onii Grounds. Climb up the 
    stairs by the entrance to the Dark Valley and turn right at the fork that 
    follows. Smash the pots and the Escargoo and you'll find a painting, which is 
    Art Piece 39, "Octolesia" by Akira Tanaka. It is a picture of an octopus 
    wearing a crown and a pearl necklace.
    
    Enter Dark Valley. You'll be informed by one of the signs that ever since 
    you've defeated the Onii King, the Oniis have stopped throwing pots at you 
    from the ridges overlooking the valley. Instead, you now have to worry about 
    fierce animals. To the right of the sign is a hammer sign, so let's build some 
    stairs. These stairs are tall and will take a while to complete. Once they are 
    done, climb up and follow the path leading north to find a crack in the ground. 
    Open the crack with a farmer and start digging to unearth a gold bar. See the 
    pots in the corner? Smash them, along with the Escargoo hiding among them for 
    another piece of art, Art Piece 44. This picture is entitled "Toilet and Paper 
    Fairies", drawn by Yukihiro Miyakawa. It king of looks like fairies resembling 
    a toilet and a toilet roll, hehe.
    
    Head back to the stairs and go southwest. You'll find a giant rock that can be 
    broken apart. A big hole will appear in which you'll find a gold bar. Head 
    back down to the main path and break the pots for the goodies inside. The next 
    hole in the ground hides nothing. Continue past the hot spring and you'll find 
    a lone pot before a large group. Smash that pot to reveal a hole in which 
    you'll find another gold bar. Meanwhile, the next few pots you find hold 
    mostly arrows.
    
    You then come to two Onii Rings guarding something. That something is your 
    quest objective, which is kind of like some machine gun turret! The formation 
    in which you should fight this enemy is the attack formation. Notice that you 
    won't get hit if you stand at a certain distance from that turret. You'll be 
    relying entirely on your hunters this time. Whenever the turret has fired a 
    barrage of bullets, target it and order your hunters to open fire. Retreat 
    whenever you see fumes spouting from the turret to dodge the attack before 
    sending the hunters back in again. Repeat this until the turret is finally 
    destroyed. Once the turret is destroyed, the Onii Rings will automatically die, 
    ending the quest. Your reward will be a Bag of Coins. In addition, the three 
    enemies will drop sweets, a box and an egg dish.
    
    ---------------
    Dark Valley
    ---------------
    Continue down the path to find a hole which hides nothing. Read the sign and 
    you'll find that the cave in which you have fought the Onii King has been 
    converted to a nature reserve. It's now known as the abandoned Onii grounds. 
    Let's leave that for the next day, shall we? Return to the castle to cash in 
    your treasure. Looks like these quest rewards are hardly worth much. But still, 
    you should have raised over a million Bol thanks to all the gold bars.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    By the way, let's have a little stroll around your kingdom. Start by summoning 
    your Royal Guard and heading out to the Castle Town. Head south and send a 
    citizen into the house opposite the carpenter hut. The inhabitants will give 
    you a piece of art in show of their support. It's Art Piece 03, "Mokemoke" by 
    Miho Ogata. The thing on the picture resembles some king of Siamese twin fox! 
    Next, head to the Over-There-Beach and smash some pots on the shore. A piece 
    of art will pop out of one of them. It's Art Piece 74, "Yurihas" by Nora. The 
    thing on the picture looks like some kind of purple butterfly fairy.
    
    Move further along the beach to find another piece of art beneath the bathing 
    parasol. It's Art Piece 13, "Squadmone" by Ena Yurimi. This thing kind of 
    looks like a cross between a crab and squid! Head back to Castle Town and 
    climb up the stairs directly north of the church. You'll find Art Piece 19, 
    "Building Block Castle", by TOKKO. There is another piece of art atop the blue 
    tree, but you can't get it yet. Meanwhile, Art Piece 37 can be found to the 
    west of the carpenter hut. It's "Glasses" by Nora, a picture of a cat wearing 
    glasses.
    
    Enter Grassland Town and send someone into the boathouse. The residents will 
    hand you Art Piece 07, "Come on the Board" by Missus Y. It's a picture of a 
    fish on a chopping board! Cross the river into the farmland and go west. 
    You'll find Art Piece 45 behind the blue house. It's "Dummy Root" by Taku 
    Tateishi. Now, go east along the river, past the florist to find Art Piece 29 
    at the corner. It's a picture of "Mai Home", a man with a house for a head by 
    Pecan. Also note the single bush behind the floral florist. Break the bush for 
    Art Piece 77, "Eringi" by shika. I have no idea what is the thing on the 
    picture.
    
    Go behind the lumberjack hut and break open the haystack for another art piece. 
    It's Art Piece 12, "Dirt Eater" by Yu->ki Sato. It appears to be some kind of 
    a big job sticking out of the mud. Now, let's enter Dark Valley and enter that 
    nature reserve place. Notice how this place is populated by wild animals like 
    Rodeo Cows and Black Sheep. Those guys love to kick your men and charge at 
    your team, so always stop and move aside whenever you see smoke coming out of 
    their heads. Black Sheep tend to drop good meat. There should be a ramp 
    leading up somewhere. Go up that ramp and follow the path. You'll come to a 
    ledge with an art piece on it. Drop down to get this Art Piece 23, "Gow Bug" 
    by Aqua. It's a bug with a big square head.
    
    Jump back down to the lowest level and get on that path again. Go all the way 
    to the end and you'll find Art Piece 56, "Kirame" by Mizugo. It's a picture of 
    a bug eyed guy wielding a knife while showing his internal organs. Now, drop 
    back down and exit the nature reserve through the north. You find yourself 
    back in the farmland! I know it may be late, but let's examine the town at 
    night. You'll find a hole in the ground to the south of the church. Dig it 
    open for Art Piece 87, "Usatan" by Ebi. It's a picture of a steamy rabbit's 
    head on a plate with a knife and fork above it.
    
    Reenter Grassland Town to find another hole outside the hunter hut. Dig it 
    open for Art Piece 22, "PANDA Jet" by Hitomi Kanazawa. It's basically a panda 
    shaped spaceship! You can now dismiss your group and return to the castle. Sit 
    on the throne to cash in on your spoils and you should be informed that 
    another merchant is coming. This time, he's brought plans for weapons. Now, 
    "Weapons Research" will be added to the Kingdom Plan. Let's check it out now.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Weapons Research
    Cost: 950000 Bol
    We will develop stronger weapons.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Let's develop stronger weapons. In addition, build Moon Harvest in the 
    farmland so as to gain 4 more citizens. Meanwhile, 5 more letters would have 
    appeared in the postbox. Since they are all quests, let's not bother with them 
    yet. It's time to sleep. On the next day, allocate some jobs for your carefree 
    adults before you gather your Royal Guard for yet another quest.
    
    *********************
    Giant Mushroom Rumor
    *********************
    Difficulty: ****
    The fungi in the Mushroom Forest are moving. They are actually walking... Well, 
    what? One of them has thick eyebrows and spits poison! It's gotta be a 
    guardian!
    -Dreamy Hunter
    
    Enter the Mushroom Forest and go over to the giant open area. The giant pink 
    mushroom will pop out of the ground and attack! This ugly faced mushroom moves 
    to dig into the ground, only to resurface among your group a few seconds later. 
    You can avoid this attack by staying in guard formation throughout the battle. 
    While on the surface, the giant mushroom can charge right into your group or 
    simply run after you, spitting out poison. While spitting out the poison gas, 
    this mushroom will make a coughing sound resembling the ones made by chain 
    smokers! The former attack cannot really be anticipated, but the latter can. 
    When you see the mushroom swelling up, you know he's about to do the poison 
    charge.
    
    The swelling sequence is also your best opportunity to attack this enemy 
    without fear of retaliation. Just be ready to order a retreat when it is just 
    about to start its charge. You should run away from the mushroom and keep a 
    certain distance when it's emitting its poison gas. There are two tight spots 
    on the north and southeastern ends of the area, so always make U-turns at 
    those points while hugging the wall to lower the chances of any of your men 
    touching the gas. Once you have taken down enough of his health, the giant 
    mushroom will dig into the ground and resurface three times before making a 
    surface attack, so don't jump in too early. Either way, it's hard to win this 
    fight without losing anyone, so get ready to pay death benefits of 50000 Bol 
    per person! But still, you'd gain 2 precious treasures worth 3000000 Bol each, 
    so it's well worth it.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Talk to Howser and you will find that the Mushroom Forest has been converted 
    to the Royal City district, which is a posh place indeed. Just look at the sky 
    high prices for the buildings there!
    
    ***************
    New plans
    ***************
    Royal School
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 5000000 Bol
    Children are the future! Time to invest in educational reform.
    
    Royal Florist
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 3700000 Bol
    The Kingdom Beautification Project suggests making a flowery kingdom!
    
    Culinary Academy
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 7200000 Bol
    You can train gourmet chefs. Chicken dishes are their specialty!
    
    Royal Heights
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 3050000 Bol
    A high class mansion! You will gain 6 citizens!
    
    Royal Terrace
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 3110000 Bol
    A high class mansion! You will gain 6 citizens!
    
    Royal Place
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 3330000 Bol
    A high class mansion! You will gain 6 citizens!
    
    Royal Hills
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 4140000 Bol
    A high class mansion! You will gain 8 citizens!
    
    Royal Hills
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 4230000 Bol
    A high class mansion! You will gain 8 citizens!
    
    Royal Tower
    Region: Royal City     Cost: 5000000 Bol
    A super ultra-glamorous tower-type mansion. You will gain 10 citizens!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    What an expensive list! Since increasing your population isn't a priority at 
    the moment, let's ignore these plans and focus on gathering enough money for 
    the Shopping Arcade. Go to bed and retrieve your men the next day, along with 
    anyone who was killed by the giant mushroom. You can find the deceased washed 
    ashore on the Over-There-Beach. Now that you have regrouped, head back to the 
    farmland. Notice that Moon Harvest, a giant farmstead has been built. Two of 
    the buildings are farmhouse, with which you can train your citizens to farmers.
    
    There are many haystacks here, break them for different types of grass. Don't 
    underestimate the value of the grass, they'll add up in no time. An art piece 
    can be found behind one of the farmhouses (marked by the farmer icon). Smash 
    your way through the haystacks to get it. It's Art Piece 48, "Corc" by 
    Hidekazu Juni, whatever that thing is. In addition, search the three houses in 
    the farmstead and one of them will hand you Art Piece 66, "Horizontal Zebra" 
    by Tantan. It's a zebra with horizontal stripes.
    
    Go over to the nature reserve to the south of the Moon Harvest to fight some 
    Black Sheep and move along the Dark Valley to get the arrows and other 
    treasures from the pots. Return to the castle and you'll be told yet again a 
    merchant wants to speak to you. This time, it's an invention which allows you 
    to wake up at any time you set it for. It's an Alarm Clock!
    
    *******************
    New special object
    *******************
    Alarm Clock
    Cost: 270000 Bol
    Set it to wake you at any time you want.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    The alarm clock basically allows you to skip to any time of the day by going 
    to bed. The clock can be found at your bedside. Examine it and you'll get to 
    set the time you want it to ring. Use the left and right keys on the D-pad to 
    move the hour hand to the hour you want to wake up at, then press the A button. 
    By default, the clock is set to ring at 8AM, so let's not change that for now. 
    Nighty night. Let's deal with another quest the next day.
    
    ***********************
    Berserker Knight Rumor
    ***********************
    Difficulty: ***
    I found a guardian! I even asked, "Are you a guardian?" It didn't answer, it 
    just beat me up and stole my watch! Head to the Wavy Rock Forest to check it 
    out!
    -Guardian Know-it-all
    
    Gather your Royal Guard and head back to the farmland. You'll find a tree 
    stump to the west of the lumberjack hut. Break through the stump and you'll 
    arrive at Wavy Rock Forest. Move along the path and you'll find a hammer sign. 
    Use your carpenters to build a set of stairs up the ridge, but don't climb up 
    yet. Instead, continue along the path you're on and you'll enter a dark forest 
    known as the Owl Forest. A crack in the ground can be found by the 2nd log you 
    find in the forest. Dug open the hole, but beware of the Oniis and Black Sheep 
    that pop out. Eventually, you'll unearth a gold bar. Continue north to reach 
    the river, which is opposite the Grassland Town.
    
    If you continue west past the traffic cones, you'll encounter the new enemies, 
    which are owls. These enemies are weak and can be quickly taken out with 2 
    soldiers and 3 hunters at a time. The Black Sheep is a tough one though. Once 
    you've beaten these two enemies, continue to move forward along the river and 
    you'll spy a hole in the ground in the corner which hides a gold bar. Now, go 
    south and you'll enter an area filled with owl totems. There is nothing to be 
    found by destroying those totems. However, you'd might want to destroy a few 
    to make it easier for you to target that Rodeo Cow and owl to the south.
    
    Once the enemies are defeated, smash the pile of logs on the ground at the 
    south west corner to reveal a hole, which can be dug up for yet another gold 
    bar. Just watch out for the Rodeo Cow that pops out of the hole! Some traffic 
    cones can be found to the south as well, move past them and you are back at 
    the Wavy Rock Forest. Smash the first rock you see for a rock treasure. Now 
    that you've pinpointed the location of Wavy Rock Forest, you can always head 
    back to the castle to rest, returning the next day. Meanwhile, the three gold 
    bars you have found worth 500000, 300000 and 300000 Bol respectively.
    
    Meanwhile, the merchant should come and say hi to you again. This time, he's 
    made some new armour to be bought in the kingdom plans. It's called Armour 
    Research.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Armour research
    Cost: 1180000 Bol
    We will develop stronger armour.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    This upgrade is a must! Buy it and go to bed. Head back to the Wavy Rock 
    Forest and explore the open area you've discovered. First, stay away from the 
    rock formations and simply run around it. You'll find a hole with a gold bar 
    near the slope leading down to the owl forest.
    
    Move to the centre of the rock formations and you'll be attacked by the 
    Berserker Knight! This is essentially a clockwork knight! This guy's attacks 
    are very fast. He can either plough straight into your group or he can quickly 
    encircle the rock formations many times before stopping. The former attack is 
    always preceded by him drawing his sword, so stay in guard formation and get 
    ready to move out of the way. Your best chance to attack is when he stops 
    right after a charge. Note that arrows just bounce of this knight, hence 
    you'll have to rely on your soldiers. The fight seems easy until you have 
    taken out three quarters of this knight's health. This is when he gets berserk! 
    The Berserker Knight leave much less time between attacks, thus requiring you 
    to be good at hit and run tactics. This is when most players lose members of 
    their group. Keep fighting and you should win.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Having dropped the Wavy Rock Forest guardian, enemies will no longer spawn 
    there. It's time to celebrate the expansion of the kingdom again! This time, 
    you'll gain two precious treasures worth 3000000 Bol each in conjunction with 
    the gold bar you dug up just now. Let's talk to Howser and see what new things 
    you can build in the new Stone City.
    
    ***************
    New plans
    ***************
    Stonecutting Plant
    Region: Stone City     Cost: 7480000 Bol
    You can train buff miners. Break through the largest of rocks!
    
    Furniture Factory
    Region: Stone City     Cost: 4550000 Bol
    You can train mega carpenters! Discover new things to build!
    
    Stonecutting Village
    Region: Stone City     Cost: 1940000 Bol
    Create a village at the stonecutting facility. You will gain 4 citizens!
    
    --------------------------
    12. Sunflowers and melons
    --------------------------
    [LKS12]
    At this point, I suggest that you focus on developing the new parts of your 
    kingdom and build everything up. Your main priority will still be to gather 
    money for the shopping arcade. Let's see what new quests you can do from the 
    suggestion box.
    
    *************** 
    Suggestion box
    ***************
    From Hag! (Quest)
    Difficulty: **
    Heard a rumor... The Super Escargoo keeps appearing at Jolly Bridge. It's 
    pretty scary.
    -Wicked Hag
    
    Cow Herder Onii Info (Quest)
    Difficulty: **
    Heard something! The Cow Herder Onii was at S. Sunflower Plains for some 
    reason. Please fight for me.
    -Shocked Panda
    
    Shocked News (Quest)
    Difficulty: *
    Hello, sire. The Wolfsbane Trio appeared near the Onii Grounds. Fight for me.
    -Shocked Servant
    
    A Minor Problem (Quest)
    Difficulty: *
    I heard this. The King Game Club challenges you at Sunflower Plains. Please 
    fight for me if you have time.
    -Smug Wimp
    
    Suspicious Hag Rumour (Quest)
    Difficulty: ***
    There's some strange Hag that lives all alone in the Owl Forest across the 
    river. Rumour has it that she's the Guardian of that forest. Scary...
    -Anonymous
    
    Mad Mask Rumour (Quest)
    Difficulty: ****
    Looking for crybabies. And if you're not one, don't worry. I'll make you one! 
    I fear no one! Our Torn Forest belongs to us! Know your place and stay there!
    -Guardian Ogre Ergo
    *****END LIST*****
    
    There are six quests, three of which when completed will expand your kingdom. 
    Let's do the easier ones first.
    
    ****************
    Shocked news
    ****************
    Difficulty: *
    Hello, sire. The Wolfsbane Trio appeared near the Onii Grounds. Fight for me.
    -Shocked Servant
    
    Head back to the Onii Grounds and you will find two giant turnips and one of 
    those "machine gun turrets". Start by clearing the Oniis from the valley 
    before you stand at a spot that is just out of range from the machine gun 
    turret. Use your hunters to attack from a range. Notice how they will always 
    target the moving giant turnips first. Once the two turnips are destroyed, you 
    can send your soldiers right in to take that machine gun hen out! That's it. 
    Your reward is three bags of coins. That machine gun hen will drop an egg dish, 
    as usual.
    
    ****************
    A minor problem
    ****************
    Difficulty: *
    I heard this. The King Game Club challenges you at Sunflower Plains. Please 
    fight for me if you have time.
    -Smug Wimp
    
    Head back to the Abandoned Onii Grounds, where you fought the Onii King and 
    leave through the western exit. You'll arrive at Sunflower Plains, known for 
    its giant sunflowers. Examine the red sign by the cabbage patch to discover 
    the Wonder Spot #2: Sunflower Plains. Further to the west is that scarecrow 
    king imposter and his Meloncholy minions again. Thanks to the cluster of 
    sunflowers, the fight will be much tighter than before. Your best bet is to 
    send in your hunters and use the Cupid's Bow to stun that impostor so that you 
    can send in your soldiers. Once the impostor has fallen, the Meloncholies will 
    follow swiftly. Be careful not to stray too close to the edge of the plateau 
    to the south since you'll risk causing some of your men to fall off the edge 
    and become unavailable for battle. Your reward for this quest is 4 chips.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    With the impostor taken care of, dig open the hole behind where he was for a 
    gold bar. Take down the bushes behind the hole for another hole with a bag of 
    coins inside, as well as Art Piece 25, "Omike" by Pochat Ami, which is a 
    spotted cat with a red ribbon. If you read the sign by the sunflowers, you 
    will be told that it is recommended that you add a miner to your group to make 
    a safer route. Let's return to the castle for now. It seems that the 4 chips 
    are transistors, worth 470000 Bol each. Whatever happens, you should have 
    gained enough for the Shopping Arcade, so let's build it right now.
    
    Of course, you'll need new people who can take up the merchant job, so let's 
    gather some treasure to build a new building in the Royal City. Let's go and 
    take a look at the empty Royal City. Head east as you enter to find Art Piece 
    17 at the corner. It's "Elf Hunter" by Retromania. Smash the lone pot at the 
    northeast corner of Royal City for Art Piece 49, "Gol Bago" by Takashi Tabata. 
    This is some green face with two white hands floating around it. Further to 
    the north is Shadow Forest, let's not bother with that yet.
    
    Go over to the farmland and you'll find that many shops have appeared along 
    the main road. Return to the Dark Valley and you will find 2 new holes in the 
    ground, guarded by Onii Rings. Both holes hide gold bars. Return to the castle 
    to cash in your stuff, noting that you may have to repeat this gathering 
    process for another day (ingame) before you even have enough to buy one of 
    those residences in the Royal City. Of course, you can also do even more 
    quests that have appeared in the suggestion box. It's seems that another "From 
    Fanboy" quest has appeared. The strategy is the same as last time, and you'll 
    get a good souvenir, a souvenir and 4 egg dishes as a reward.
    
    ***************
    From Papa!
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    Here's a secret! The Runaway Dragon keeps appearing at Dark Valley Entrance. 
    Please fight for the kingdom and me!
    -Guilty Papa
    
    Once you have beaten the "From Fanboy" quest again, reenter your kingdom to 
    get a free arrow refill. Now, head to Dark Valley and you will see a giant red 
    dragon hanging around at the entrance. That is the Runaway Dragon. It's 
    actually a Mini Dragon. A Mini Dragon has a number attacks, including a charge 
    attack, tail whip, ground pound and breathing fire. Enter guard formation and 
    keep your distance. When the dragon has just finished an attack, send a number 
    of soldiers to attack him on his back. Get ready to sound their retreat when 
    the dragon is about to shake them off with a tail whip! Repeat this strategy 
    and you'll have it killed in no time. Your reward for this quest will be 2 
    nice rocks, a rock and 2 good souvenirs. The dragon itself will drop expensive 
    meat.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    The expensive meat is Stinky Meat, worth 1200000 Bol, while the good souvenirs 
    are big seaweeds worth 260000 Bol each. Furthermore, the nice rocks are smooth 
    stones worth 190000 Bol each. You can now build the Royal Heights which adds 6 
    more citizens to your kingdom. Once that building is built, a new power up 
    will appear.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Give crunchy beans
    Cost: 3100000 Bol
    Distribute nutritious beans to your citizens. Adds +1 life.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Buy that power up as well if you have the money so as to boost the health of 
    your citizens even more.
    
    **************
    From Thief!
    **************
    Difficulty: **
    Here's a secret! The Turnip Warrior suddenly appeared at the Onii Grounds. 
    It's a bit too dangerous, but fight for me!
    -Hurt Thief
    
    Head back to the Onii Grounds and you will find a patch of evil turnips and 
    what appear to be man eating radishes. The turnips are easily killed by the 
    radishes are much tougher. The strategy is to randomly pick a radish and send 
    just one soldier to jump right on top of any radish and let him whack away. 
    When you see the radish opens it mouth wide, press the B button to call the 
    soldier back so that he doesn't get chomped. Once the radish has finished its 
    attack, send another soldier in and repeat. Keep repeating until all radishes 
    are dead. These plants drop expensive plants! Once the quest is cleared, 
    you'll receive 3 good souvenirs and 3 tea biscuits as a reward.
    
    *******************
    Undead Bull Knight
    *******************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard something! The Undead Bull Knight keeps appearing at Dark Valley. Please 
    fight for the kingdom and me!
    -Proud Student
    
    Enter the Dark Valley and you'll eventually find a zombie bull knight. This 
    enemy initially attacks by charging in straight lines and ground pounds. After 
    each charge, the zombie bull knight will slowly move back to his original 
    position, giving you some time to attack him with impunity with your soldiers. 
    The ground pound attack is less predictable, but you might be able to avoid 
    damage by ordering a retreat whenever you see the zombie knight jump up into 
    the air.
    
    Either way, some hit and run tactics are all you need to empty this enemy's 
    health. But what's this? You've only destroyed the mount! The zombie stays. 
    Fortunately, this guy is restricted to melee attacks with his stick, so more 
    hit and run attacks are all you'll need to defeat him. If you happen to be 
    injured, you can always head to the nearest hot spring to heal your group. The 
    zombie will not regain any health when you return! You will be rewarded with 2 
    souvenirs when you finish this quest. Once defeated, the zombie will leave 
    behind some purple slime on the ground. Be careful not to step into it or 
    you'll get poisoned!
    
    ---------------
    Dark Valley
    ---------------
    You may notice that the two holes have reappeared again in the Dark Valley, 
    allowing you to dig them open for even more gold bars. Return to the castle to 
    cash in. By the way, the expensive plant is a Coup de Grass, worth 880000 Bol, 
    while the tea biscuits are draw dumplings worth 250000 Bol each! Now, get to 
    bed and start another day.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Summon your carefree adults (there should be 6 of them). Let me give you a 
    strategy in assigning jobs to these guys.
    
    Basically, you'll be sending everyone into each workplace until you have found 
    them jobs which maximise their health. First of all, send them all into the 
    guard hut to turn them into soldiers. Check their health on the status screen. 
    If any of the group members have 7 HP or more, let them stay as soldiers. Send 
    the rest of the members into the farmhouse and turn them into farmers. Check 
    the farmers' hit points again. If anyone has more than 7 HP, let them stay as 
    farmers. Send the remaining farmers into the carpenter hut. Has anyone's 
    health risen to 7 or higher? If yes, let them stay as carpenters. Now, the 
    remaining carpenters can be sent to the shopping arcade to become merchants, 
    how's that?
    
    Once the merchant has been trained, dismiss your group and talk to one. He 
    might offer to draw lots with you. You would somehow win the "Toy Axe". In 
    addition, send someone to break open the trash can behind one of the arcades 
    and you'll find a staff. With this item, let's reorganise your Royal Guard. It 
    should now consist of 7 soldiers, 1 farmer, 2 carpenters, 5 hunters, 1 
    lumberjack and 1 merchant.
    
    After that, let's take a look at the new treasures you've found. The wood 
    sword increases the attack power of the person equipping it, so let's give it 
    to a soldier. Meanwhile, the Grass Mail raises the health of the wearer by 2, 
    so give that to a soldier as well. Cash in your treasures and you'll find that 
    you have gained a rolled newspaper and a toy axe as well. Equip the former to 
    a soldier to increase his attack power and the latter the lumberjack for looks 
    only. Now, let's check the suggestion box for even more quests to do.
    
    *****************
    I heard a rumour
    *****************
    Difficulty: *
    It's nothing big. The Babysitter Onii appeared at the Onii Grounds. Go! Fight! 
    Win!
    -Shy Man
    
    Return to the Onii Grounds again and you'll find a club wielding Onii with a 
    young Onii on his back. This guy attacks rather frequently with his when you 
    get close. So start by sending in the hunters and stunning him with the 
    Cupid's Bow before you send in the soldiers to give him a good beating. This 
    is hardly a challenge at all. You'll receive 2 pieces of timber as a reward 
    for this quest, along with the toy and nice horn dropped from this Onii.
    
    ***************
    From Fanboy
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard this rumour! The Undead Bull Knight keeps appearing at Dark Valley 
    Entrance. Please fight for the kingdom and me!
    -Sad Fanboy
    
    Yup, another Undead Bull Knight has appeared at the entrance of the Dark 
    Valley. Head there immediately and fight him as always. Since the area is 
    tighter, this guy will mostly ground pound. Have your hunters stun him before 
    sending your soldiers in. Once the Cow Bones mount is gone, the zombie is easy 
    to kill. You'll receive 2 pieces of Junk and 2 Shining Eggs for your troubles. 
    Meanwhile, the zombie rider might drop some cloth as well.
    
    ---------------
    Dark Valley
    ---------------
    Continue to explore the Dark Valley to find that the holes along the path have 
    respawned again, so let's dig them open for even more Gold Bars! Now, return 
    to the castle and cash in. The good horn is a huge horn worth 310000 Bol and 
    the 2 shining eggs are golden eggs worth 180000 Bol each. Get some sleep and 
    build a Royal Terrance the next day, assuming that you have the cash. You'll 
    gain 6 more citizens this way. Let's do another quest to gather cash to train 
    those new people.
    
    ***************
    From Guard
    ***************
    Heard a rumour... The Undead Bull Knight keeps appearing at the Onii Grounds. 
    Please fight for the kingdom and me!
    -Enraged Guard
    
    Does the Undead Bull Knight ever give up? Go to the Onii Grounds and beat him 
    again for your prizes: 2 nice toys, 2 toys and timber. The nice toys are 
    minicars worth 270000 Bol each.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Now, gather your carefree adults and assign them jobs so that each person has 
    at least 7 health. Also, I just talked to one of my merchants and she gave me 
    a treasure called casual clothes! Casual clothes increase the life of the 
    wearer by 2, so it naturally is for the soldier. Let's do another quest.
    
    ***************
    To the King
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    Here's a secret! The Onii Hopper was at Sunflower Plains for some reason. 
    Fight fight fight!
    -Smug Spy
    
    Go to the Sunflower Plains and you will find 4 Onii Hoppers at the starting 
    area. One of those hoppers is armed with a spiky base which deals more damage 
    than the typical hopper. The tight area and the twisting camera make it rather 
    annoying to use hit and run techniques against those guys, but you shouldn't 
    lose anyone in beating this quest. Your reward are 2 chips.
    
    ---------------
    Dark Valley
    ---------------
    Once you've beaten that quest, make your way through Dark Valley and search 
    for any treasure that can be dug up along the path. Go visit the Royal City at 
    night to find a hole in the ground. Dig it open for Art Piece 28, "Marvel 
    Brothers" by Pius. Those people on the picture have calendars for heads! 
    Either way, go home and cash in on your treasures as always. If you have over 
    4000000 Bol, you can build the Royal Residence which gives you another 8 
    citizens to play with. Of course, you'll have to raise more money to train 
    them, and you do that by doing even more quests.
    
    ***************
    ExcitedSecret
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    Hello, sire. The Babysitter Onii challenges you at Sunflower Plains. Please 
    fight for me if you have time.
    -ExcitedWife
    
    The Babysitter Onii is now causing trouble at the starting area of Sunflower 
    Plains, right in the middle of that really tight spot! As usual, use your 
    hunters to stun him using the Cupid's Bow before sending your soldiers in. 
    You'll receive 4 souvenirs as your reward. The dead Onii will drop a tea 
    biscuit and a horn upon defeat.
    
    ***************
    Minor Incident
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    It's true. The King Game Club appeared at Dark Valley. Should be simple.
    -Smug Hag
    
    After beating the ExcitedSecret quest, head back to the former Onii grounds 
    and exit through the south. You'll find a hole in the ground and the scarecrow 
    king impostor further south. Enter guard formation and run past the impostor 
    and his Meloncholies and stand your ground in the narrow path directly to his 
    south. Those three pronged confusion beams won't be that hard to avoid, 
    allowing you to send soldiers and hunters in to slowly whittle him down. Your 
    reward for this quest are 2 chips, which are probably transistors.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Having beaten that quest, dig open that hole in the ground, killing the Onii 
    Ring while doing so for another gold bar. Continue along the path and you'll 
    find another hole guarded by an Onii Ring and two Onii Hoppers with another 
    gold bar. Wow, this place really is laden with gold. You really got to come 
    more often. Let's head back to bring in the money. You should have earned over 
    2000000 Bol in total, allowing you to train a new merchant. Talk to that 
    merchant and he may give you a clothesline. 
    
    ***************
    Minor Incident
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    I heard this today. The King Game Club appeared near Dark Valley Entrance. 
    Should be simple.
    -Thirsty Girl
    
    That scarecrow impostor is at it again. Since the Dark Valley Entrance has a 
    lot of space for you to manoeuvre, it won't be hard to beat him. Your rewards 
    are 2 expensive boxes and 2 sweets.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Return to the castle and have your money weighed out. It seems that those 2 
    expensive boxes are money chests worth 2000000 Bol each! Get some rest and 
    build the Royal Tower if you have over 5000000 Bol. This way, you won't have 
    to worry about paying huge sums for it later in the game. Oh and equip the 
    clothesline on a soldier to raise his attack power.
    
    ***************
    To the King
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    Hello, sire. The Fried Federation appeared near Dark Valley. Should be simple. 
    -Wicked Servant.
    
    The Fried Federation is always a nasty piece of work. You will have to risk 
    your entire team by sending in all the soldiers at once. Perhaps at least one 
    of them will cling onto the machine gun chicken's back and start whacking away. 
    Repeat until it's dead and you've completed the quest. Your reward is hardly 
    worth it, one souvenir!
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    By the way, you have a total of 10 new carefree adults at your disposal. Let's 
    give them jobs. 
    
    ***************
    Jealous secret
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    We have trouble! The Onii Hopper suddenly appeared at S. Sunflower Plains. 
    Please fight for the kingdom and me!
    -Jealous Boy
    
    This is going to be a complicated quest. Go back to the starting area of the 
    Sunflower Plains and jump off the ledge just to the south of the Wonder Spot 
    sign. You'll find a number of bushes that can be broken down. Continue walking 
    along the water and stay on the lower path. The upper path is blocked off by a 
    rock that cannot be smashed through yet. You'll find an Escargoo hurling slime 
    at you from above. Kill it with hunters and start breaking through the 
    woodwork blocking the path.
    
    The crack in the ground hides a hot spring. Shoot down the next Escargoo on 
    the high ledge and continue through the next barrier. There will be a ramp 
    leading up. Don't go up there yet and stay on the low path. The melons by the 
    scarecrow can be broken open, just watch out for the Meloncholy. A large 
    cluster of sunflowers can be found next, followed by a giant hen and 4 
    Meloncholies. Draw the latter away from the hen so that you can take them out 
    piecemeal. As for the giant hen, I found that you can have up to two soldiers 
    whacking at it on its back at once. Send soldiers in two by two and retreat 
    whenever the hen is about to attack and you can avoid taking too much damage 
    from this nasty piece of work.
    
    You then arrive at a T-junction. Break through the barrier to the left and 
    move along the narrow path guarded by giant hens in Evade Formation. Move past 
    the glowing hole and the melon patches and you'll find the 4 Onii Hoppers. 
    Your best bet is to enter Guard Formation and head north, out of range from 
    the giant hens overlooking the path you are on before you fight. Also watch 
    out when the sun sets. That is when some of the sunflowers turn evil, become 
    Moonflowers and attack you! Either way, after some hit and run, you will beat 
    them all and receive a Good Egg as a reward.
    
    -----------------
    Sunflower Plains
    -----------------
    I bet you can see the crack in the ground. Open it up for a gold bar before 
    you break through the wooden barrier nearby. Now, backtrack along the path you 
    came until you find 4 Moonflowers. Kill them and you will find that they have 
    opened a gap in the cluster of sunflowers, allowing you to get the Art Piece 
    32 beyond them. It's "Blockade Flower" by Gotty. My, what an evil sunflower, 
    complete with thorns!
    
    Let's go back to the castle, cash in on your treasures and go to bed before 
    exploring the Sunflower Plains again. Start by following the low path, past 
    the hot spring as before. When you reach the first ramp, go up to take the 
    high path in Evade Formation. There should be a giant hole nearby which holds 
    a gold bar. After that, head southwest and smash the rock blocking your way. 
    Break the lone pot up ahead before you proceed to smash the next rock you see.
    
    This rock is a Rocky and he will send rocks flying in many directions. The 
    good news is that those rocks can hit at most one person if you are in Evade 
    Formation. Send some soldiers in, allowing some of them to climb onto his head. 
    Anyone who's made it onto Rocky's head can slowly chisel his health away 
    without fear of damage!
    
    Walk past the tree with the Art Piece on top and smash through the next rock. 
    You will find some pots here, some of which contain arrows. Smash the rock 
    blocking the path leading down and you'll find another rock in the valley 
    there. Smash that rock to reveal a crack in the ground, which can be opened up 
    for another hot spring. Break through the two wooden barriers beyond it and 
    you will be back at the T-junction you've reached the previous ingame day. 
    
    Turn around and go back up the hill. Try to smash the next rock in the way, 
    only to find a Rocky which can be chiselled out as before. Move along and you 
    will arrive on a large plateau with many narrow paths extending outwards. Each 
    path is blocked off by a boulder which can be smashed through. The leftmost 
    path leads to a hole in the ground which can be dug up for a mallet. The path 
    to the right of that leads to a giant machine gun hen. It's a narrow area, but 
    some soldiers should be able to kill it with the help of some hunters.
    
    Notice the hole in the ground you have skipped the previous day. Dig it open 
    and a machine gun hen will pop out. This guy is a pain to kill and you'll take 
    a lot of damage before he's killed. And what is he guarding? He's guarding Art 
    Piece 100, "Don Bracocko" by Hatto, which is a picture of a chicken wearing 
    suspenders. If it is night time already, head back to the T-junction and a 
    hole would have appeared which can be dug open for a gold bar. Go back up the 
    previous plateau to find a pot. Smash the pot to reveal a hole which can be 
    dug up to reveal another of those nasty chickens! Don't try to fight the 
    chicken and just focus on digging the bigger hole beneath it. When you have 
    done so, a giant yellow robotic chicken called a Concodore will pop out!
    
    Don't attempt to fight those chickens yet. Instead, send people who can dig 
    into the hole and dig out the treasure first. Once the gold bar pops out, 
    those two enemies can be targeted, allowing you to take them out quickly. Head 
    back to the castle to rest if you must and return to the same spot the next 
    day. Oh, and the Wooden Mallet raises a soldier's attack power. Smash through 
    the rightmost boulder to find another of those machine gun hen to the left of 
    this path. The path ahead is blocked off by a giant rock, so let's drop down 
    to the melon field to the right.
    
    At this point, the merchant in your group will detect a hole in the middle of 
    the field. Clear this field of the Meloncholies and the giant hen before you 
    start digging up the expensive horn buried below. The only way out of this 
    field is by smashing the rocks to the northwest. In fact, this allows you to 
    bypass the giant rock blocking the path earlier. Walk down the hill between 
    the two sunflowers and you're just around the corner from where you fought the 
    Onii Hoppers earlier. There is a hammer sign by the water, but let's not 
    bother with that right now. Kill the giant hen by the sunflowers ahead and 
    check out the red sign. It's Wonder Spot #3: Firefly Lake. You then reach a 
    dead end with two bushes. It's obvious that something is hidden, right? Cut 
    through the bushes to find a crack in the ground. Open it and start digging 
    and you will find yet another gold bar.
    
    Walk back up the hill and go the other way. You'll arrive at another dead end 
    with a giant purse and a crack in the ground. Send your merchant into the 
    purse and he'll break it open, revealing the treasure inside. Use the farmer 
    to open up the crack for yet another hot spring.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Since it's late, let's return to the castle and exchange your treasures. It 
    seems that the expensive horn is actually worth 1980000 Bol! Meanwhile, the 
    precious treasure you found in the giant purse is worth 3000000 Bol. Since you 
    should have over 7200000 Bol, let's build the culinary academy in the Royal 
    City, this allows you to train gourmet cooks. In addition, check out the power 
    up section.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Dash Ordinance
    Cost: 4930000 Bol
    Law making citizens run 50 metres at night. Adds +1 life to citizens.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    This new ordinance is a must to boost the survivability of your citizens. By 
    the way, remember that giant purse near the Onii Grounds? Send a merchant to 
    open it for even more precious treasure worth 3000000 Bol. With this money, 
    you can build the Royal Place in the Royal City, netting 6 more citizens. 
    Train one or two of them into cooks for 500000 Bol per person. Let's get some 
    rest and do more quests to raise money the next day.
    
    ****************
    Pickle Gangster
    ****************
    Difficulty: *
    It's nothing big. The Pickle Gangster appeared at the Onii Grounds. Should be 
    simple. 
    -Sad Teacher
    
    Enter the Onii Grounds to find a patch of turnips, one of them bigger than the 
    other. This is just too easy. Focus on the big one using hit and run attacks 
    and it will fall soon enough. All those smaller ones will fall as well! Your 
    reward is nothing but junk though.
    
    ***************
    From Adult
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    It's nothing big. The Wolfsbane Trio appeared at Dark Valley. It should be 
    easy to take care of it.
    -Tired Adult
    
    Enter the Dark Valley to find a trio consisting of 2 giant turnips and a 
    machine gun hen. Your men will always take the turnips out before the hen, 
    making it hard to avoid damage. Your reward is two souvenirs.
    
    ********************
    Runaway Dragon Info
    ********************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard a rumour. The Runaway Dragon suddenly appeared at Sunflower Plains. 
    Please fight for me.
    -Bored Student
    
    Enter the Sunflower Plains to fight the Mini Dragon at the starting area. 
    Given the ludicrously high health of your team, this guy is a cinch to beat! 
    You'll receive a high-end chip, junk and 2 pieces of dry food as rewards.
    
    ***************
    Tiny Incident
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    It's nothing big. The Pickle Gangster appeared near S. Sunflower Plains. 
    Should be simple.
    -Catty Thief
    
    Go deep into the Sunflower Plains, taking the low path until you see the 
    turnip patch. I bet you know what to do now. Your reward is an expensive box.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Go home to get your money sorted out. The high end chip is actually a Hentium 
    5, worth 1910000 Bol, the dried food is dried fish, worth 260000 Bol each and 
    the expensive box is a money chest worth 2000000 Bol! I don't know about you, 
    but you should have gained over 5000000 Bol when you take the other treasures 
    into account. Build the Royal Hills to add 8 more citizens into your domain. 
    Don't worry, you've built the last of all the residential blocks there! Also 
    note the new power up.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Give Pow Beans
    Cost: 6500000 Bol
    Distribute nutritious beans to your citizens. Adds +1 life.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Let's leave this power up for later. Go out and train your citizens for now. 
    Turn one of them into a merchant and talk to him. He'll give you a leather 
    jacket as a gift. Make another cook for the hell of it as well. Tax the fancy 
    tower blocks and the residents of one of them will give you Art Piece 15: 
    "Phantom Berry" by Yoshitaka. It's a phantom with strawberry skin! Also check 
    out the leather jacket. It increases the life of its wearer by 3, so give that 
    to a soldier.
    
    ***************
    From Loser
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    I heard this today. The Fried Federation appeared at Dark Valley Entrance. Go! 
    Fight! Win!
    -Enraged Loser
    
    Assemble your men, this time, replace one of your soldiers with a cook. Enter 
    the Dark Valley from the Onii Grounds and you'll find this machine gun hen 
    guarded by two Onii Rings. Send the chef straight into the hen and he'll 
    immediately fry it to a crisp and kill it instantly! So this is what they mean 
    by "specialising in chicken dishes"! You'll receive 2 toys, an expensive toy 
    and a good egg as rewards.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    The expensive toy refers to a robot model worth 16100000 Bol, while the good 
    egg is a happiness egg worth 1030000 Bol. These and your other spoils should 
    add up to over 3000000 Bol. Whatever happens, continue to gather money since 
    you'll need more for a stonecutting plant. The fastest way to gather the money 
    is to go treasure hunting in the Sunflower Plains. Those nasty giant hens 
    won't be anything to worry about now that you can use your cook to fry them up. 
    Gather grass and souvenirs from the bushes and pots within your kingdom if you 
    still don't have enough.
    
    Once the stonecutting plant is built, summon one of your excess carpenters and 
    have him follow you to the Stone City, where the Wavy Rock Forest once stood. 
    Go south at the clearing and you'll find a mining camp with which you can turn 
    him into a buff miner for 300000 Bol. Also pick up the Art Piece 38 by the 
    entrance.
    
    *****************
    Onii Hopper Info
    *****************
    Difficulty: **
    We have trouble! The Onii Hopper keeps appearing at Dark Valley. Be careful...
    -Tired Foodie
    
    This is when your first miner will come in handy. Replace the cook in your 
    Royal Guard with the miner and enter the Dark Valley. Go east at the entrance 
    and follow the path. You will come to the T-junction, at which the right path 
    is blocked off by a rock. Use the miner and he'll immediately shatter the rock 
    into small pieces, allowing your other citizens to smash through this obstacle. 
    Follow this path, taking out the black sheep that you find. You'll eventually 
    find a hammer sign. Use your carpenters to build a flight of stairs leading up 
    to your target. It's now fair cop. Defeat them and you will get 3 souvenirs, 3 
    good souvenirs and a nice rock as rewards.
    
    ---------------
    Dark Valley
    ---------------
    Notice the low path by the water around here? Avoid it since you'll be 
    ambushed by a giant frog, which makes things difficult. Yes, it's the same 
    giant frog that can swallow your men whole, killing them instantly. This 
    plateau is huge. Go south and you'll find some bushes. Cut them down to find a 
    crack in the ground that can be opened. Dig up the resulting hole for a gold 
    bar. Let's head back to the castle and cash in as before. The good souvenirs 
    are big seaweeds, worth 260000 Bol each. Include the other spoils and you may 
    have gained more than 3000000 Bol from your run.
    
    Get some rest and return to the plateau the day after. Head north from the 
    stairs to find many bushes which can be cut down for Art Piece 14. It's "Mush 
    and Room" by Yoyo. It's a picture of a mushroom warrior with something that 
    looks like a cone devil holding a trident. Now, turn around and go the other 
    way. Walk past the blue tree with the Art Piece on top and bear right. You'll 
    see a hole on a lower ledge. Send some of your men to dig it open and you'll 
    get Art Piece 86, "King" by Ekakiman. What an ugly drawing. You will be forced 
    to drop back down to the hot spring by the Former Onii Grounds.
    
    You must go all the way back to the entrance in order to continue exploring 
    that plateau. You'll eventually find a giant purse at the other end, which can 
    be opened for another big treasure. Move left at the fork and you'll be 
    overlooking the starting part of the Sunflower Plains. Let's turn back and 
    move along the cliff overlooking the water. You'll find one of those Wonder 
    Spots at the end of a narrow path below. It's Wonder Spot #10: Haunted Zone 1. 
    Now, move back along this narrow path until you reach the stairs again. Look 
    in the direction of the water and you'll find a lower path leading to a small 
    peninsula. Drop down to the peninsula and you'll find a spear there. You can 
    now return to the castle, having thoroughly searched the place.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Get your money sorted out. As expected, the precious treasure is worth 3000000 
    Bol. The spear you just found is a parasol. Go to bed and build the 
    stonecutters village and Royal School with your earnings. Gather your carefree 
    adults and take a look around Stone City. In case you have forgotten, you 
    enter it by going west via the path next to the lumberjack hut. A pair of 
    houses can be found to the south of the main road, along with a mine entrance. 
    If you have the money, turn as many of the adults into miners.
    
    Continue walking along the path by the mine, cutting through the bushes. 
    You'll arrive at the town square, which is empty save for another mine 
    entrance. Here ends your tour of this part of your kingdom. Get back to your 
    castle and check the parasol. This item gives a chance for the attacks of the 
    person equipping it to stun the enemy. The parasol is another item reserved 
    for soldiers.
    
    You might have noticed a hammer sign by the Stonecutters Village. Gather your 
    men and use a carpenter to build a flight of stairs leading up to the plateau 
    above. There are three bushes here which can be cut apart to reveal a hole. 
    Dig open this hole for a gold bar. There is another bush behind the houses 
    here. Break it to reveal another hole which hides a second gold bar. 
    Furthermore, tax the Stonecutters Village and the residents of one of the 
    houses will hand you Art Piece 16, "Bean Die" by Recycle General. It's a die 
    with spots made of beans.
    
    Since you have set up the Royal School by the culinary academy, feel free to 
    gather all the children and send them to school. These children will 
    immediately learn their life skills and such before graduating as carefree 
    adults! You now have more adults at your disposal, but don't do anything with 
    them yet.
    
    -----------------
    Sunflower Plains
    -----------------
    Now, there is another place to explore. Remember those big rocks in Sunflower 
    Plains? Head back there and follow the narrow path leading south. Thanks to 
    your miner, you can now smash through that rock, creating a shortcut to the 
    rest of the high path. Move forward from the crossroads to find yet another 
    hole in the ground. A Rocky might pop out when you dig into it, but he won't 
    be such a big threat now that your miner can pulverise him in an instant. Keep 
    digging and a gold bar will pop out.
    
    Keep moving along the path until you reach the next fork, where you should 
    pick the path that does not lead to the hot spring. I bet your recognise this 
    plateau. Take the rightmost path to arrive at a rock blocking the path. Try 
    smashing it and a Rocky comes out! Smash him with your miner quickly! Once the 
    rocks are cleared, you'll find a T-junction. Turn left and return to the 
    Wonder Spot 3. There should be a hammer sign by the river, so let's build a 
    bridge.
    
    Some Moonflowers will attack your carpenter, so have your soldiers deal with 
    them. Another giant frog may also jump out to fight, but fortunately, he's as 
    good as dead now that you have two fighters who can stun him, not to mention 
    possess improved attacks. Once the bridge is built, cross the river to enter 
    the Melon Patch.
    
    ---------------
    Melon Patch
    ---------------
    Now, I know that there are many treasures here, but do not try getting them 
    yet. This is because all the melons are hostile and will attack you, along 
    with that Korobokle, or scarecrow king impostor. Your best bet is to move to 
    the open area to the northwest of the patch and draw the Meloncholies out one 
    by one, allowing you to defeat them piecemeal.
    
    Once enough Meloncholies are killed, send your soldiers to deal with that 
    scarecrow and the remaining Meloncholies will automatically die, allowing you 
    to search the area. Start by cutting down the bushes to the left of your 
    initial entry point. Dig up the hole that is revealed and you'll find a gold 
    bar. Now, let's go right (northwest), along the river. There is a glowing hole 
    here which requires extensive digging to unearth the Art Piece 99, "Potato 
    Worm" by Ibukikksu. Continue right and you will find the red sign which is the 
    Wonder Spot #4: Melon Patch.
    
    Examine the south side of the melon patch to find a crack in the ground that 
    can be opened up. Here's another gold bar for your efforts. Inspect another 
    off beat path to find Art Piece 04, "Gorilla Potato" by Aturah. A giant frog 
    will ambush you from the water, so beware! That's enough for this day, so head 
    back to the castle to get some rest.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Let's go some more quests before we continue to explore the Melon Patch.
    
    ***************
    Super Escargoo
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard something! The Super Escargoo was at the Onii Grounds for some reason. 
    Be careful...
    -Catty Teacher
    
    Go back to the Onii Grounds to find a giant Escargoo, the Super Escargoo! This 
    guy uses the same attacks as a regular Escargoo (shell spin, headbutt, shell 
    spin and so on), only that they are harder to dodge due to the Super 
    Escargoo's enormous size. Fortunately, stunning this giant using the parasol 
    and Cupid's Bow make things way easier. You will receive a Good Box for your 
    troubles.
    
    ************************
    Undead Bull Knight Info
    ************************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard something! The Undead Bull Knight suddenly appeared at Dark Valley. 
    It'sa bit dangerous, but fight for me!
    -Shocked Teacher
    
    Enter the Dark Valley and follow the narrow path leading east at the entrance. 
    Go right at the T-junction and follow the coastal path. Dig open the hole at 
    the base of the stairs for a gold bar before you climb up the stairs to fight 
    the Undead Bull Knight. You'll receive a treasure as a reward. 
    
    ***************
    Jealous secret
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    Hello, sire. The Babysitter Onii challenges you at Dark Valley. Go! Fight! Win!
    -Jealous Servant
    
    Return to the main part of the Dark Valley and walk along until you find the 
    Babysitter Onii. I leave the rest to you. The reward is an egg dish.
    
    ***************
    Minor incident
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    It's true. The Pickle Gangster challenges you at Sunflower Plains. Should be 
    simple.
    -Enraged Spy
    Looks like those evil turnips have set up camp at the entrance area of the 
    Sunflower Plains. You can beat this quest easily by just focusing on the giant 
    turnip. The rewards ain't too shabby: 2 expensive toys and a cloth.
    
    ***************
    To the King
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard something! The Cow Herder Onii keeps appear at S. Sunflower Plains. 
    Please fight for the kingdom and me!
    -Hungry Servant
    
    Head deep into the Sunflower Plains to find a group of Rodeo Cows led by a 
    Pickle Pot Onii. It's a tight area, so your best bet is to enter guard 
    formation and coax individual cows to charge at you. You can then attack the 
    cows with soldiers using hit and run tactics as they return to the original 
    positions after the charge. Be careful not to go too far away or you'll reset 
    the fight. Once the four cows are killed, you must defeat the Pickle Pot Onii, 
    who will throw pickles at your group. Again, use hit and run tactics and he'll 
    be down in no time, netting you two Good Fungi.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    After all these quests, return to your castle and have your treasures weighed 
    out. The good box is a piggy bank worth 260000 Bol, the treasure is a precious 
    treasure worth 3000000 Bol, the expensive toys are robot models worth 1610000 
    Bol each while the good fungi are rock mushrooms worth 200000 Bol each! When 
    you take the other individual spoils into account, you should have collected 
    more than 8000000 Bol! It's time to give pow beans to your citizens and build 
    the Royal Florist in the Royal City. Now, you only need to worry about the 
    Furniture Factory before moving on.
    
    ---------------
    Melon Patch
    ---------------
    Fight past the scarecrow impostor again and head north. You'll find a pair of 
    wooden barriers guarded by pot throwing Oniis. Kill those Oniis before you 
    break through the barrier. You'll enter an open area with a tree stump in the 
    middle. Two Onii Rings are patrolling in a circular pattern around the stump. 
    
    ------------------
    Near Boney Tunnel
    ------------------
    Send the lumberjack in to destroy the stump and the Onii Rings will become 
    vulnerable to your attacks. Kill those Onii Rings along with the two Oniis 
    throwing pots at you from the ridge above to your right. One of them will drop 
    Art Piece 31, "Uncle Frank" by Yukina. It's a picture of a live sausage!
    
    Start digging open the hole. Regular Oniis and club wielding Oniis will pop 
    out as you do so. The latter should be defeated from a distance using hunters. 
    If one of these enemies happen to be stunned, send in your soldiers to finish 
    the job quicker. Continue digging and you'll find a giant treasure! Now, kill 
    the two Oniis overlooking the rock barrier to the north before you smash 
    through the rocks. You then come to a club wielding Onii assisted by a pot 
    throwing on the ridge above. Take them both out and you'll come to another 
    wooden barrier which you must break through.
    
    Move ahead and you will be shown an overview of the area ahead. If you check 
    the map, you are between the Ripe Kingdom and the Kingdom of the Jolly. I 
    wonder. A sign can be found slightly west of your entry point. It's Wonder 
    Spot #5: Forest Cafeteria. Move to the north end of this open area and you'll 
    find a Triple Question Mark Pot Onii creating enemies like Moonflowers and 
    Rodeo Cows after you! Take him out and you don't need to worry about more 
    monsters as you inspect the place. Also watch out for the two Oniis on the 
    ridges overlooking the giant rock to the north. Those are Lotus Root Oniis, 
    the Oniis' equivalent of rocket soldiers! Shoot them down quickly before their 
    barrages deal too much damage to your group.
    
    Now, head over to the hammer sign and have your carpenter build whatever 
    object it is. You'll find that it's a Jump Cannon, perfect for returning to 
    this spot from your castle. Also note the lone rock in this open area. Attempt 
    to smash it open and a metallic Onii, known as an Onii metal will pop out. 
    This enemy moves very fast and ploughs though your group, making him hard to 
    kill. Avoid the enemy and concentrate on digging open the hole. You'll find an 
    expensive box down there.
    
    You can return to your castle to cash in on your treasures. You'll get 3000000 
    Bol from the precious treasures and 2000000 Bol from the expensive box, which 
    is actually a money chest. This allows you to build the Furniture Factory in 
    the Stone City.
    
    Now that you have constructed a Jump Cannon between the entrances of the Ripe 
    Kingdom and the Kingdom of the Jolly, you can invade either country at will!
    
    ---------------------
    13. A jolly sandwich
    ---------------------
    [LKS13]
    I know that both enemy kingdoms are within range, but why don't we expand our 
    kingdom a bit westwards beforehand? Open the Suggestion Box and read the 
    Suspicious Hag Rumour quest offer.
    
    **********************
    Suspicious Hag Rumour
    **********************
    Difficulty: ***
    There's some strange hag that lives in the Owl Forest across the river. Rumour 
    has it that she's the Guardian of that forest. Scary...
    -Anonymous
    
    Gather your men and replace your cook with a soldier. Enter the Owl Forest, 
    located to the north of the Stone City. You trigger this battle by entering 
    the area with many owl totems. You find that this isn't just any hag, it's an 
    Owl Hag! This hag attacks on top of trees and totems, sending owls your way 
    while teleporting all around the place. Those owls will disappear after their 
    attacks, so don't worry about killing them.
    
    You should start by smashing all the totems in the area that are within reach. 
    Once all the totems are destroyed, this Owl Hag will be forced to teleport 
    down to ground level every now and then, allowing you to give her a good 
    beating. If you happen to destroy a totem while the Owl Hag is standing on it, 
    she will fall to the ground and be stunned for a while. If that happens, treat 
    it as a bonus. Either way, this battle isn't that hard, given the amount of 
    health your group possesses. The only complication during the fight is that 
    the Owl Hag will summon more owls when you've taken more than half of her 
    health away. But no matter, continue to avoid them and hit this hag when she 
    appears on the ground and you'll win without any casualties. Your reward for 
    beating her will be 2 treasures, worth 3000000 Bol each!
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    With the quest completed, summon Howser in the castle and you'll find that the 
    Owl Forest has been converted to the Gourmet Town!
    
    ***************
    New plans
    ***************
    Culinary Academy
    Region: Gourmet Town     Cost: 11200000 Bol
    You can now train Gourmet Cooks. Chicken dishes are their specialty!
    
    Fruit Farm Village
    Region: Gourmet Town     Cost: 2200000 Bol
    Create a village with lots of apple trees. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Gourmet Residence
    Region: Gourmet Town     Cost: 3200000 Bol
    Create a village with lots of apple trees. You will gain 2 citizens!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Since you already have a culinary academy in Royal City, that building will be 
    of extremely low priority. Instead, build the two residences to gain 4 more 
    citizens. You can train a few of them into Mega Carpenters for 1000000 Bol per 
    person. Now, let's visit the Gourmet Town, located on the opposite side of the 
    road from the Stonecutters Village. Send your people the new houses and the 
    residents of one of them will give you Art Piece 82, "Miss Turkina" by Ukihana. 
    Also note the rubbish bin behind the westernmost house. Break it open for a 
    bow, another treasure item.
    
    Also notice the hammer sign to the northeast of this town by the river. Send 
    your Mega Carpenters in to build a bridge linking this town with the Grassland 
    Town. You can now return to your castle to check the Bow you found, which is a 
    Bin Bow. This bow raises the attack power of the person equipping it, so it's 
    obviously for a hunter. Also replace the regular carpenters in your group with 
    mega carpenters since the former are obsolete.
    
    Before we do the next quest, let's explore the Torn Forest, located to the 
    west of the Stone City.
    
    ---------------
    Torn Forest
    ---------------
    The starting area of the forest is littered with logs. Go west from this 
    "roundabout" and you'll find a locked gate. Check the map and you'll find that 
    it leads to the Kingdom of the Jolly, but you cannot enter it from here. Take 
    the path leading south and you will find a tree stump that can be destroyed to 
    reveal a big hole in the ground guarded by Moonflowers. Take them out and 
    continue digging to unearth a gold bar.
    
    Continue along the path until you reach the hammer sign. Have your mega 
    carpenter build a set of tall stairs leading up to the ridge above. There is 
    nothing but a hole there, so start digging until you have unearthed the Arm 
    Guard.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Sit on your throne to check the Arm Guard. It's actually a Gauntlet which 
    raises the health of its wearer by 3. Since your first choice soldiers have 
    been equipped with other things, let's give this to a hunter for once. Now, 
    open the "Mad Mask Rumour" quest invitation.
    
    ****************
    Mad Mask Rumour
    ****************
    Difficulty: ****
    Loking for crybabies. And if you're not one, don't worry. I'll make you one! I 
    fear no one! Our Torn Forest belongs to us! Know your place, and stay there!
    -Guardian Ogre Ergo
    
    For this battle, create a team consisting of 9 soldiers and 8 hunters and use 
    the attack formation only.
    
    Enter the Torn Forest to meet the Ogre Ergo, which is essentially a guy with a 
    giant mask wielding a meat cleaver. Throughout this fight, you'll be playing 
    merry go round the mulberry bush with this guy around the giant tree stump in 
    the centre of this roundabout. Destroy those logs blocking your way and start 
    giving chase. Once you've got close enough, send soldiers and hunters after 
    him and you'll take down a quarter of his health without much trouble.
    
    Things get serious when the Ogre Ergo has lost a quarter of his health. He 
    will enrage from time to time, throwing meat cleavers at you from a range! 
    Whenever he's enraged, the Ogre Ergo is invincible, so order a retreat 
    whenever you see him fuming. While Ogre Ergo's enraged, keep your distance, 
    staying on the opposite side of the giant stump from him. Ogre Ergo will throw 
    his meat cleaver in a circle around the stump like a boomerang. You can avoid 
    this attack by moving around in a tight circles right next to the stump. Your 
    citizens will move around with you, decreasing the effective size of the team, 
    thus making it hard for the cleaver to hit anyone. Continue avoiding the meat 
    cleavers until he's calmed down and you can give chase again.
    
    Catch up with Ogre Ergo and send in the soldiers and hunters as before. If 
    anyone manages to cling on his back, you can be assured of dealing 
    considerable damage to Ogre Ergo before he becomes enraged again. Repeat this 
    hide and seek technique and you'll eventually take him down. You will be 
    awarded two precious treasures worth 3000000 Bol each.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Talk to Howser and check out the new plans for the Soldier Town which has been 
    built on the Torn Forest.
    
    ***************
    New plans
    ***************
    Veteran's barracks
    Region: Soldier Town     Cost: 9100000 Bol
    You can train Hardened Soldiers! They are much stronger than the grunts.
    
    Uptight residence
    Region: Soldier Town     Cost: 1818000 Bol
    Create an uptight residence. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Lively residence
    Region: Soldier Town     Cost: 2828000 Bol
    Create a lively residence. You will gain 2 citizens!
    
    Jolly residence
    Region: Soldier Town     Cost: 4141000 Bol
    Create a jolly residence. You will gain 4 citizens!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    If you have the money, splash the cash to build a veteran's barracks. Go back 
    out and gather your Royal Guard and send them over to the Soldier Town. Notice 
    how the trees have been cut down to create one giant open space. Send your 
    soldiers in to turn them into hardened soldiers for 1000000 Bol per person. 
    Also cut down the bush by the locked gate leading to the Kingdom of the Jolly 
    for a hole with a gold bar inside. Since training hardened soldiers is such an 
    expensive task, let's do some quests to raise money.
    
    ******************
    King Game Club...
    ******************
    Difficulty: *
    Hello, sire. The King Game Club challenges you at Dark Valley Entrance. Fight 
    for me.
    -Smug Worker
    
    This should be an easy quest given the high amounts of health in your group. 
    You will receive 2 chips and a piece of good stationary for your troubles.
    
    ***************
    From Knight
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    We have trouble! The Farmer Revolution suddenly appeared at Dark Valley. 
    Please fight for me.
    -Enraged Knight
    
    The Farmer Revolution consists of a bunch of Moonflowers and man eating 
    radishes led by another of those scarecrow impostors. The narrow terrain in 
    Dark Valley makes things really tedious. Just be patient with the hit and run 
    attacks against those evil plants and you'll come out on top in no time. Your 
    rewards are two nice toys.
    
    ***************
    From Hag
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    It's nothing big. The King Game Club appeared at Sunflower Plains. Fight for 
    me.
    -Guilty Hag
    
    This is yet another King Game Club quest and you'll have to fight them in the 
    same old tight spot at the starting area of the Sunflower Plains. The ability 
    to stun from a range will prove to be useful, so reenter your kingdom to get 
    an ammo refill before fighting this scarecrow impostor. You'll receive a rock, 
    an expensive rock and 2 cloths as rewards.
    
    ***************
    To the King
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    I heard this. The Wolfsbane Trio challenges you at S. Sunflower Plains. Please 
    fight for me if you have time.
    -Sorry Guard
    
    Finally, a quest that doesn't involve the tedious scarecrow impostor. Send in 
    the cook to fry the chicken and the big turnips can be easily killed. The 
    reward is junk though.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Go home to cash in on your treasures as before. The good stationary is a 
    fountain pen worth 1320000 Bol. You should gain so many millions of Bol that 
    you can train 3-5 more hardened soldiers. Once you have had enough soldiers 
    with a base health of 9 or higher, it's time to gather your next invasion 
    force. Your squad should consist of 7 hardened soldiers, 5 hunters, 1 farmer, 
    1 mega carpenter, 1 lumberjack, 1 merchant and 1 miner. Use the Jump Cannon to 
    blast back to the Bony Tunnel Entrance.
    
    -------------------------
    14. Royal party crashers
    -------------------------
    [LKS14]
    Go east from the Jump Cannon and you'll find the entrance to the Jolly Kingdom. 
    Read the sign to find that it is a kingdom that parties all around. It seems 
    that you are the guest of honour today. Hey, these guys aren't bad after all.
    
    ---------------------
    Kingdom of the Jolly
    ---------------------
    Enter the kingdom and move along until you see the crack in the ground to the 
    southwest. Open up the crack to reveal a hot spring. Head east and read the 
    sign. It states that great men avoid wars, that wars are dumb. The theme of 
    the party is love and peace. Hmm... Now, send your mega carpenter to the 
    hammer sign to build a cherry bridge across the water, only to be ambushed by 
    a giant frog! Kill this thing quickly before he can eat anyone!
    
    Cross the bridge and an Onii will start throwing wine bottles at you from the 
    ridge above. Hey! Shoot that drunk and disorderly fool down! Go further down 
    the path two find two Oniis sitting on a blue mat. Take those guys out and 
    smash the garbage can to the right for Art Piece 35, "Poison Dragon" by Sato. 
    Kill the other two Oniis nearby and read the sign. It says, "As long as there 
    is love in the world, the cherry blossoms continue to bloom! AS long as there 
    is love in this world, we'll party every night! Love and Peace, King Duvroc".
    
    I don't know whether to feel bad about invading this kingdom, but life is hard. 
    A God Memo can be found on the ground up ahead. You are told to break the bear 
    cases under King Duvroc's feet to get to him. It also tells you that Duvroc 
    can breathe fire and ice at you! You can prevent him from breathing ice by 
    sending soldiers to cling on to him.
    
    *******************
    Duvroc party fight
    *******************
    Enter the enclosures to find Onii making music using plates and other Oniis 
    partying along. King Duvroc appears to be a drunkard wearing only underwear 
    and a cave. He sees that you are not having a good time and insists that 
    everyone should do so. Duvroc then continues his ramblings in a Japanese like 
    language. He states that the whole world should be drunk before showing off 
    his beer belly. It's time to fight!
    
    Although the strategy told you to knock down the beer boxes, I found that it 
    isn't necessary. Simply target King Duvroc and order your hardened soldiers in. 
    They can jump very high and cling onto Duvroc. Once they have clung on, they 
    can deal a lot of damage to this miserable drunk before they are knocked off. 
    Meanwhile, you should try getting rid of some of those rock throwing Oniis 
    that hang around the arena with your hunters.
    
    Once your soldiers are knocked off, Duvroc will say "cheers" in Japanese a few 
    times before breathing fire or ice. I'd suggest you keep your distance until 
    he has stopped, otherwise you'd risk getting burnt! When you have taken enough 
    health of Duvroc, Onii Hoppers and Onii Men will start entering the scene. 
    It's up to you to decide whether or not to fight them. In fact, the whole 
    situation was so chaotic that I just ignored them and continued sending 
    soldiers up to cling onto Duvroc. After a while, he just gets defeated!
    *****END FIGHT*****
    
    Now that you have taken him out, Duvroc falls down and gets a call on his 
    mobile. It looks like his wife is angry that he's been drinking. Party's over, 
    pal! Duvroc struts home, leaving behind his King's Savings and a vase. In 
    addition, plenty of souvenirs will fall from the sky, possibly left behind by 
    all the Oniis. Be sure to pick them up before you break open the vase. Once 
    the vase is broken open, the princess inside utters a long series of 
    complicated calculations she finally concludes that she wants to be your queen. 
    It's a nerdy bespectacled princess named Bouquet!
    
    Back at the castle, you'll find that the King's Savings is hidden gold worth 
    9999000 Bol. You'd definitely get over 10 million Bol this time! You then 
    party as usual. Notice that you now have two queens. So not only are you 
    marrying under the age of consent, you are now a bigamist too! Howser comments 
    that Duvroc wished for world peace, but he was nothing but trouble for the 
    world with his drinking. It reminds him of the time he and Pancho danced naked 
    under a cherry tree. But then, the ground shakes, what's going on?
    
    During the earthquake, a certain tunnel is unblocked. Let's go out and enjoy 
    the Jolly Festival. Enter the Princess Manor to find both Apricot and Bouquet 
    sitting together at the table. They don't mind it at all, it seems. Meanwhile, 
    the people are celebrating in the town centre while wearing cherry blossom 
    caps. When you have celebrated enough, end the festivities and prepare for the 
    next day. Let's see what new things can be bought.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Guard badge x6
    Cost: 1200000 Bol
    An additional 6 badges. Recruit up to 23 people!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    If you have the cash, buy the new guard badges and build the culinary academy 
    in the gourmet town. Reorganise your Royal Guard. It should consist of 10 
    hardened soldiers, 7 hunters, 2 mega carpenters, 1 farmer, 1 lumberjack, 1 
    merchant and 1 miner. If you don't have enough hardened soldiers, gather some 
    money and train some more. Go over to the newly built culinary academy and 
    send someone into the house to the north of it. The people inside will give 
    you Art Piece 95, "Lulu" by KATANN. It's a picture of a girl stick figure.
    
    Reenter the Kingdom of Jolly, which has now been converted to the King's 
    Nature Reserve. Enter the area where you have fought Duvroc to find Art Piece 
    89, "Mr. Tamayama" by Nariko Oka. It's a picture of some humanoid cat. Talk to 
    Duvroc and he'll call you a jerk. Either way, a new path's opened to the south. 
    Follow the narrow path and you'll reach a signpost with a trash can at its 
    base. Break the trash can for Art Piece 70, "Macrochama" by Maso.
    
    Go east from the signpost and you'll find a gate guarded by 3 Oniis. The gate 
    is locked, so continue south. You'll find yourself at the fenced off northern 
    part of the Sunflower Plains that you couldn't reach earlier.
    
    -----------------
    Sunflower Plains
    -----------------
    Move along this new path to find Art Piece 41, "Chulichu" by Shu Matsumoto. 
    It's a picture of some flowers with a lot of Japanese text around them. I bet 
    it's a primary school pupil's work. Go south at the junction to find many 
    bushes, which hide nothing of importance. Head back to the junction and 
    continue east for a melon patch. Kill the Meloncholies and send your merchant 
    out to survey the area. He'll detect a hole among the scarecrows. Send your 
    men to dig open the hole and you'll find a giant treasure. Also break open the 
    bushes nearby for Art Piece 64, "Maromaro" by Damechiro. It's a cute big 
    headed cherub guy in a kimono.
    
    Go north and you'll reach a dead end with another hole. Dig this hole open and 
    you'll find another gold bar to your collection. Here ends your little tour. 
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Return to the castle to have your treasure weighed out. As expected, you gain 
    3000000 Bol from the precious treasure. Why don't we build the uptight 
    residence? Also read your suggestion box for a letter from Princess Bouquet.
    
    ***************
    Suggestion box
    ***************
    Collector's Frenzy (Quest)
    Difficulty: *
    UMA X = Interest Y
    Y = Collector's Frenzy
    To solve, use this formula to compute Z (Y root(x)/2*pi*r) meaning Z = Book. 
    My chance of filling the book alone is 0.1%
    -Bouquet
    
    Herky Jerky
    There's been a lot of earthquakes recently. Are the houses of Aipoko made to 
    withstand earthquakes? They're everywhere.
    -Shaky Breaky Heart
    
    Slow Newsflashes
    Why are the newsflashes so behind the times? I need to know when a quake is 
    going to happen before it happens! I need a warning! The system now is useless!
    -Baldy McRumor
    
    Stupid Earthquakes!
    The foundation of Aipoko is firmly stable. The quakes are unnaturally 
    impossible! Whoops, I got carried away and started talking like Skinny Ray.
    -Stable Geologist
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Looks like plenty of people have written in about the earthquake. But first, 
    let's talk to Bouquet and see what she wants from you.
    
    *******************
    Collector's Frenzy
    *******************
    Difficulty: *
    UMA X = Interest Y
    Y = Collector's Frenzy
    To solve, use this formula to compute Z (Y root(x)/2*pi*r) meaning Z = Book. 
    My chance of filling the book alone is 0.1%
    -Bouquet
    
    Go find Princess Bouquet and she'll speak in an extremely squeaky voice. She 
    is pleased that you have agreed to help collect data on enemies in this game. 
    Tell her that her formula is correct. Her good feelings towards you increases 
    30%. She gives you an UMA Book, allowing you to collect data on all the 
    enemies in this game! Great, so I don't have to guess the names of the enemies 
    anymore! You receive good stationary as a reward. It's a feather pen worth 
    100000 Bol. You can read your UMA book by entering your inventory and 
    selecting the book. There are a total of 53 enemies in this game, and the data 
    of the ones you have already fought against are available for you to look up.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Once the uptight residence is built, enter Soldier Town to have a look around. 
    That town now consists of many military style buildings built on both sides of 
    a north-south road, leading to a soldier statue at the north and a target 
    practice area to the south. The uptight residences are the two houses nearest 
    to the soldier statue. Break open the rubbish bins behind one of the houses 
    and you will find a new mallet.
    
    Head west from the soldier statue and reenter the former Kingdom of the Jolly. 
    Talk to Duvroc and let him call you a jerk. Examine the red sign behind him to 
    discover Wonder Spot #12: Royal Arbor. This time, move along the path you 
    initially used to get to Duvroc. You'll find a hole in the ground, guarded by 
    an Onii Hopper, with a gold bar inside. Another hole can be found by the hot 
    spring across the cherry bridge (I don't think Yvonne the giant frog will jump 
    out at you during the day). That hole is guarded by an Onii Ring. You must dig 
    up the gold bar before that enemy will become vulnerable to your attacks.
    
    Return to the castle and cash in your treasures. The mallet is a toy mallet, 
    for looks only. Let's read your suggestion box to do a few more quests.
    
    *****************
    Sorry secret
    *****************
    Difficulty: *
    I heard this today. The King Game Club appeared at the Onii Grounds. Please 
    fight for me if you have time.
    -Sorry Hag
    
    I've finally learnt the name of that scarecrow imposter. It's a Korobokle! 
    With more soldiers at your disposal, you're a cinch to win. The reward is junk 
    though.
    
    *****************
    I heard a rumour
    *****************
    Difficulty: **
    We have trouble! The Cow Herder Onii keeps appearing at Dark Valley. Be 
    careful.
    -Shocked Gitl
    
    These Rodeo Cows, along with their Onii master, are located on the plateau 
    overlooking the Dark Valley, right at the top of the stairs. Lure those 
    enemies down to the path below and it will be very easy to kill them. In fact, 
    these enemies sometimes care about nothing but return to the plateau above, 
    which they can't really do! You receive a gold bar as a reward.
    
    **********************
    Fried Federation Info
    **********************
    Difficulty: *
    It's nothing big. The Fried Federation challenges you at Sunflower Plains. 
    Should be simple.
    -Angry Fanboy
    
    Check your UMA book. The giant chicken is called a Cockadoodledo. Send your 
    cook in and fry him in an instant. You will be rewarded with dried food, a 
    good souvenir and a good egg for frying the Fried Federation.
    
    ***************
    Happy Secret
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    It's true. The Pickle Gangster appeared at S. Sunflower Plains. Fight for me.
    -Happy Woman
    
    Go deep into the Sunflower Plains to find this bunch of evil turnips, named 
    Turnipheads! Since it's a tight spot, you can defeat the giant turnip simply 
    by shooting at him with your hunters. Although the reward is junk, you can dig 
    up the hole nearby (frying the Cockadoodledoo and the Concodore in the process) 
    for a gold bar.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Don't underestimate the dried food, it's a Wanda Fish worth 2240000 Bol! The 
    good souvenir is a Maybe Crab worth 1160000 Bol. If all goes well, you may 
    have earned over 6000000 Bol from this run, so build the Jolly Residence in 
    the Soldier Town, netting another 4 citizens in the process. As a result, a 
    new power up will appear.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Jumping Jack Edict
    Cost: 8800000 Bol
    Law that makes citizens do jumping jacks. Adds +1 life to citizens.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    I'd suggest that you prioritise on training more hardened soldiers before 
    enacting this new edict. Notice how the main road of the Soldier Town is paved. 
    The jolly residence is located at the southern end of that road. Send your men 
    in to tax those buildings and you will find Art Piece 10, "Masharalen" by 
    Dororonpa. It looks like a multiarmed mechanical thing. When you have gathered 
    enough hardened soldiers, assemble your squad and let's invade the Ripe 
    Kingdom!
    
    -------------------------
    15. Ripe for an invasion
    -------------------------
    [LKS15]
    This time, make sure that you have at least 5 miners in your group. Return to 
    the Bony Tunnel Entrance and enter the Ripe Kingdom through the entrance to 
    the west. Read the sign at the entrance and it will welcome you to their 
    Forest Cafeteria. They will hold a royal tea party. This news from the kingdom 
    of sweets is brought to all guests so they may savour delicious pastries. They 
    offer strawberry shortcake of love, gateaux chocolat of rapture. There's 
    enough for everyone!
    
    ---------------
    Ripe Kingdom
    ---------------
    Notice the jolly La Donna e Mobile playing in the background. The path ahead 
    is blocked by a plate with a peach on it along with a teacup. A rude Onii will 
    throw things down at you from above. Where are your table manners? Smash 
    through these obstacles and you may be able to pick up a tea biscuit and a 
    sweet. The next Onii will be throwing cake down at you, so let him eat arrows! 
    Break through the next peach, strawberry shortcake slice and plate of 
    chocolate biscuits and you'll see a sign.
    
    "Welcome, Corobo. People obtain happiness by gorging on love. Love is like a 
    sweet whipped cream. More love means more satisfaction. I will await the 
    delivery of your love. I will be sure to enjoy it well! Love and sweets, King 
    Shishkebaboo." How sweet. However, the Onii on the ridge disagrees, as he 
    throws more stuff down at you. Take him out and break through the next two 
    plates of biscuits.
    
    The next Onii throws strawberries and cake down at you. Take him out and break 
    through the teacups. You then reach a fork in the road. The lone rock in the 
    way is a Rocky, so have your hardened soldiers chisel him out. Also shoot down 
    the Onii on the ridge to the left. Now, clear the path leading west to uncover 
    the hot spring there. Now, you can smash through the cake and go north. Kill 
    the Oniis on the ridges above and cut open the peach for Art Piece 67, "Cherry 
    Boys" by Tochinoki no Mi, it's a pair of boys with cherry heads!
    
    Examine the sign for today's special cake combo. "Fabuloso Vous Tarte, 
    Strawberry Trifle, Corobo a la crème. Comes with Coffee". So, you're on the 
    menu, I bet this king wants to eat you up! Up ahead is some kind of gate. At 
    this point, send out your merchant and he'll detect a hole with a gold bar 
    inside. Meanwhile, you hear the sound of someone greedily eating. Pick up the 
    God Memo on the ground. It tells you that King Shishkebaboo will roll around, 
    so make sure he doesn't flatten you. Knock him around to make him burn 
    calories and push into the fork at the top. Use citizens who break rocks 
    easily to help you out.
    
    It looks like that gate is made of cake. Attempt to break it open and 4 Onii 
    Hoppers will come at you, kill them before you continue to break it down. The 
    ground rumbles as King Shishkebaboo pops out of that thing. Man, it's a giant 
    obese French king wearing a red shirt and green trousers with suspenders. He 
    gravels on about his lust for food and introduces himself as the Glutton of 
    Versailles. Let's have a forest tea party!
    
    *********************
    Shishkebaboo pinball
    *********************
    This battle is like a pinball game. You and your men will start at the bottom 
    of the screen behind the touchline, while King Shishkebaboo rolls around like 
    a ball. You hit Shishkebaboo like a pinball by ordering your men to charge 
    forward. Since your men will move rather slowly, you will need to anticipate 
    where Shishkebaboo will be by the time the person has moved out. If your 
    citizen manages to run into Shishkebaboo, he'll hit him in the direction of 
    impact.
    
    This table features ramps, cherry bumpers and a hole in the upper left corner. 
    Try not to send Shishkebaboo into that hole since he will emerge petrified, 
    along with a few rocks that roll down towards you. While petrified, King 
    Shishkebaboo is harder to knock around. In addition, do you see the rock at 
    the top of the screen, right in the centre? You need to hit that rock with 
    Shishkebaboo repeatedly to destroy it, revealing a fork in the process. Once 
    the fork is revealed, you need to knock Shishkebaboo right into it!
    
    Also note the counter on the left side of this pinball table. The number shows 
    the current weight of King Shishkebaboo. You can lower his weight by hitting 
    him around, causing him to hit the bumpers, Oniis and Rockies on the table, 
    just like how you score points while playing pinball. The lighter King 
    Shishkebaboo, the faster he will zoom around. However, this king cannot be 
    lighter than 50 kg, take note of that.
    
    Also note the touch line. If you happen to let King Shishkebaboo crash out of 
    the table, he will quickly eat lots of desserts before reentering the table, 
    gaining 100 kg in the process. Furthermore, an Onii holding a downward 
    pointing arrow will appear every now and then. Knock him out and the pinball 
    table will darken for a while. When that happens, you can send your miners 
    charging all the way up the table to smash at the rock blocking the fork. 
    Eventually the rock will be smashed, giving you the advantage
    
    Now you know the rules, just play pinball and try aiming for the fork at the 
    top of the screen. Whatever you do, do not let King Shishkebaboo roll into you 
    or you'll take damage. If Shishkebaboo is rolling towards the touchline in a 
    very sharp diagonal, don't run after him or you are likely to get hit as well. 
    Just let him eat his fill and move on. After many deaths and frustration with 
    this pinball game, you should be able to destroy that rock and send the 50kg 
    Shishkebaboo right into it.
    
    Shishkebaboo gets jabbed right in the butt. This isn't good... He deflates, 
    leaving behind his King's Savings and many sweets, chocolates, biscuits and 
    most importantly, a vase. Get the treasure and destroy the vase. Out comes the 
    extremely obese Princess Spumoni, which for some reason is considered a valid 
    word in Microsoft Word. She's so fat that she's bursting out of her yellow 
    dress! 
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Back in the kingdom, you'll receive 9999000 Bol for the hidden gold and 110000 
    Bol for a new type of treasure called a Jojoyaki. Yay. Howser says that 
    Shishkebaboo was a truly dangerous foe, I'd agree with that too. Another 
    earthquake shakes up the kingdom and further unblocks the Bony Tunnel. After 
    that, Howser will congratulate you for getting THREE wives in a surprising 
    short amount of time. He'll start expanding the castle! Let's save, now that 
    you don't have to play that horrible pinball game again.
    
    Your castle is now has a noble gold and red theme, along with two extension 
    blocks around it. As the sun rises over Aipoko, its shining rays reflect off a 
    now awe-inspiring castle. A cold breeze blows, flags flutter, and underneath a 
    clear blue sky Pancho moos without a care. The scene changes to the throne 
    room, which looks much more fit for a king. You sit on your majestic throne, 
    with your THREE wives making merry, you live the life of an elite. Look how 
    magestic (sic) you are! Note the typo in the game here.
    
    You may seem high and mighty, but beyond the borders of your realm exist other 
    great kings. It is rumoured that their kingdoms lie beyond the Skull Plains. 4 
    kings remain, vanquish those to obtain world domination!
    
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    |                    IV. NOW THAT'S WHAT I CALL A CASTLE                     |
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    You and your ministers are minding your business inside your new castle when 
    Skinny Ray comes running in with a suggestion. He tells you that he hasn't 
    been sleeping for the past few days, preparing for the end. That's when he 
    thought of a state of the art ship, the Flying Machine. He shows you the 
    blueprint and begs you to consider his proposal. Howser is a bit outraged to 
    find out that it was Skinny Ray who's been doing all that doom preaching 
    during those past few days. Liam mishears Ray, thinking that it is a frying 
    machine.
    
    Verde asks what Ray is going to do with the machine. He says that with the 
    machine, he can go to the world of god! Ray states that the point is to fly 
    beyond the sky to discover the cause of the earthquakes, located outside of 
    the world in the known universe. Liam continues to be sceptic, where Ray 
    explains that the recent earthquakes are accompanied by the shaking of stars 
    in the sky. So, he concludes that even space is shaking. If the cause is not 
    found, the world will shake even more than now and the sun and moon will both 
    fall down, ending the world. That's why they need the flying machine.
    
    Verde laughs, thinking that Ray is dumb. Liam agrees, saying that he believes 
    that earthquakes are caused by some guy with a trident. Howser states that he 
    will let the people decide on the glying machine. And so, he makes a 
    referendum with the topic "Building a Flying Machine before the world ends!". 
    You can choose between in favour and opposed. Let's see what happens when you 
    are in favour. Even if you are in favour, the vote ends with 3 opposed, 2 in 
    favour. The motion is denied!
    
    -----------------------------------------
    16. Greedy ministers and flying machines
    -----------------------------------------
    [LKS16]
    Now, let's explore this new castle. To the left is a room holding all your 
    treasures. To the north, up the stairs is your bedroom. The balcony can be 
    accessed through the door to the left. You can now run around your castle 
    ramparts, eventually finding Art Piece 80 inside a tower. It's "Negotiator Cat" 
    by Tsubame.
    
    Now, go down to the ground floor to reach the lobby, where you will find a 
    fountain and two gold suits of armour. Go right from the lobby, then north to 
    find Verde's office. Go back to the previous hallway and go southeast to find 
    a private chapel. There you will find Art Piece 63, "Rabupon" by Moon (M). Go 
    down to the basement and you will find a dungeon. You will find Art Piece 05, 
    "Goatcrocken" by MEGA.
    
    Return to the lobby and go left to find an armoury and a table tennis table. 
    You can examine the table to play some table tennis. Get out to celebrate the 
    Merci Festival for now. Notice how big the Princess Manor has become, and that 
    there is a lovely square right in front of the castle. When you are done 
    celebrating, return to the castle and sit on your throne. On the next day, 
    summon Howser. Notice that the Jumping Jacks Edict is unavailable. Let's not 
    worry about that for now and read the suggestion box.
    
    ***************
    Suggestion box
    ***************
    The World Isn't Ending
    What's with the quakes lately? Skinny Ray's been talking about the "End of the 
    World". I haven't been able to sleep! Only 10 hours at times!
    -Dark Circles
    
    Earthquakes Facts
    I fell during one of the quakes the other day and when I got up. I was an old 
    man! I was young and energetic too. I guess the world is really coming to an 
    end!
    -Senior Kid
    
    Watch it, Buddy!
    Hey King! Aren't you carried away with the whole ployg... marrying a bunch of 
    princesses thing? Verde was saying what a sleaze you are.
    -Anything Master Liam
    
    Believe and be Saved!
    Ramen. Earthquakes are scary! The king is at fault! No more wars! More Bol for 
    the church! God is angry! Do you pray? If you don't pray, you'll pay!
    -Father Kampbell
    
    Do you believe in God?
    I live here in the kingdom. I always have tummy aches. When I get them. I ask 
    God to help me. How about you? When the world shakes, does it mean its tummy 
    hurts?
    -Jackie Coogan
    
    What's Your Motivation?
    You're working hard. But for what purpose? Money? Fame? I don't get it. But 
    you have power so I'll do as I'm told. What a pain in the butt.
    -Kyon
    
    Report on the Records
    I'm glad you're getting along with all the princesses, but you're being too 
    spoony in public. I counted 42 cases of "Snugglebunnying!" Like I care.
    -Records Minister Verde
    
    I'm Recording It
    Hey there. You're spending too much time in Princess Manor! I have been 
    keeping track, and the number of visits is alarming! What are you doing in 
    there?
    -Records Minister Verde
    
    Worrywart Report
    My king! There is a really troublesome kingdom that does nothing but worry! 
    Once you get past the maze, we saw a giant egg! The chickens were terrible! Be 
    sure to bring an army of cooks with you!
    
    Primetime Report
    My king! There is a really slovenly kingdom that does nothing but watch TV all 
    day! Once you step in, you turn into a couch potato! The king of this kingdom 
    stays underground while recording shows! Bring farmers with you to dig him up!
    
    Tiptoe Kingdom Report
    My king! There is a really annoying king that thinks he's the best king in the 
    world. He's standing on top of Mt. Sobamanjaro! The mountain path can be 
    dangerous. Your carpenters can help you a lot here!
    
    New Island Report
    My king! This kingdom is still half built! The entire place is a lawless area! 
    One step in and your life is at risk! Please be careful as you tread inside. 
    Bring your best people in here!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    So, more talk about the earthquakes. You also find that Verde is getting 
    extremely jealous about you having three wives! You may also notice that Liam 
    and Verde are asking to be paid.
    
    ***************
    Pay Me
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    Hey King. I'm working so you have to pay me. How about 1000000 Bol? Now give.
    -Anything Minister Liam
    
    *****************
    Salary statement
    *****************
    Difficulty: *
    Hello. It may be sudden, but I wish to be paid. You are the king and I am the 
    minister hired by you. 200000 Bol is enough. Thank you.
    -Records Minister Verde
    
    Accept the two quests and talk to the two ministers. Pay them and you will get 
    stationary and a turnip in return. Yay... Let's see what Spumon wants from you.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    However, you will hear a noise as you exit the castle. It seems that Skinny 
    Ray is building his flying machine. You have a change of heart, so say that 
    you will help him. He shows you his blueprint, in which there are plans for a 
    cooling solution, a fuel tank, a media player and a communications device. 
    There are also reinforced armour plating, a propeller and a variety of cords. 
    You will have to find all 7 parts to complete the flying machine. Those parts 
    are scattered around the world, so good luck in finding them! You receive the 
    Flying Machine Blueprint, which can be checked by entering the inventory menu. 
    Now, let's go see Spumon.
    
    ***************
    Gourmet Tour
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    I love eating. Sour, sweet, bitter, spicy. I love it all! And my dream is to 
    eat the cuisine of the world! King! Won't you fill my recipe collection for me?
    -Spumoni
    
    Go talk to Spumoni and she'll ask you whether you would like to fulfil her 
    dream. Say yes and she will hand you the Gourmet Book. You now can go and find 
    all sorts of ingredients from around the world to fill up the book. You can 
    fill up the book by simply collecting all the food related spoils that drop 
    from the enemies. If you check the book, you might find it mostly filled 
    already!
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    If you want to summon your men, go out to your balcony and press the A button. 
    Go down the ramp to meet your people once that happens. Also notice how a 
    mellow jazz song is being played in the background. Go back to the Ripe 
    Kingdom and have another look at it.
    
    -----------------
    Forest Cafeteria
    -----------------
    Reenter the pinball table to find Art Piece 47, "Beautiful Spinny" by Meeko 
    Umino. Also examine the red sign to the bottom left to discover Wonder Spot 
    #13: Wide Pin Pinball. Let's return to the castle for now.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Sit down on your throne and you will be told that another person is loitering 
    around the castle bridge. What now? You find a family of three with swirling 
    hair looking at the Aipoko River. It seems they are vacationing for the first 
    time. The three see you and introduce themselves as the Typhoony Bunch. They 
    just came to sightsee and blow things over. You are given a more detailed 
    introduction of the three. They consist of the father Gene, mother Jane and 
    their unstable emo daughter Mary. Having moved here, you'll expect sudden 
    storms from now on.
    
    Back in the castle, the Jumping Jack Edict is now available. Let's enact it 
    right now. I know that there may be many quests, but let's do some exploring. 
    Enter the forest to the east of Castle Town and go north. You will find 
    Ginger's art exhibition. Before you talk to him, get the Art Piece 61 at the 
    back of his stall. It's "Baend" by NYUNYU. Now, examine the tent and Ginger 
    will welcome you. If you followed this guide, you should have 46 paintings by 
    now. He will give you a toy sword, a toy spear, a toy bow, a furry kilt, 
    Sterile Undies, a Viper Sticker, another Sterile Undies, Health Undies, a Hand 
    Cooler, two more Hand Coolers, a Pancho Poncho. Your next goal is to find 9 
    more paintings, making it 55 in total.
    
    You are then shown an Art Contest Exhibit, which can be viewed from your Key 
    Items menu by selecting the tent icon. Head back south to the clearing and a 
    hole will appear at night. Dig it open for Art Piece 20, "Bath Free" by 
    Yamamoto Thunder. Head southeast and smash through the tree stump. You'll find 
    a hole guarded by Turnipheads. Kill the turnip heads and dig up the gold bar. 
    Destroy the log nearby to discover Art Piece 18, "My Fairy" by TOKKO.
    
    Why don't we go check out the treasures Ginger gave you? The toy mallet, sword, 
    spear and bow are for looks only. The Furry Kilt raises the life of the wearer 
    by 2, while the Sterile Undies and Viper Stickers make the wearer immune to 
    poison. The Health Undies raises the wearer's health by 3, while the Hand 
    Coolers offer burn immunity to the wearer. Finally, the Pancho Poncho allows 
    the wearer to slowly regenerate his health! The Pancho Poncho is definitely 
    for a soldier fighting in the frontlines.
    
    Go over to the watchtower to the south of the Royal City to find a hammer sign. 
    Build a bridge to the west and you can enter the Red Turnip Forest.
    
    ------------------
    Red Turnip Forest
    ------------------
    Right across the bridge is a red turnip patch. Be warned that three of those 
    turnips are man eating Radeezes! Once you've got rid of them, destroy the 
    other turnips, especially the giant one to reveal a crack in the ground. Open 
    up the crack and dig up the gold bar. Go up the slope to the west to find 
    another red turnip patch. Draw out the Radeezes and take them out quick. 
    Explore this open area, cutting open all the red turnips in the ground. The 
    giant red turnip in the centre cannot be touched yet, though. Examine the lone 
    turnip at the eastern corner of the field for Art Piece 02, "Turniplepas" by 
    Yohei Yamamoto.
    
    Go northeast from the open field to discover a locked gate. Return to the 
    field and head northwest. Kill the Radeezes by the locked gate and head 
    northeast. Follow the path past the two red turnips to find another giant one 
    guarded by 5 Radeezes. Destroy the giant turnip to find another crack which 
    can be opened up. Dig up the gold bar and you have finish exploring this area. 
    Return to your castle to cash in on your treasure.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Howser tells you that Kampbell of the Sect of Soup wants to see you. Kampbell 
    enters, telling you that his followers have seen the light of god, and the 
    number of witnesses is growing. They saw a red light glowing in the sky at 
    night, it must be god's shining glory! He then says that if you pray to god, 
    you will become an even greater king. If you don't, well let's not go into 
    that. Now, go to bed and check out a guardian quest the next day.
    
    *************************
    Deadly Red Turnip Rumour
    *************************
    Difficulty: *****
    It's a huge red turnip! There was a huge one in Red Turnip Forest! I-It's 
    gotta be a G-g-guardian. I-it bit me on the behind and split it in two!
    -Cheeky McCracky
    
    For this quest, assemble a squad consisting of only 15 hunters. Enter the open 
    area and the giant red turnip you saw earlier will pop out of the ground. It's 
    important that you enter guard formation and keep your distance from this 
    giant Redeeze. This is because anyone who's bitten by this vegetable's lunging 
    bite will be instantly turnip-nized (i.e. die)!
    
    For the entire fight, use a hit and run strategy. Send your hunters in, 5 at a 
    time to shoot arrows at the giant Redeeze. When you see it come close, order a 
    retreat and run all the way back to your entry point, right in the middle of 
    the fences there. If you do it right, the giant Redeeze will decide to give up 
    chase and return to its initial position, allowing you go run in and take 
    another quick pot at it before it gives chase again. Use this hit and run 
    strategy and you'll eventually beat this giant Redeeze without losing a single 
    person, allowing you to develop the area. You also receive 3 treasures as a 
    reward, netting you 9000000 Bol!
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Talk to Howser and you will find that a Glamour Town has been built on top of 
    Red Turnip Forest.
    
    ***************
    New plans
    ***************
    Marvelous Theatre
    Region: Glamour Town     Cost: 11000000 Bol
    A theatre providing titillation. Eases the vexation of the citizenry.
    
    Gorgeous Residence
    Region: Glamour Town     Cost: 4700000 Bol
    Build a gorgeous residence. You will gain 6 citizens!
    
    Deluxe Residence
    Region: Glamour Town     Cost: 5640000 Bol
    Build a deluxe residence. You will gain 8 citizens!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Since you have so much money, start by building the two residences. Train one 
    of the new citizens into merchants before you explore Glamour Town. You can 
    get there by either crossing the bridge from Royal City or going north from 
    Soldier Town. Send someone into the southernmost mansion on the west side of 
    the pink paved road and the people inside will hand you Art Piece 71, "Home" 
    by Masao. Continue north and you will find many more fancy manors alongside 
    the road. Now that you are done, talk to your merchant to receive the 
    Legendary Sword, which increases the attack power of the person equipping it 
    and allows him to perform multiple hits at once!
    
    Check your suggestion box for more quests to do. It looks like those two 
    greedy ministers are asking to be paid yet again!
    
    ***************
    About my Pay?!
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    Hey King. It's time you paid me. Can't you see I'm working hard? Now gimme 
    2000000 Bol.
    -Anything Minister Liam
    
    *******************
    Salary Statement 2
    *******************
    Difficulty: *
    Hello, I wish to be paid. I need to make a living, you know. If not, I won't 
    let you save anymore. 500000 Bol should be enough. Thanks.
    -Record Minister Verde
    
    Pay those two again before you sit on your throne. Afterwards, Skinny Ray may 
    want to see you. Let him in and he will come asking for research funds from 
    the kingdom... only joking! He warns that the greater you are, the more people 
    will come to leech off you. Anyways, check out the suggestion box to see 3 
    quests beginning with the word God.
    
    ***************
    God Paper
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    My king! A piece of paper fell from the heavens! It looks like a treasure map. 
    Anyone up for a treasure hunt?
    -Honest Alpokian
    
    You are shown a picture of the Former Onii Grounds. This map shows you the 
    location of something called an Omegaphone. Gather your men and enter the 
    Former Onii Grounds. You will see a hole in the centre of this open area. Kill 
    any enemies nearby and start digging. Three Oniis will pop out of the hole, 
    followed by two Onii Hoppers, further followed by an Onii Bride!
    
    The Onii Bride is a giant female Onii that spawns countless tiny Oniis after 
    your men. Those tiny Oniis can really hurt when there are too many of them. 
    Fortunately, they have low health and can be easily killed. Each of these tiny 
    Oniis may drop treasure that helps fill your coffers. Send some soldiers after 
    the Onii Bride and try to coax her into jumping away from the hole. She'll 
    ground pound after each jump, so sound a retreat whenever she does that. Once 
    she's away from the hole, send in your hunters and open fire. This giant enemy 
    can be stunned by the Cupid's Bow, so order your hardened soldiers to attack 
    as soon as she's stunned. You'd be surprised by the number of skull cracking 
    special attacks made during the process.
    
    Once the Onii Bride has come to, order a retreat and have your hunters stun 
    her again. Repeat the same attack pattern until she's finally killed. No 
    wonder this quest is of 4 star difficulty! All the effort is worth it though 
    since she will drop a treasured bow upon defeat. With no more distractions 
    left, continue digging and you will unearth one of the fabled parts required 
    to complete the wondrous Flying Machine, the Omegaphone. The reward for this 
    quest is very modest: A used record.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Return to your castle and sit on your throne. The bow you found is a Legendary 
    Bow, which significantly raises the attack power of the person equipping it. 
    Finally, a decent item for a hunter! Let's have a look at the other god quests, 
    shall we?
    
    ***************
    God Booze
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    Something amazing happened! A piece of paper fell to the Royal Arbor! Could 
    this be from god? It looks like a treasure map. Anyone up for a treasure hunt?
    -Mardi Gras Enthusiast
    
    You see a picture of a valley guarded by a giant dragon. It shows you the 
    location of the Jungle Juice. To get there, reenter the Royal Arbor (the place 
    where you fought King Duvroc) and go through the open gate to the southeast. 
    Go east at the crossroads and you will find the gate smashed open. Enter this 
    enclosed area to find a giant red dragon known as a Marble Dragon. Enter guard 
    formation and keep your distance. That way, he can only attack by charging 
    around this arena. Use your Cupid's Bow to stun him as before and your 
    hardened soldiers can attack it with impunity! It's really enjoyable to see 
    them chiselling at his head with their super moves, you know!
    
    The Marble Dragon will drop a treasured spear upon defeat. You can now open up 
    the crack in the ground and start digging. This time, you have an Onii Man to 
    worry about. Continue digging and you will find Art Piece 26, "Punk Wood" by 
    Pirori Kin. Also note the tree stump at the corner. Smash through it and you 
    will find the hole shown in the picture. You need not worry about any enemies 
    as you dig this hole. You will uncover a pot of liquid, which is one of the 
    parts of the Flying Machine. It's the Jungle Juice. You know have collected 2 
    out of 7 parts. Your rewards for this quest are mixed nuts and pretzels.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Go home and examine the spear. It's a Legendary Spear, which greatly improves 
    the attack power of the person wielding it. It's clearly intended for a 
    soldier. Howser should inform you that the merchant wants to see you. Let him 
    in and he will bring you a research plan for a super weapon, it's called Super 
    Weapons.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Super Weapons
    Cost: 3100000 Bol
    We will develop awesome weapons!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    If you have the cash, buy this immediately! Check the treasure room to find a 
    new weapon, a battleaxe, which raises the wielder's attack power. There is one 
    more god quest, so let's do that as well before we move on.
    
    ***************
    God Food Store
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    A piece of paper fell to the Forest Cafeteria! It looks like a treasure map. 
    Anyone up for a treasure hunt?
    -Sweet Tooth Boyz
    
    You are shown an X on a plateau overlooking the Forest Cafeteria. Gather your 
    men and blast off to the Bony Tunnel Entrance. Enter the Ripe Kingdom and go 
    over to the dead end near the hot spring. You'll find a hammer sign. Before 
    you start building the stairs, be sure to take out Yvonne the giant frog. 
    Climb up the stairs and you will see a hole by the cliff which can be dug open 
    for a bag of coins. Head east and you will find a number of paths and plateaux. 
    Smash the cake slice to the far east for Art Piece 73. It's "Ricecake" by 
    Nekoyanagi. Cut down the three bushes nearby and you will find a hole hiding a 
    gold bar.
    
    Go back to the west and get onto the big plateau there. Walk along, killing 
    all the Meloncholies that get in the way. You will come to a giant tree stump 
    guarded by a big black beetle. It's a Giant Zoeter! Just like the Marble 
    Dragon, this enemy mainly attacks by charging into your men. The most 
    effective way is to attack this beetle with hardened soldiers when he's 
    airborne. That way, he might fall on his back for a while, revealing his soft 
    underbelly. If that fails, simply stun him while on the ground with Cupid's 
    Bow and you can send everyone to run under him and hit him from below. The 
    Giant Zoeter will drop a treasured staff upon defeat.
    
    Well done all concerned. Destroy the stump blocking the way before you go down 
    the hill. At this point, your merchant may detect a hole in the ground, so dig 
    it open for the gold bar. Go right and you will find a big wooden barrier that 
    can be knocked down. Dig open the hole that follows and you will find a green 
    metallic box, one of the fabled parts of the flying machine. It's a Freezing 
    Fridge. 3 down, 4 to go! You receive ice cream and low fat milk as rewards.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    -----------------
    Forest Cafeteria
    -----------------
    Move back along the plateau and take the low path to the left of it. There is 
    an art piece on the tree, it seems. You can't get it at the moment. Return to 
    the stairs you've climbed up earlier and take the path directly to its right. 
    Smash the first pile of logs you see and you'll find Art Piece 36, "Trauma 
    Inducer" by Sarutobi Sasuke. Continue along this path and you will come to 
    another pile of logs. Smash them apart to reveal a hole hiding a gold bar. 
    Let's go home now.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    As expected, the staff you found is a Legendary Staff, which significantly 
    increases the wielder's attack power. Get some rest and you will find that 
    those greedy ministers are asking to be paid again! But first, let's do the 
    other quests to raise cash.
    
    *****************
    I heard a rumour
    *****************
    Difficulty: **
    Head a rumour. The Turnip Warrior keeps appearing at Dark Valley. Fight! Fight! 
    Fight! 
    -Guilty Foodie
    
    I just had a revelation. Gather your men and replace the lumberjack with a 
    child. Climb up the stairs to the west of the bridge leading from the castle. 
    Send the child up the blue tree and he will hand you the Art Piece 91 up there. 
    It's "U. M. A. Bugs" by Ori. Go over to the hot spring overlooking the Onii 
    Grounds and send the child up the tree. He'll get you the Art Piece 92, 
    "Tokkilth" by Kaiki. Enter Dark Valley and go up the plateau overlooking it 
    from the south. Search the plateau for the blue tree with an art piece on top 
    that you have missed earlier. Send the child up and he will collect the Art 
    Piece 84 for you. It's "Hooky Worm" by Uo.
    
    Move along the main part of the Dark Valley and you will find a group of 
    Turnipheads with Redizzes. Defeat them and you will get 3 Nice Rocks.
    
    *****************
    I heard a rumour
    *****************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard something! The Ballhopper keeps appearing at Sunflower Plains. Be 
    careful...
    -Sleepy Fanboy
    
    Here's a new enemy. Enter the Sunflower Plains and you will find a Lotus Root 
    Onii riding a giant rolling ball. Destroy the ball from a distance with your 
    hunters so that he cannot flatten any of you. The ball doesn't have that much 
    health, so don't worry. The Onii that's left will be an easy kill. You receive 
    two good souvenirs as a reward. 
    
    ***************
    Angry news
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard a rumour. The Undead Bull Knight suddenly appeared at S. Sunflower 
    Plains. Fight fight fight!
    -Angry Child
    
    Move deep into the Sunflower Plains via the high road and you will come to the 
    blue tree with the art piece again. Send the child up to retrieve Art Piece 75, 
    "Boaster Worm" by Bakuden. You can now go and kill the Undead Bull Knight as 
    before, netting a chip in the process.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Cash in your treasures and another merchant should walk in. This time, he's 
    offering a research plan for super armour.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Super Armour
    Cost: 3530000 Bol
    We will develop more awesome armour!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Buy that if you can. That way, you should receive a new piece of armour in the 
    treasure room known as Chainmail, which raises the maximum health of the 
    wearer by 3. You'd better go all the way back to the Ripe Kingdom and retrieve 
    that Art Piece from the top of the tree as well. It's Art Piece 11, 
    "Persiraffe" by Mechamegane. It's a picture of a giraffe with a periscope head. 
    You can now spend some time gathering treasure to build the Marveous Theatre, 
    thus completing all the buildings in Glamour Town. Enter that part of your 
    kingdom and you will find the theatre built right next to the Jump Cannon by 
    the roundabout. You can enter that building and find that they are showing 
    "Camel of Love and Passion". It looks painfully bad, really.
    
    Now, return to the castle to see what new quests you can do.
    
    ***************
    Hurt Secret
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard a rumour. The Ballhopper keeps appearing at Sunflower Plains. Please 
    fight for the kingdom and me
    -Hurt Girl
    
    This isn't the first time you have fought the Ballhopper, so you should know 
    exactly what to do. You receive 2 good souvenirs and a tea biscuit as rewards.
    
    ***************
    From Knight
    ***************
    Difficulty: ***
    Danger! The Zombie Army appeared at the Forest Cafeteria! Fight for me! But be 
    careful!
    -Sorry Knight
    
    This is a new group of enemy. Enter the Ripe Kingdom and you will find many 
    wooden stakes on the ground on the pinball table. Break open some of those 
    sticks and a large group of zombies will pop out! Now, retreat back to the 
    path leading to the pinball table and start shooting at those zombies by your 
    hunters. For some reason, hardly any of the zombies will bother to come after 
    you, making it an easy win as long as you keep your distance. You'll receive 
    junk and a good box as rewards.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Head back to the castle to deposit your earnings. It looks like the tea 
    biscuit is a God Bun worth 1470000 Bol! Now that's what I call a bun! 
    
    *******************
    Blue Dragon Rumour
    *******************
    Difficulty: *****
    In the area ringed by trees in the middle of Red Turnip Forest lies the 
    ultimate Guardian of this land, the Blue Dragon! You'll need your entire army 
    for this one!
    -Scrambled Soldier
    
    For this battle, assemble a team consisting of mainly hardened soldiers. Enter 
    the Glamour Town and go north. You will find a giant crystal on the ground. 
    Smash the crystal to reveal a big hole which can be jumped into. You and your 
    men land in a cave with a giant sleeping blue dragon. So the rumour is true! 
    Either way, this icy blue dragon doesn't really want to fight you. He just 
    wants a good sleep! In fact, he'll only fight back if you do send people after 
    him. So, for the first part of this battle, you should keep your distance. 
    Send in all your hardened soldiers attacking every now and then, let them 
    attack for a while and retreat as soon you see smoke fuming from the dragon's 
    head.
    
    The Blue Dragon has three attacks. Firstly, he can either summon ice spikes 
    from the ceiling, creating a barrier around him. Anyone hit by the spikes will 
    be temporarily frozen into snowmen! The dragon can also spew his icy breath 
    which also can freeze your men up. Thirdly, he can attack using a tail whip. 
    This is the nastiest attack of them all since anyone hit will be sent flying 
    out of the arena and die instantly! Fortunately, all three attacks can be 
    avoided if you sound the retreat quickly enough.
    
    The good news is that the ice spikes can be cleared easily, allowing you to 
    quickly create a path to the Blue Dragon again. Once you have taken out two 
    thirds of the Blue Dragon's health, he will get up and get serious! He will 
    come after you and your team rather slowly, attacking occasionally using 
    ground pounds and tail whips. Either way, continue to use the hit and run 
    technique with your hardened soldiers and retreat as soon as you see the smoke 
    coming out of his head. Once he has very little of his health left, the Blue 
    Dragon may fly high into the air and rain his ice breath down on you. 
    Fortunately, he can't really do much to delay your inevitable victory at this 
    point.
    
    After the battle, Howser will tell you that you have defeated the ultimate 
    Guardian. Somehow, enemies will no longer appear in that area, so you can 
    expand further. Really? I never knew you can build underground. Anyways, you 
    receive 3 precious treasures worth 9000000 Bol in total.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Oh, and surprise. You get to build a new town called Miner's Town, a town of 
    miners north of Glamour Town!
    
    ***************
    New plans
    ***************
    Giga Grinder
    Region: Miner's Town     Cost: 7050000 Bol
    You can train Giga Carpenters! They can build mechanical elevators.
    
    Rock Head Village
    Region: Miner's Town     Cost: 2500000 Bol
    Build a stone village for the stubborn. You will gain 4 citizens!
    
    Machine Residence
    Region: Miner's Town     Cost: 2740000 Bol
    This will build a village of machines. You will gain 4 citizens!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    You'd be surprised how fast your Mega Carpenters become obsolete. Build the 
    two residences and ignore the Giga Grinder for now. Instead of buying that 
    workplace, let's pay Liam and Verde for the third time.
    
    *********************
    Hey, where's my pay?
    *********************
    Difficulty: **
    Hey King. Why aren't you paying me? You trying to make me work for free? Now 
    gimme 5000000 Bol.
    -Anything Minister Liam
    
    *******************
    Salary Statement 3
    *******************
    Difficulty: *
    Hello. The kingdom has grown so big and I'm getting busier by the day. Try to 
    understand what it's like being a working girl. I need 500000 Bol.
    -Records Minister Verde
    
    Greedy buggers indeed. Anyway, check the world map. Notice that the large 
    majority of the land is now marked yellow, indicating that it's yours! The 
    world is now 51% unified! I never knew that we'd reach the halfway point that 
    quickly. Let's go and have a look at the Miner's Town, located directly to the 
    north of the theatre. Go right and follow the path to find a lone stone 
    building. That is the Rock Head Village. Return to the theatre and go west to 
    find a futuristic area. Continue north past the house to find Art Piece 30, 
    "Precedo" by PORISU. Go back south and walk along the futuristic streets. You 
    will find a lone pot behind one of the houses, which can be broken for Art 
    Piece 85, "Finger Man" by Mai Utsunomiya. You'll also notice that a secret 
    pathway has been opened to the northwest of the high tech Machine Residences. 
    Enter it and you will be blown all the way back to the Forest Cafeteria 
    pinball table. It's a shortcut!
    
    Do some treasure hunting and return to the castle. Summon Howser and you will 
    have access to another power up.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Give Muscle Beans
    Cost: 11050000 Bol
    Distribute nutritious beans to your citizens. Adds +1 life.
    *****END ITEM*****
    
    This really is pricey. Why don't we do some quests to raise funds?
    
    ***************
    Major Incident
    ***************
    Heard this rumour! The Onii Hopper was at Dark Valley Entrance for some reason. 
    It's a bit dangerous, but fight for me!
    -Sorry Farmer
    
    This quest is extremely easy, given the size and health of your team. Shoot 
    down the three regular Onii Hoppers before you stun and destroy the one with 
    the spiky pogo stick. The reward is junk, however.
    
    ***************
    Wicked News
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard a rumour. The Runaway Dragon keeps appearing at Dark Valley. Please 
    fight for me.
    -Wicked Thief
    
    Head deep into Dark Valley to find this cute Mini Dragon. Let's just rush in 
    recklessly and bash him till he's dead! It's too easy and you get a good 
    souvenir as a reward.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    You should be able to afford the Giga Grinder once you have cashed in on your 
    rewards. Go over to the Miner's Town to find a pair of space age buildings to 
    the northwest, along with another mine entrance. That's what they mean by Giga! 
    Now, you can go and have a walk around town at night. A hole can be found on 
    the west side of Gourmet Town. Check the map for the X just to be sure. Dig up 
    the hole and you will unearth Art Piece 24, "Rainbow Snake" by Hamburger. It's 
    literally a snake with rainbow colours.
    
    Another hole can be found right in the middle of Soldier Town, and you'll find 
    Art Piece 42 inside. It's "Pil*Po" by Shiho Tanaka. Go to the Glamour Town to 
    find a hole right next to the Jump Cannon. This time, you will find Art Piece 
    21, "Stuffed Tree Stuffed Nut" by Kinoko. You can now go home and have a rest 
    before tackling the next Guardian quest.
    
    **********************
    More Mushroom Rumours
    **********************
    Difficulty: *****
    It's big and white and strong and tough and poisonous. Guess what it is? Who 
    cares? It's the Guardian of Shadow Forest.
    -Private Moe Howard
    
    Summon your forces and gather 13 hardened soldiers only. For this battle, you 
    should solely use the guard formation. Enter the forest to the north of Royal 
    City and you will encounter a giant white mushroom! This mushroom begins with 
    two attacks. Firstly, he will spawn many tiny mushrooms that come after you. 
    Secondly, he will slam his giant cap onto the ground. This attack often can 
    send your soldiers flying right out of the arena, killing them all. 
    Fortunately, this attack is always preceded with the giant mushroom spinning 
    his cap round and round while emitting smoke, so order a retreat as soon as 
    you see him doing that. You should have ample time to retreat before he slams 
    his cap.
    
    Although the tiny mushrooms are annoying, you really can ignore them for the 
    most part, since they can't get at your men who are clinging onto the giant 
    white mushroom's giant cap. If any soldiers happen to come after those tiny 
    ones, they'd destroy them in a couple of hits. Either way, continue attacking 
    using this hit and run technique.
    
    Once he's lost more than half of his health, the giant white mushroom may 
    introduce a third attack to the mix. He will swell his cap to such a size that 
    it covers the entire arena! Quickly order your retreat and hide among the 
    thistles at the southeast corner, This is because the giant white mushroom is 
    about to slam his inflated cap to the ground. Anyone who are unfortunate 
    enough to be flattened will die instantly. Fortunately, he'll kill all the 
    tiny mushrooms he's spawned earlier and take a while to regain his strength 
    after the attack, allowing your men to continue attack him and perhaps 
    outright defeat him before he can even make another attack.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    As expected, you are rewarded with 3 Precious Treasures worth 3000000 Bol each. 
    In addition, Shadow Forest has been cleared to make way for Magical Land, the 
    land of wizards!
    
    ***************
    New plans
    ***************
    Let's Play! Panel
    Region: Magical Land     Cost: 1000 Bol
    Want to play make believe? This playful plan's for you!
    
    Magical Land
    Region: Magical Land     Cost: 19999000 Bol
    Finally! The wizards! Let's build a magical kingdom filled with fun!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Let's build the Let's Play Panel and take the opportunity to give Muscle Beans 
    to your citizens to raise their health. The Magical Land can come later, so 
    can the paydays of Liam and Verde. In fact, it's time to invade the Worrywart 
    Kingdom.
    
    ------------------------------------
    17. Putting an end to their worries
    ------------------------------------
    [LKS17]
    If you remember a reward on the Worrywart Kingdom, you are told to bring a 
    number of cooks with you. Let's assemble our little invasion squad. It should 
    consist of 8 hardened soldiers, 6 hunters, 2 mega carpenters, 3 cooks, 1 
    farmer, 1 miner, 1 merchant and 1 lumberjack. Now, use the Jump Cannon and go 
    all the way back to the Bony Tunnel Entrance.
    
    ---------------
    Bony Tunnel
    ---------------
    The entrance to the Bony Tunnel is blocked off. Kill the two Lotus Root Oniis 
    guarding the entrance and pulverise the rock blocking the way. The tunnel is a 
    2-D place. Just move right while you fight the enemies that get in the way. 
    You'll come to a new enemy called an Arsonist Onii. Shoot him from a range so 
    he can't set you guys alight. You will find Art Piece 33 past the second 
    Arsonist Onii. It's "MUMA" by KOBU.
    
    ---------------
    Skull Plains
    ---------------
    You'll emerge at a pink lake with many giant bones scattered everywhere. Go 
    east and you will find a tree stump which can be destroyed. Go up the ramp to 
    find a plateau guarded by many Cockadoodledoos and a Concodore. This is where 
    your cooks will come in handy. Fry them all and you can examine the red sign 
    for Wonder Spot #9: Bird's Nests. Also notice the large hole in the ground. 
    Dig it up and you will find a treasured mallet. You can now get off this 
    plateau and head west along the lake.
    
    You'll find a number of pots guarded by an Arsonist Onii. Kill this Onii and 
    smash the pots. You will find a souvenir, a gold bar and Art Piece 40, 
    "Norichan" by Yoshiki Hirai. Turn around and examine the red sign by the bone 
    formation there to discover Wonder Spot #8: Matryoahka Rock. The barrier 
    nearby is guarded by 2 pot throwing Oniis. Kill them with arrows before you 
    pulverise the rock. Keep moving along the path to find parts of the land up 
    ahead constantly on fire thanks to the Arsonist Oniis to the side. You can't 
    kill those Oniis, so the only course of action will be to enter evade 
    formation and walk around the charred grounds.
    
    You'll encounter a Rocky soon, so destroy him with the miner to uncover a 
    crack in the ground. Also kill the nearby Arsonist Onii on the ridge before 
    you open the crack. Notice how an aura pops out of the crack for a short time 
    before fading away? Well, this crack is simply used to heal your group of any 
    status ailments. You can use your farmer to activate it as many times as you 
    like if you need help in this regard.
    
    Continue to snake around the next patch of burning ground and send some 
    hunters to kill the Arsonist Onii that is responsible for keeping the next 
    patch of land burning. Kill him and you can get the treasured gold star that 
    fell from the sky. You should now bear right to avoid the flames on the left 
    side of the ground. Move next to that Onii and send a lone hunter to slowly 
    shoot him dead. You can now smash through the next rock. Also note the hole in 
    the charred ground you have passed just now. Dig it open and you will find a 
    gold bar.
    
    You then come to a hammer sign right on another patch of charred ground. Bear 
    left to avoid the flames and you will find the Arsonist Onii responsible. 
    Shoot him down and you can build a bridge across the purple waterway. You will 
    find a map on the sign across the waterway. It illustrates the way to three of 
    the kingdoms. To get to Worrywart Kingdom, you should go south and take the 
    left path at the fork. So, let's rotate the camera so that the north is to the 
    top of the screen.
    
    Go south along the waterway and you will find a path leading east blocked off 
    by a rock. Ignore that path and continue south. You will then find Art Piece 
    46, "Rice Man" by Ouka Kanno. Keep going south and you will reach an open area 
    with a hammer sign. Send your mega carpenters in to build a flight of stairs 
    leading up to a plateau. You will find another hammer sign there, so build 
    another flight of stairs to the top of this plateau, where you will find yet 
    another hammer sign. Send your mega carpenters in again and surprise, they've 
    built a Jump Cannon on the spot. You are now free to return to your kingdom to 
    have a break if you wish.
    
    Go home and check on your treasures. The mallet you found is a Drumstick, 
    which increases the wielder's attack power. On the other hand, the Gold Star 
    is worth 777000 Bol. Have some rest, summon your men again and blast back to 
    where you were the previous day by choosing Skull Plains on the menu that 
    appears. Head down to the entrance of the Worrywart Kingdom, blocked off by a 
    giant rock. Since the entrance is watched over by two Cockadoodledoos, use 
    hunters to shoot them down. If any of them come down after you, simply send 
    the cooks in to fry them up.
    
    Start smashing through the rock. You'll encounter a Rocky and more 
    Cockadoodledoos as you try to break through. Fortunately they are small fries 
    for your miner and cooks. A Gold Star then drops from the sky for you to pick 
    up. You can then go left for the entrance to the Worrywart Kingdom. But as you 
    approach the entrance, Pancho rushes over with a letter of attorney from King 
    Omelet of the Worrywart Kingdom. It's addressed to the "King of Aiscaredo". 
    Omelet tells you to see him about bedime anxiety, agoraphobia and carefree 
    tendencies. After worrying about worrying, the king of the Worrywart Kingdom 
    asks you to think about what you've thought and see him.
    
    Before entering the kingdom, go south and search the haystacks by the water 
    for Art Piece 60, "Pigeonette" by NAO. See the hammer sign? You can build a 
    bridge leading back to the starting area of the Bony Plains. There's a giant 
    boiled egg nearby, but no one knows what to do with it. Before you enter the 
    labyrinth, go north, then east to find two haystacks. Destroy those haystacks 
    to find a hole which can be dug open for a gold bar.
    
    ------------------
    Worrywart Kingdom
    ------------------
    The labyrinth is something for you to tackle alone. Head south and you will 
    come to your first fork. Go south at this fork and you will come to a sign. 
    Read it and you will find that the author had actually considered whether to 
    accept life before he was born! There is a Cockadoodledoo near here. Avoid him 
    and go east for another sign entitled Whisper of a 6 Year Old. When the author 
    was in kindergarten, he played with Susie, who played with Bob, whom the 
    author dislikes. Feeling superior to Bob, the author wonders who Susie likes 
    better.
    
    The wall to the right of the sign can be broken open, so use your sceptre to 
    cut through it. Go north and read the next sign you see. It's entitled Whisper 
    of a 10 Year Old. The author's parents and teacher agree that he can't be 
    great unless his grades go up. However, those three aren't particularly great 
    themselves, having graduated from famous colleges. Go left, enter that covered 
    area and go east for the next sign, entitled Whisper of an 18 Year Old.
    
    The sign details how the author worked at a burger place so he could buy his 
    girlfriend a gift. He saved up a lot for the gift, gave it to his girlfriend, 
    who dumped him anyway. The author feels stupid for not knowing that she was 
    dating some rich guy at the time. He concludes that it's people with money 
    that are the greatest. Head back to the west, then go north, then east to find 
    another sign entitled Whisper of a Grownup. The author was working every day. 
    The more he worked, the more he could give his family a better life. But then, 
    he starts to doubt whether endless toil is his purpose in life and whether it 
    brings true happiness.
    
    What a philosophical guy. Cut through the wall section to the right of the 
    sign to find another fork. Take the south path and turn to the west when you 
    reach the covered area. There is a breakable wall section near the 
    Cockadoodledoo. Find it and run through the gap. You then come to a sign 
    entitled Whisper from the Grave. Before he realised it, the author was in his 
    grave. His body was in the earth and he's no longer part of this world. In the 
    end, his life was full of worries that just never seemed to come to an end. 
    And even after death, he's still worrying!
    
    Congratulations, you have completed the maze. Read the sign that appears and 
    enjoy the paranoid ramblings of King Omelet, who begs you to leave him alone. 
    Walk past those boiled eggs to find a God Memo on the ground, which explains 
    the strategies against King Omelet. You will be asked 10 questions in the quiz. 
    Answer all of them to win. Send citizens to an object to answer. If you make a 
    mistake, Cockadoodledoos will attack, so have your cooks ready. Now, continue 
    along the path to say high to King Omelet.
    
    You enter a large open area with an egg in the middle separated from the 
    Miner's Town of your kingdom by a locked gate. Examine the egg to get an 
    extremely worried response from some hidden voice. Many egg like citizens of 
    the Worrywart Kingdom, known as Eggans will appear all over the place. Feel 
    free to talk to them to hear their ponderings about life and so on. Examine 
    the egg again and the Eggans hiding in the push will start wondering whether 
    or not to hit you.
    
    Examine the egg again and Corobo will punch the egg, breaking the egg. The 
    Eggans corner Corobo, while confusing each other with their self-questioning. 
    King Omelet, who's inside the egg awakens as your men join in to help you. 
    It's time for the quiz battle!
    
    ***************
    Omelet quiz
    ***************
    You answer questions by destroying the object corresponding to the answer. 
    Destroy the wrong object and Omelet will send in the Cockadoodledoos. Those 
    enemies will charge across the field so fast that not even the cooks can stop 
    them. If that happens, prepare for 30 seconds of fancy dodging. The more times 
    you get the wrong answer, the more Cockadoodledoos will charge around the 
    place!
    
    You will be asked a question: White is dirty, black is clean. What could it be? 
    so avoid the Eggans and destroy the blackboard in the area. You will be 
    considered to have answered correctly, causing an Eggan to fire a cannon into 
    the egg, destroying the top layer, revealing a white layer with purple stripes 
    on it.
    
    The second question is: I Spy... Former King of the Land of the Jolly. Which 
    is the real one? Plenty of copies of King Duvroc will appear in the area. The 
    Duvroc to target is the one standing atop the stack of beer crates along the 
    edge of the arena. A second layer of Omelet's shell is removed, revealing a 
    white layer. The third question is a Silhouette Quiz. You are shown a 
    silhouette of a peanut shaped figure. The object is clearly the pair of metal 
    balls. Destroy them both to answer this question correctly.
    
    The white layer of Omelet's shell gets removed, revealing the yellow layer 
    below. Now, for the fourth question: I grow eating grass. I shrink drinking 
    water. What could I be? The answer is the flame torch, guarded by the 
    Cockadoodledoo. Another layer of the eggshell is blown away, revealing another 
    purple striped layer. Question 5: I Spy... Which is the real suggestion box? 
    Any suggestions? This is a very hard one since many suggestion boxes are shown, 
    many of them red. The answer is the red cylindrical one with both the light 
    and the hole to put the suggestions in.
    
    Destroy that box and you get to see the next layer of Omelet's shell, which is 
    plain white. Question 6 is a weird voice quiz. You are given a voice and you 
    are to guess which person it belongs to. The voice is simply the sound loop 
    used to determine the question. For instance, if you hear a female sounding 
    loop "reading" out the question, look for a model of a woman in the arena and 
    destroy it. (In my case, it's the female lumberjack)
    
    The next layer of the egg is yellow. Question 7 is another riddle: I stand 
    still but still move forward. What could I be? The answer is the alarm clock. 
    Another cannonball is fired at the egg, removing the yellow layer and 
    revealing the white one underneath. Question 8: The Super Intro Music Quiz. 
    You hear a short clip of a music theme found somewhere in the game, and you 
    are required to determine the location in which you heard it. In my case, I 
    heard the Ripe Kingdom theme, so I destroyed the cake slice. Basically, you 
    have to destroy the object corresponding to the location in which you heard 
    the music. The egg is getting smaller as more shell layers are removed. It's 
    now white with purple stripes again.
    
    Now for the final question. Someone is this land's big problem? What could it 
    be? And that is the ultimate question. The answer is NOT any of those models 
    scattered around the place. It's the egg itself! Keep sending your men into 
    the egg to bump into it again and Omelet will finally concede that HE is the 
    problem.
    *****END QUIZ*****
    
    Corobo smashes the egg to find Omelet on the toilet in deep thought. Oh... 
    he's mad at you for peeping at him! He asks do you believe you are so great to 
    peep into the toilet? Yes!
    
    Omelet then asks, if you punish the other kings, will that make you the best 
    king in the world. He asks you if you think you are the best just because you 
    beat up everyone. Yes. Either way, whether you're great or not is not the 
    question. You being concerned about it is the actual problem. Are you your own 
    problem? Er... yes? Anyways, that answer proves that you still have problems. 
    Even if you must solve something, even if the door of doubt in front of your 
    eyes has been opened, there will be another door waiting for you.
    
    Beyond that door is an infinite number of doors. In the end, you and him will 
    never reach the last door. Oh good grief... That's why Omelet wants more time 
    to think inside the toilet in the eggshell. He seals his egg shut again, 
    allowing you to take over his kingdom.
    
    Meanwhile, two Eggans come to you, and you are asked whether the left one is 
    smarter, then whether the right one is stronger, and whether both Eggans are 
    loyal. The right Eggan then bows to you and says, "I tried answering, but the 
    answers are pointless. Tiny king Corobo. The true question and true answer 
    will never be known. That is when another vase appears, along with three gold 
    stars and the hidden gold.
    
    Well done all concerned. Break open the vase and a celestial princess holding 
    an egg will pop out. She's the mother of all, Princess Shizuka. Seeing that 
    you are a king, she naturally becomes your queen, your FOURTH queen! Take note, 
    the hidden gold is a National Treasure, worth 19999000 Bol!
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    As usual, you will party, but you are rudely interrupted by another earthquake. 
    Skinny Ray bursts in, begging everyone to believe him. He says that a star has 
    descended to the ground from the sky. That explains the Gold Stars you have 
    been picking up recently. Ray says that you must send out a team to 
    investigate the falling star. It's time for another vote.
    
    Today's topic: Send a team to find the star. Try to vote in favour, only for 
    Howser, Liam and Verde to veto it once more. Ray is clearly frustrated in all 
    of this. But for now, let's head out to celebrate the Eggan Festival, where 
    everyone dress like Eggans. People celebrate by pondering pointlessly like a 
    typical Eggan. When you are finished, stop the festivities and prepare for the 
    next day.
    
    ----------------------------------
    18. Another race from outer space
    ----------------------------------
    [LKS18]
    Since you are raking in the dough, quickly build Magical Land. This area is 
    located to the north of Royal City. At the entrance of Magical Land, search 
    the two toilets to the left to find Art Piece 69 behind them. It's "Yoreyore" 
    by Masao. Go through the entrance and destroy the rubbish bin to your left to 
    find a Misanga.
    
    Follow the colourful path to reach a roundabout, where you will find a staff. 
    Move north from the roundabout along the ridge to the west and you will find 
    Art Piece 51 at the corner. It's "Geezer Uncle" by DANNA. There are many 
    cardboard cutouts of houses here, but no one can enter them, not even children. 
    OK, so return to the castle and check up on the two treasure items you found. 
    The Misanga is a Lucky Misanga which raises the health of the person equipping. 
    Meanwhile, the Magical Girl Wand gives the wielder's attacks a chance to stun 
    the enemy.
    
    Now, let's do a quest that you have overlooked for a while. Note that the test 
    is in leetspeak, no joke.
    
    ***************
    N1c3 K1ngd0m
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    N1c3 t0 m33t y0u. I am always l00king d0wn at y0u from ab0v3. Y0ur K1ngd0m 1s 
    v3ry n1c3! If y0u'd l1k3, I can 1nvad3 y0u. I w1ll c0m3 'tw33n 10pm-4am!
    -V1s1t0r D3sl0ck
    
    Take a nap and wake up at night. Gather a team consisting mostly of hunters 
    and walk around the Castle Town until it's 10pm. A flying saucer will descend 
    upon the kingdom! You now have to fight it amongst all the buildings and 
    defeat it in 3 minutes. It can be hard to target that UFO since you'd often 
    target your buildings instead. But once you have targeted it, quickly attack 
    the spacecraft with your hunters. They should be able to continue shooting at 
    it until you order them to stop. Meanwhile, these aliens will attempt to send 
    headless Cowbones to stop you, that's when you should send your soldiers to 
    stop them.
    
    As long as the hunters are focused on the flying saucer, its other attacks 
    (like the abduction and ground slam) aren't really that much of a threat. You 
    can always send in the soldiers to distract this enemy so that it stays away 
    from your hunters. Either way, once you've taken out all of the flying 
    saucer's health, it will fly around uncontrollably while exploding before 
    crashing to the ground. Your reward is an axe, which is actually a pillow. The 
    pillow gives the wielder's attacks a chance to stun the enemy.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    If you have noticed, both Liam and Verde are now demanding 9999000 Bol! Let's 
    not deal with them for now. Instead, let's do the next god quest.
    
    ***************
    God UFO
    ***************
    Difficulty: ***
    A piece of paper that fell to the Eggan Civilisation Ruins! It looks like a 
    treasure map. Anyone up for a treasure hunt in the dead of night?
    -UFO Researcher
    
    You see a picture of Princess Shizuka holding an egg beneath a flying saucer. 
    What the? Let's have a word with Shizuka. She will tell you to meet her at the 
    castle gates late at night. Take another nap and you will find Shizuka 
    standing in the middle of the bridge leading to your castle at night. You can 
    now chat in private. Shizuka tells you that all lives are born, then die, and 
    that all lives leave behind fragments. She then tells you that the egg she's 
    holding is the Diamond Egg. She wants to give it to you, but decides that it's 
    better to wait for whatever's inside the egg to be ready. But then, she spies 
    a flying saucer in the sky.
    
    So, you are the alien princess, eh? Go back to the bridge on the following 
    night and talk to her again. She ponders what could the Diamond Egg be. Is it 
    a Ganyedien giant? A Callistan paramecium? A Europan ichtyold? However, it's 
    not born yet. You see the flying saucer hovering over the kingdom again. You 
    have to wait until the following night to talk to Shizuka again.
    
    Shizuka tells you that another beautiful life was born today, and departed. 
    She shows you a fragment of the egg, the shell of life. So, this Diamond Egg 
    Shell is one of the fabled parts required to complete the Flying Machine. 4 
    down, 3 to go. Your reward for this quest is... mayonnaise! Shizuka then says 
    that whatever it is will be born again, before she's taken up to the flying 
    saucer via its tractor beam!
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Now, check your suggestion box and Princess Shizuka would have finally given 
    you her quest in the suggestion box.
    
    *******************
    Life... of Animals
    *******************
    Difficulty: *
    Help... my king,,, A strange deam haunts me... In the near future... The 
    silver saucers... Take away the animals... We really need to talk.
    -Shizuka
    
    Get some rest and enter the Princess Manor the next morning. Shizuka would 
    have returned. She tells you that something terrible happened. The colours of 
    the animals in the kingdom have disappeared. A silver saucer from outer space 
    took the animals away. The world is shaking, due to meteor showers and silver 
    saucers crashing down. So, Skinny Ray is right. Your job now is to save the 
    missing animals. You receive the Animal Book. Your job is to find the fallen 
    UFOs and save the animals! Shizuka wants to feel the colours of the animals 
    again. Good luck.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    There are only 14 entries to be filled, so don't worry. I don't know whether 
    it has to do with the previous quest, but you are informed that the Eggans 
    have moved into the kingdom. Meanwhile, I'd suggest that you train a few Giga 
    Carpenters at the Giga Grinder for 1500000 Bol per person. Your Mega 
    Carpenters are now officially obsolete! For now, let's explore the former 
    Worrywart Kingdom, now the Eggan Civilization Ruins, now accessible by going 
    west from the Miner's Town.
    
    -------------------------
    Eggan Civilization Ruins
    -------------------------
    You'll find a fallen flying saucer in this open area. Send your soldiers to 
    knock at it until it gets up. The aliens give you this message, "Nutty l1tt1e 
    racc00n. You can hav3 it back." The Raccoon was returned to the kingdom! 
    You've filled in one of the entries of the Animal Book. Also note the red sign 
    by the giant egg in the centre. It's Wonder Spot #14: Eggan Ruins. There are 
    many boiled eggs around here, but no one can do anything with them. Try 
    entering the maze but all you'd do is skip it. There's nothing else for you to 
    do here, so return to the kingdom.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ----------------
    Enter the forest to the east of Castle Town to find a crashed flying saucer. 
    Knock it around a bit and it will be reactivated. "W3ll y3ah," the aliens say, 
    "It's hard. Anyway, h3r3's j00r b3ar cub." You've saved a second animal! Now 
    that you are here, go visit Ginger. You should have collected 69 paintings by 
    now, so he will reward you with 3 Hand Warmers, which prevent the wearers from 
    being turned into snowmen! Now, let's do some more quests.
    
    ***************
    From Thief
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    We have trouble! The Super Escargoo was at the Onii Grounds for some reason. 
    It's pretty scary.
    -SulkyThief
    
    This is another of those Super Escargoo quests. You shouldn't have a problem 
    with it by now. You will be rewarded with a tea biscuit.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    See the crashed flying saucer at the Onii Grounds? Hit it some times and it 
    will reactivate. "I'm n0t cry1ng. This is sw33t. Oh, h3r3's j00r p1gl3t." 
    You've greed a piglet for the Animal Book. In addition, there is another 
    saucer in the middle of the valley in which you have defeated the Onii King. 
    Reactivate it by force and the alien will say, "Oh, n0w it's n0 fun anym0re. 
    Thanks, j00 can hav3 j00r cat back." You've freed the cat for the Animal Book. 
    Furthermore, take the low path in the Sunflower Plains and you will find 
    another flying saucer. Happ3ns a11 the 3 t1m3," the aliens say, "I'11 g1v3 
    back th3 ch1ck." You've freed a chick for the Animal Book. 
    
    ***************
    Shudder!
    ***************
    Difficulty: ***
    Big trouble, sire! The Mushroom Family is totally ruining S. Sunflower Plains! 
    Scary, scary!
    -ExcitedHunter
    
    Go deep into Sunflower Plains to find a large cluster of mushrooms. Notice how 
    most of the mushrooms are invincible. You must draw them out by attacking the 
    central purple mushroom. Once the mushrooms pop up, use hit and run techniques 
    to deal as much damage as possible before they dig into the ground again. Once 
    they have dug in, draw the mushrooms out as before and repeat the strategy. 
    Once the purple mushrooms are destroyed, his minions will no longer cower in 
    the ground, allowing you to wipe them out. You'll receive 2 good souvenirs as 
    rewards.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    There is a crashed flying saucer to the north of the melon patch. Knock it 
    around and it will say, "I d1dn't crash. Oh f1n3. I'11 giv3 j00r squirr3l." 
    You've freed a squirrel for the Animal Book.
    
    ***********************
    Mt. Ribbit Family Info
    ***********************
    Difficulty: ****
    Danger! The Mt. Ribbit Family is occupying Jolly Bridge. Jeepers. It's pretty 
    scary.
    -Sleepy Boy
    
    Enter the Jolly Kingdom from the Bony Tunnel Entrance area and you will find 
    Yvonne the giant frog and her offspring hanging about. Quickly stun Yvonne and 
    send your hardened soldiers in to kill her before she can gobble up your men! 
    You receive a Good Souvenir for your troubles.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Take the southeast path from the area where you fought King Duvroc and you'll 
    find a crashed flying saucer. This time, the alien says, "Nic3. J00 mus7 b3 
    th3 king. I'11 giv3 it back." You've released a chicken for the Animal Book.
    
    ***************
    Angry Secret
    ***************
    Difficulty: ***
    Danger! The Big-boned Onii appeared at the Maze Entrance! A worthy rival. 
    Round 1. Fight!
    -Angry Papa
    
    Return to your kingdom and use the Jump Cannon to blast back to the Skull 
    Plains. Search the area to the south of the maze entrance to find a Onii Metal 
    trapped in the middle of a lot of food. Destroy the food to set this enemy 
    loose. Although the Onii Metal is very fast, all you need is to get one 
    hardened soldier to cling on his head. Now no matter how fast the Onii Metal 
    moves, that guy can easily take over a quarter of the enemy's health before 
    he's shaken off. If you manage to stun the Onii Metal, treat it as a bonus. 
    Either way, you'll get a Good Egg as a reward.
    
    ***************
    From Worker
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    Massive incident! The Eternal Bony Dragon is wrecking the Eggan Ruins! Scary, 
    scary!
    -Rnraged Worker
    
    For this quest, I suggest that you equip as many items that give their 
    wielders a chance to stun their enemies with their attacks on your soldiers 
    and hunters. Enter the Eggan Ruins to find a bony Reborn Dragon! This dragon 
    attacks by breathing fire and breathing ice, and I warn you, both attacks have 
    extremely long range. Keep your distance and wait until he's finished an 
    attack before sending all your soldiers and hunters against him. As long as 
    even one of your attacks stun this dragon, you can kill him without impunity. 
    There is a catch though, you must kill this dragon 3 times in order to beat 
    this quest. Just avoid his attacks and move in again for each kill. You'll 
    receive 2 Nice Toys for your efforts.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Return to the castle and have your gold weighed out. Go and check your citizen 
    list to find an extra Eggan there. That's right, you can now enlist a 
    foreigner to help you. Let's replace one of your Giga Carpenters with him for 
    now. Head back to the Eggan Civilisation Ruins.
    
    -------------------------
    Eggan Civilisation Ruins
    -------------------------
    Notice that the Eggan's specialty is Break Egg. You can use him to break all 
    the boiled eggs lying around this open area, netting you many Good Eggs and 
    Shining Eggs. In addition, you will find Art Piece 54 from one of those boiled 
    eggs. It's "Cheezun" by Masugon, a picture of a piece of smiling cheese. Head 
    over to the maze and you'll find a Concodore in the corner guarding a boiled 
    egg. Cook it alive and you can break the boiled egg, revealing a hole. Dig 
    open the hole for Art Piece 06, "Egg Prince" by UMA. Go through the maze to 
    reach the Skull Plains.
    
    ---------------
    Skull Plains
    ---------------
    Examine the red sign by the maze entrance to discover the Wonder Spot #6: 
    Nature Maze. Go south and you can use the Eggan to destroy that giant boiled 
    egg blocking the path. Now, move north along the waterway, taking the liberty 
    to shoot at any Arsonist Oniis that you have missed earlier. Walk all the way 
    to the next bridge you see and you'll find a giant hole in the ground with an 
    Onii Calvary to the right. Kill that Onii and start digging. You will uncover 
    a Mini Dragon, so beware! Kill that dragon and keep digging to find a second 
    Mini Dragon, then two more! Try separating the two dragons and take them one 
    at a time. No more dragons will bother you after this, allowing you to uncover 
    the underwear.
    
    If any of you are hurt, send the farmer to open the crack to the left for a 
    hot spring. In addition, break the pots for Art Piece 52, "Bowl Brothers" by 
    Takeuchi Nana. Also note the art piece on the tree. Return to the kingdom, 
    summon a child and let him climb up the tree for Art Piece 93, "Updown Worm" 
    by Kagetsuki". Now, head back west and go back along the way you first came to 
    get to the Worrywart Kingdom. You will find another crashed flying saucer on 
    the path. Knock it around a bit and it will reactivate. "Why thank j00," the 
    alien says, "I'11 giv3 i7 back." This time, the dog is returned to the kingdom, 
    that's another for the Animal Book.
    
    -----------------
    Forest Cafeteria
    -----------------
    As expected, there is a crashed UFO near the pinball table. Give it some 
    knocks to jump start it. "A UFO 1n an acc1d3nt... 1 1ik3 y0u! I'11 g1ve the 
    c0w back." You've liberated the cow for your Animal Book. Let's return to the 
    castle for now.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Check up your treasures. You should have banked a few Happiness Eggs (worth 
    1030000 Bol each), Golden Eggs (108000 Bol each) and maybe Crazy Meat (wroth 
    2400000 Bol!) The underwear you found is a Dude Thong, which raises the 
    wearer's health by 4. I don't know about you, but I have earned another 
    9000000 Bol at this point. You should have enough Bol to pay off both Liam and 
    Verde for the fourth time and have millions left over.
    
    *******************
    Where's my money?!
    *******************
    Difficulty: ***
    Hey King. I shouldn't have to tell you to pay me! Are you blind? Can't you see 
    I'm working? Hurry up and pay me 9999000 Bol.
    -Anything Minister Liam
    
    *******************
    Salary Statement 4
    *******************
    Difficulty: *
    Hello. All of my things were trashed by the last earthquake. I need more extra 
    cash. Can I get a little extra with my pay? I'll need 9999000 Bol.
    -Records Minister Verde
    
    What greedy people. They are both more than millionaires now. By the way, 
    Ginger should have offered you a quest, now that you have returned more than 
    50 pictures to him.
    
    ********************
    Dealer's Confession
    ********************
    Difficulty: ****
    My art collection is finally up to 50. Thanks so much! I trust you a lot so I 
    want to tell you what my real problem is.
    -Art dealer Ginger
    
    Go see Ginger and he will talk to you about the blank canvas by his tent. The 
    canvas was once the painting chosen for the grand prize. But after the judges 
    made their decisions, the actual character in the painting escaped. As a 
    result, the canvas is blank. You now have to catch that UMA for Ginger. Ginger 
    then reveals the Royal Art Gallery Grand Prize "Swarm" by Kazuya Kamie. You 
    must defeat all the works of art in the allotted time to win. You are sent to 
    a field with many cardboard cutouts of the animals on the picture. To "defeat" 
    those creatures, you must send a soldier into them and knock them over. Be 
    warned though, those "creatures" stand back up after a short while. You must 
    knock all cutouts down before anyone gets back up.
    
    You have 1 minute to knock down all the creatures. I suggest that you start by 
    knocking down the individual creatures in the centre of the field before you 
    see to the two groups at the edges. For those two groups of creatures, all you 
    have to do is to knock one creature within each group. Then, the rest of the 
    creatures within each group will fall like dominoes. You should be able to win 
    this challenge after some tries. Ginger then awards you with the picture 
    "Swarm". You also receive a video game and an art piece as rewards.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Let's hand in any new pictures you have collected so far. You should have 
    returned a total of 74 pictures by now. This time, you will be awarded a 
    Legendary Dress. Go back and check out your rewards. The video game is LKS 4, 
    worth 2100000 Bol. As for the Legendary Dress, it raises the health of the 
    wearer by 7. Before we invade the next country, let's do some more quests.
    
    *****************
    I heard a rumour
    *****************
    Difficulty: **
    Here's a secret! The Farmer Revolution keeps appearing at the Onii Grounds. 
    Fight fight fight!
    -Jealous Knight
    
    Man, I hate those scarecrow impostors. But still, you need not worry about 
    losing anyone due to your high health pools. Start by shooting down the 
    Redeezes with your hunters before you send your soldiers in for the kill. 
    You'll receive 4 good eggs and 2 good boxes for the kill, so it's all worth it.
    
    ***************
    From student
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    We have trouble! The Turnip Warrior suddenly appeared at Sunflower Plains... 
    Please fight for the kingdom and me!
    -Angry Student
    
    Enter the Sunflower Plains to find a patch of Turnipheads and Redneezes. Your 
    hunters will be instrumental in this fight since Redeezes really have a nasty 
    bite. Your rewards will consist of 2 Good Cloth, 1 Lucky Item and 2 pieces of 
    Dried Food.
    
    *********************
    Team Art of War Info
    *********************
    Difficulty: ***
    There's a rumour! The Team Art of War is totally ruining the Cherry Tree! It 
    might be hard even for you, sire...
    -Sleepy Farmer
    
    Return to the Farmland for an ammo refill before you take the Jump Cannon back 
    to the Bony Tunnel Entrance. Enter the Jolly Kingdom and take the southeast 
    path from the open area where you fought Duvroc. You will find a large group 
    of Oniis consisting of Onii Cavalry, an Onii Arsonist and an Onii Man. The 
    good news is that most of the front row of Oniis facing you can be defeated 
    with impunity with hunters. After they are killed, quickly run past the group 
    of Oniis. This allows you to take out the Arsonist from behind. The rest of 
    the battle will be easy, netting you a Good Souvenir.
    
    ***************
    From Child
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    Danger! The Mt. Ribbit Family is occupying the Maze Entrance. Fight for me! 
    But be careful!
    -Smug Child
    
    Reenter your kingdom for an ammo refill before you go through the Bony Tunnel. 
    You will find Yvonne and her children across the bridge when you exit. All you 
    need to do is to cross the bridge and sneak past her entourage. Then, you will 
    have enough room to kill this giant frog using hit and run techniques, 
    ignoring her children. Your reward is a Good Chip.
    
    ***************
    To the King
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    Massive incident! The Eternal Bony Dragon is occupying Skull Plains Lake. A 
    worthy rival. Round 1. Fight!
    -Guilty Hunter
    
    For this quest, you need to head towards the Primetime Kingdom. Go north from 
    the maze entrance and kill all the Oniis guarding the next giant rock you see. 
    Break through the rock and fend off the Rocky and Onii Hoppers. You then reach 
    a small leg guarded by Onii Calvary, Onii Hoppers and a new type of enemy 
    called Worker Onii (Cow). Take these enemies out one by one and search the 
    lake. Break the pots near it to find a gold bar, some arrows and Art Piece 58, 
    "Athlete's Foot" by Mamekuma.
    
    Also pick up the Gold Star near here. Search the area to the south of the lake 
    to find a rock throwing Onii on a ridge. What's he guarding? Kill the Onii and 
    walk around the area and your merchant should discover a hole with a bag of 
    coins inside. Continue east and you should find a sign marking the entrance of 
    the Primetime Kingdom. Go north from the sign and you will find another path 
    marked by a dead end sign. The Reborn Dragon is down that path. To give you an 
    idea of how far you must be to avoid his fire and ice breath, enter guard 
    formation and always retreat until you are more or less level with the sign 
    marking the dead end.
    
    Once the dragon has stopped his attack, you can send your soldiers and hunters 
    in to stun and kill him. Repeat this three times and he'll really bite the 
    dust, netting you a Nice Rock.
    
    ---------------
    Bony Plains
    ---------------
    Although it's a dead end, there's an Art Piece in the corner there. It's Art 
    Piece 34, "Dragon King" by Sagittarius. Go up the ramp to your south and you 
    will find a crashed flying saucer. As usual, knock it around to reactivate it. 
    The alien says, "Aw3s0m3, thanks. I gu3ss I'11 g1v3 back th3 sparr0w." You've 
    freed the sparrow for the Animal Book. 10 down, 4 to go! Destroy the haystacks 
    to reveal a hole with a gold bar inside. In addition, one of the logs hides a 
    hole with a bag of coins below.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Since your inventory is full, why don't you go back to the castle to deposit 
    them into your treasury? Some of the notable stuff include Beefy Beef, a new 
    entry for your Gourmet Book worth 850000 Bol. Meanwhile, the chip is actually 
    a Motherboard, worth 1190000 Bol. You should have gained over 10 million Bol 
    from all these quests. Also note another pair of quests from Liam and Verde, 
    asking to be paid yet again.
    
    ***************
    Gimme a Bonus
    ***************
    Difficulty: ***
    Hey King, I heard it from someone that people who work hard get bonuses. Am I 
    right? Gimme 9990000 Bol.
    -Anything Minister Liam
    
    Talk to Liam and he will ask for a bonus. First agree to pay him 9999000 Bol, 
    then he will ask to jack up the amount to a whopping 12000000 Bol! Oh yeah? No 
    way! I don't think it will make much of a difference even if you pay 2 million 
    more Bol to him, so let's just say no. Whatever happens, Liam seems satisfied 
    since you can hear him counting his money! That better be the last time!
    
    *********************
    A Record of My Worth
    *********************
    Difficulty: ***
    Hello. What am I worth to you? You can pay anything you want, but I want you 
    to show my value to you with cold hard Bol.
    -Recrods Minister Verde
    
    Talk to Verde and you get to rate her by paying her either 1000, 100000, 
    1000000 or 9999000 Bol. Let's pick the last option. Verde decides that you are 
    a good king and tells you that she doesn't really need the money this time. 
    Verde hopes that you use the money to improve the kingdom more and that you 
    get along with her better! Whew.... You receive a good box as a reward, which 
    is actually a Piggy Bank worth 280000 Bol.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Notice that you have hardly anything to spend your money on, so let's take the 
    time to train a few more hardened soldiers. Once your men are ready, assemble 
    a new squad since you are going to enter Primetime Kingdom.
    
    ----------------------------------------
    19. Live at Primetime: Hostile Takeover
    ----------------------------------------
    [LKS19]
    For this invasion, you should gather a squad of 10 hardened soldiers, 7 
    hunters, 4 farmers and 2 merchants. Take the Jump Cannon to the Skull Plains, 
    head north, then east into the Primetime Kingdom. Read the sign at the 
    entrance. It looks like today's programme is a Special Debate Program, which 
    is an all-day all-out Battle Royale. The question is whether TV make you 
    smarter, or does it make you stupider. And to all those fools out there, is 
    their sports game that important? This programme is brought to you via 
    satellite by the World Famous King of TVs, TV Dinnah.
    
    ------------------
    Primetime Kingdom
    ------------------
    Walk along the path and Pancho will deliver a letter to you from the King of 
    the Primetime Kingdom. It accuses you, the King of Apepoko, of being behind in 
    broadcast payments. If you cannot pay the fees, you will be forced to 
    volunteer as an extra on set. Among the 256 participants, they will have a 
    drawing to have one person's broadcast fees waived! Walk across the narrow 
    path and you will walk into a television, which sucks everyone into the 
    programme! It's time for yet another maze!
    
    Notice how your men are stranded in different parts of the maze. Start by 
    walking over to the television at the end of the path you are on. Examine in 
    and you will find that it's a teleporter. You'll be sent to another island 
    (let's call this Area 2) guarded by a Lotus Root Onii. Avoid him and teleport 
    to the next area, Area 3, where you will find three of your men. At this point, 
    there are two televisions that you can use. Start by taking the left one and 
    you will find two more of your men in this Area 4, in addition to a crack on 
    the ground. Use your farmer to open it and you'll find a hot spring. Return to 
    the previous area and warp using the TV to the right to reach the area which I 
    refer to as Area 5.
    
    You'll find two more of your citizens and a hole in the ground in Area 5. 
    Start digging and you will find Art Piece 08, "Parrot Manager", by Achu. The 
    other TV leads to a dead end, so return to Area 4 via Area 3. There are two 
    new televisions in Area 4. Take the left one and you will reach a dead end 
    with a Lotus Root Onii, let's kill him to make it easier for you later on. 
    Return to Area 4 and use the other television to reach Area 6, a long strip of 
    land where you will find 3 of your men. Since the place is being bombarded by 
    many Lotus Roots Oniis, quickly run away and use the television at the other 
    end to reach Area 7.
    
    There are two televisions in Area 7. Start by using the south one to reach a 
    lone island with another Lotus Root Onii. Kill this Onii, return to Area 7 and 
    use the northern television to reach Area 8, where you will find two more of 
    your men. Notice the two other televisions in the area. The one closer to your 
    entry point leads to another lone island with a Lotus Root Onii, who you 
    should kill. Return to Area 8 and use the third television to reach Area 9, 
    which is another fork.
    
    The television to the south leads to three more of your men, while the one to 
    the east leads to Area 10. There is only one other television in Area 10, so 
    use it to get to Area 11. The television to the north of your entry point to 
    Area 11 leads to four of your men, while the one to the south leads to the 
    exit, where you will find the final three members of your squad. Also pick up 
    the God Memo on the ground. According to the memo, King TV Dinnah is hiding 
    out in studios all around the world, so dig holes to find him. Citizens that 
    are good at digging are a boon, but a job that can find holes will be an even 
    greater help.
    
    If anyone is wounded, return to Area 4 to heal them with the hot spring. 
    Examine the sign at the entrance of this new area to find a schedule change. 
    The program has been changed to the Special War Program. It's a live fight 
    until morning! The world has descended into war! Two kings clash, determined 
    to prove their mastery over each other! The host is TV Dinnah, and you are his 
    guest! Brought to you by World Satellite Broadcast.
    
    There are many broadcasters in this open field, broadcasting the program to 
    countries as far as Egypt and even Greenland! Notice how everyone here is 
    speaking in a pseudo language that sounds like German. It's important to note 
    the positions of all the broadcasters and the countries they are serving.
    
    Firstly, the hole right in front of the big screen is serving London, United 
    Kingdom. It seems that TV Dinnah is well aware that BBC is a wonderful 
    television station, so they have to keep up! There should be a row of three 
    holes behind the UK broadcaster, the countries they serve from left to right 
    are: Spain, France and Germany. You'll hear ramblings about how the Spanish 
    dance their flamencos, how the French eat pain au lait and how the Berlin Wall 
    came down on November 9, 1989. Now, there is another hole just behind those 
    three broadcaster, and he serves Italy, where hairy men and beautiful ladies 
    are abundant, but everyone cares about their appearance.
    
    Behind the Italian broadcaster is a row of another three. They serve from left 
    to right: Ghana, Egypt and India. Behind the India broadcaster is the 
    Australian broadcaster by the antenna. There will also be three broadcasters 
    to the right of the Indian broadcaster. They serve, clockwise from left: China, 
    South Korea and Japan. Finally, there is a broadcaster serving Russia right 
    above the three Asian broadcasters.
    
    Now, let's go all the way to the left to find a group of broadcasters serving 
    the Americas. The South American broadcasters are found near the lamp with the 
    pink shade. You will find the Brazil broadcaster at the top and the Chilean 
    broadcaster at the bottom. Above Brazil is the Mexican broadcaster. Above the 
    Mexican broadcaster are two United States broadcasters, the Los Angeles branch 
    to the left and New York to the right. You then find the Canadian broadcaster 
    above the two U.S. broadcasters, followed by the Greenland broadcaster to the 
    upper right.
    
    Confused? If you are, notice that the holes are placed on a rough map of the 
    world. Each hole corresponds to the country on the part of the world map it is 
    on. So, the hole on the western part of Africa corresponds to Ghana, while the 
    hole on the east part of South America corresponds to Brazil and so on.
    
    Once you are done messing about with the broadcasters, examine the sign in 
    front of the big screen. You see a poster. "Welcome to the Primetime Kingdom! 
    Would you like to watch today's special programme?" Yes!
    
    Bzzzt! The screen turns off, then one of those typical countdown clocks used 
    before news programmes start up. King TV Dinnah, a guy in a suit with a TV for 
    a head appears. He announces that it's time for the programme, and that he is 
    going to journey into the conscious mind. He's going to watch you watching him. 
    The screen then switches between many programmes like a cookery programme, a 
    baseball match, a western flick, a space documentary, a drama, a weapons test 
    and more. You then see the breaking news, that a so called king has invaded 
    their peaceful kingdom! War is peace! Finally, the screen blacks out and shows 
    you a typical 8-bit screen, showing you and TV Dinnah.
    
    ***************
    King vs King
    ***************
    When you are ready, press the A button to begin the fight King vs King! At the 
    start of the path, move your group around the area and have your merchant 
    detect holes in the ground. Meanwhile, TV Dinnah will announce his destination 
    through the ticker on the screen. Three flags, corresponding to his possible 
    locations spring up. Furthermore, you should continue reading his ticker as it 
    provides helpful hints on his location. For instance, if he mentions the Tower 
    of Pisa and Venice, you'd know that he's in Italy, so start digging the hole 
    that corresponds to that country.
    
    Once the flag of the country pops up, TV Dinnah will send his citizens after 
    you, along with a wave of bomber planes! It's important that all four diggers 
    are farmers so that they can complete the dig as quickly as possible. Either 
    way, chances are that you will have to avoid the bombs dropped from the sky at 
    least. Once you've finished the dig, two things will happen.
    
    If you dig up the wrong country, you'll be treated to one of many penalty 
    programmes, in which you must avoid whatever the programme throws at you for 
    30 seconds! For instance, you may be sent to a baseball game in which you must 
    avoid all the baseballs bouncing around. You may also be sent to the cookery 
    programme in which many knives will fall from the sky! Another programme is 
    the space documentary in which you will have to avoid being abducted by the 
    flying saucer, or else anyone caught will lose all their health but one. There 
    are more penalty programmes, but you get the point.
    
    If you dig up the right country, you will enter a western flick in which you 
    find TV Dinnah dressed as a cowboy. That's when you send all your fighters 
    after him and take out around a fifth of his health. TV Dinnah will then leave 
    and send you back to the headquarters, allowing you to hunt him down again. 
    Beware that in later stages of this fight, TV Dinnah can become fickle, first 
    suggesting that he's in one country before changing his mind to the actual 
    country he is in. So, pay attention to his ticker onscreen until the right 
    country is displayed. Then you can start digging after him as before.
    
    Once you have hurt him five times, TV Dinnah will reveal his final destination, 
    after changing his mind twice. Find the final nation and dig him out! Give 
    this guy one final beating and you would have won! Bzzzt. Static starts to 
    fill the screen. The programme is cut off. Please stand by... TV Dinnah is 
    down, please send words of encouragement... You see TV Dinnah watching 
    television up close as if he's hypnotised by the screen. Bzzt. Here ends the 
    programme.
    *****STATION CLOSE*****
    
    You are left with the hidden gold and a few gold stars. Smash the vase to free 
    the princess inside. This princess is blonde with ponytails, beautiful and 
    wears holiday wear. Her name is Kokomo Pine, and she will be your latest queen. 
    You should have earned over 20 million Bol for your exploits. Your 
    celebrations are interrupted by quite a strong earthquake, but that does 
    little to dampen the mood.
    
    But then, Skinny Ray comes in, telling you about how he's right about the 
    earthquake. Sensing that the world will end soon, he demands a vote on the 
    matter at once. Father Kampbell then enters the scene. He has an idea to stop 
    the earthquake too. He says that there are people who have found notes from 
    god. The messages that they find tell them what to do to succeed. So, you must 
    all pray for a note that will show us a way to stop the quakes!
    
    Howser lines up for a vote. Today's topic, "Let's all pray for paper!". You 
    get to choose to be in favour or to oppose. Let's oppose and see what happens. 
    Either way, the people in favour outnumber those opposed by 3 to 2! Skinny Ray 
    is completed frustrated that no one believes him, but instead believes that 
    holy man! I really feel sorry for Ray now. Religion trumps science in this 
    world. But now, let's celebrate the TV festival!
    
    Go to the Town Square to find a giant TV there. People are celebrating the ATV 
    Launch Party. You'll now have your own television channel, it seems. Either 
    way, now that you have defeated King TV Dinnah, you no longer have to pay any 
    broadcasting fees. If only I could defeat BBC, then I won't have to pay that 
    dreaded TV license just to watch TV! When you are done, stop the festivities 
    and see what Kokomo Pine wants you to do for her.
    
    ***************
    Suggestion box
    ***************
    Complete Chaos
    What is the scariest disaster? The answer: Earthquakes! Because they: 1. Come 
    suddenly, 2. Shake things, 3. Start fires.
    -Michel de Nostredame
    
    Why does it shake?
    King, can I ask you something? Why does the ground shake? Is it like jittery 
    knees? It mkes me nervous. Can you make it stop? Thank you.
    -Questioning Age
    
    Just checking
    Hey there, before you were a king and I was a minister, weren't we friends? I 
    kinda get the feeling something's off between us. What could it be?
    -Anything Minister Liam
    
    Good Gourmet News
    Bonjour from the sky! This is Shishkebaboo's gourmet news. "Head south of the 
    twirling valley and there's an invisible where three rocks meet."
    -Airborne Shishkebaboo
    
    ***************
    Humming Time!
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    I love to sing, but humming is even better! King, please collect the tunes 
    that everyone's humming! I want to, like, expand my repertoire!
    -Kokomo Pine
    
    Go see Kokomo Pine and she tells you of her desire to remember songs. She asks 
    you to gather songs for her. Say yes and she will give you the Tunesmith Book, 
    which you can fill in by finding your citizens who hum. This is going to be 
    one hell of a chore.
    *****END QUEST****
    
    Return to your castle and sit down on your throne. You will be told that a 
    school staff member wants to see you. You are asked to donate money to the 
    educational board, so "School Donation 1" would be added to the kingdom plan. 
    Let's check out the new plans in store for us.
    
    ********************
    New special objects
    ********************
    Video archive
    Cost: 700000 Bol
    Watch previously recorded footage. Just call Verde to your throne!
    
    School Donation 1
    Cost: 100000 Bol
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Guard Badge x7
    Cost: 1400000 Bol
    An additional 7 badges. Recruit up to 30 people!
    *****END LIST*****
    
    You should be able to easily afford everything. Once the video archive is 
    ordered, Verde will inform you that she has recorded all footage of important 
    events in this game. You can view all major movie scenes by summoning her from 
    now on. Since you can now gather 30 men, your standard exploration squad 
    should consist of: 12 hardened soldiers, 9 hunters, 2 cooks, 2 giga carpenters, 
    2 farmers, 1 lumberjack, 1 miner and 1 merchant.
    
    ----------------------------------------
    20. Control the media, control the mind
    ----------------------------------------
    [LKS20]
    Make your way back to the former Primetime Kingdom to see if anything's new. 
    Head down the stairs from the Jump Cannon and you may find a single vase 
    nearby. Break the vase to reveal a hole, which can be dug open. Fend off the 
    Cockadoodledoo and Concodore and you will uncover a big treasure. Now, go over 
    to the lake near the Primetime Kingdom entrance. There should be a new enemy 
    called a Peakadeath, which is a flying reaper. He may be hard to shoot down, 
    so take your time. In addition, a hole can be found to the south of the lake, 
    so dig it up for the gold bar inside.
    
    ------------------
    Primetime Kingdom
    ------------------
    Make your way through the television maze as before, killing all the Lotus 
    Root Oniis that are within range. A red sign should have appeared in one of 
    the islands, allowing you to discover Wonder Spot #7: Screwloose Isles. Exit 
    the maze at the other end to find the Public Broadcast Tower, the replacement 
    for TV Dinnah's privately owned station. Art Piece 81 can be found in this 
    open area, which is "Morhino" by Toriji. Furthermore, Wonder Spot #15 can be 
    found by the Broadcast Tower. Go east from the tower to find a hammer sign by 
    the river. Send your giga carpenters out to build a bridge across the river.
    
    Cross the bridge to find a hole in the ground. You will unearth Art Piece 57 
    after some digging. It's "Chinnen" by Matanko. Go south from here and you will 
    be back in the Miner's Town of your kingdom.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Get some rest and see what new quests you can do for now. In addition, the 
    Royal School will send you a letter of thanks for your first donation.
    
    ***************
    Suggestion box
    ***************
    Thanks for the donation
    Thank you king for the donation. We all can go to school now.
    -Royal School Student
    
    ****************
    A Minor Problem
    ****************
    Difficulty: *
    It's nothing big. The King Game Club appeared near the Onii Grounds. Please 
    fight for me.
    -Sleepy Foodie
    
    This isn't the first time you have fought the King Game Club, so it should be 
    easy by now. But still, it's worth doing this quest because you will get 5 
    souvenirs from beating that scarecrow impostor.
    
    ***************
    To the King
    ***************
    Difficulty: ***
    Massive incident! The Zombie Army appeared at the Dark Valley Entrance! Please 
    fight for the kingdom and me!
    -Guilty Guard
    
    Enter the Dark Valley to find many stakes on the ground. Start smashing the 
    takes until the zombies pop out. You can now easily pick them off one by one 
    at a range with your hunters. For some reason, these enemies lack the brains 
    to go after you! Your reward is a nice rock.
    
    ***************
    Ballhopper!
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard something! The Ballhopper suddenly appeared at Dark Valley... Please 
    fight for me.
    -ExcitedLover
    
    The Ballhopper is at it again. Fortunately, the narrow path makes it hard for 
    him to roll you over. Destroy the ball and the Lotus Root Onii will fall 
    easily, allowing you to get a good souvenir as a reward.
    
    ************************
    Farmer Revolution Info.
    ************************
    Difficulty: ***
    Here's a secret! The Farmer Revolution keeps appearing at Jolly Bridge. It's 
    pretty scary.
    -CuriousMan
    
    Enter the Jolly Kingdom to find unruly mob of plants led by a scarecrow 
    impostor. Since the area is so tight, you should rely on your hunters, raining 
    many arrows into the crowd. Chances are that the scarecrow impostor will be 
    "accidentally" killed while you clear the crowd. Once their leader is dead, 
    the rest of the veggies will fall into indiscipline, allowing you to pick them 
    off with brute force. Your reward is a good souvenir.
    
    *****************
    We have trouble!
    *****************
    Difficulty: ***
    Danger! The Moonflower Tribe is totally ruining the Cherry Tree! It might be 
    hard even for you, sire...
    -Lost Student
    
    Get an ammo refill before you reenter the Jolly Kingdom, taking the path 
    leading southeast from the area where you fought Duvroc. You'll find an Onii 
    Ring, followed by a number of Moonflowers entrenched behind a barrier made of 
    sunflowers. These plants are led by a Concodore. Simply run around the 
    sunflower barrier and cook up the Concodore, the Moonflowers will die once 
    their leader is fried. You get 2 tea biscuits for your troubles.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Go home and deposit your rewards into the bank and you will be informed that a 
    merchant wants to speak to you. This time, the merchant's going to show you a 
    piece of history, the cursed "Rare Armour". It was originally owned by a 
    legendary hero who was tragically mauled by wild dogs. Rumour has it that the 
    ghost of this poor soul appears at night. In short, this armour is a valuable 
    antique. As a result, Rare Armour is added to the kingdom plan.
    
    *******************
    New special object
    *******************
    School donation 2
    Cost: 500000 Bol
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    
    ***************
    New power up
    ***************
    Rare Armour
    Cost: 29100000 Bol
    This is the rare armour that the peddler left behind.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    I guess the game knows that you would have tens of millions of Bol in the bank 
    by now. Buy both the rare armour and donate to the Royal School for the second 
    time. Get some rest before checking out your next god quest.
    
    ***************
    God TV
    ***************
    Difficulty: ***
    I found a piece of paper while exploring Skull Plains. It looks like a 
    treasure map. Anyone up for a treasure hunt?
    -Daytime Soap Opera
    
    You are shown a picture of the Public Broadcast Tower, with the X marked on a 
    strip of land inside the beam emitted from the television screen. Hmm... Go 
    out of your castle to be informed that the former citizens of the Primetime 
    Kingdom known as Broadcasters have moved into your kingdom. Broadcasters are 
    able to fix those big televisions that stand in your way.
    
    Head back to the Public Broadcast Tower and stand in the yellow beam emitted 
    from the giant television screen. Press the A button when the question mark 
    appears over your head and you will be teleported away. You find yourself 
    inside another remote island with a hole in it. Dig open this hole and you 
    will unearth another part of the flying machine. This is the Natural HDTV. 
    Five down, two to go! You are rewarded with a DVD Recorder and a TV Stand.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    There might be three more quests for you to do in the suggestion box. Let's 
    beat them as well before we move on.
    
    ***************
    Shy Secret
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    I heard this today. The Babysitter Onii appeared near Dark Valley Entrance. 
    Should be simple.
    -Shy Lover
    
    Why, if it isn't Onii Man and Onii child! Take him out anyway you like, since 
    your men are overpowered anyway. You'll receive 3 pieces of timber and 2 good 
    fungi for very little effort.
    
    ***************
    No way!
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    A dire event! The Mushroom Family is wrecking Sunflower Plains! Please fight 
    for the kingdom and me!
    -Wicked Student
    
    Enter the Sunflower Plains to find a group of mushrooms surrounding a bigger 
    mushroom. Smash the mushroom clusters in the corners and send someone after 
    the central mushroom. All the mushrooms will spring up from the ground, making 
    them vulnerable. Now is the time to deal as much damage as you can to the 
    mushrooms before they dig back into the ground again. Once you have destroyed 
    enough regular mushrooms, you can have a clear shot at the central mushroom, 
    making it easy to defeat it and the other stragglers. Your reward for this 
    quest is simply a good souvenir.
    
    ***************
    From boy
    ***************
    Difficulty: ***
    Big trouble, sire! The Onii Ranger is occupying the Tunnel. Fight for me! But 
    be careful!
    -Bored Boy
    
    Return to your kingdom to replenish your arrows before you enter the Bony 
    Tunnel. Go left at the north end to find a group of rather colourful Oniis. Be 
    careful and keep your distance since these guys can attack using powerful 
    charging headbutts. The golden one at the end is an even bigger threat since 
    he can throw giant rocks that cannot be stopped by your hunters. Some careful 
    manoeuvring between attacks is needed to avoid those rocks. But eventually, 
    you should be able to whittle him down and kill the rest of them. You receive 
    a piece of Junk and 3 Nice Toys as rewards.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Head home and you will be told that the Kingdom Flower people want to see you. 
    Agree with a meeting and Francoise Hanataro of the Kingdom Flower Association 
    will come and see you. He tells you that the association aims to improve the 
    appearance of the kingdom. Francoise hence asks to be appointed as the 
    kingdom's official horticulturalist. As a result, Flower Appointee has been 
    added to the Kingdom Plan.
    
    ********************
    New special objects
    ********************
    Flower Appointee
    Cost: 1200000 Bol
    A plan suggested by the Royal Florist. Deck the kingdom with flowers!
    
    School Donation 3
    Cost: 1100000 Bol
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    The cost of both plans should be peanuts compared to the amount you have 
    received from the quests. Don't hesitate to enact them now. You will soon be 
    informed of how much more popular you have become due to your plans. In 
    addition, Francoise will hang out at the castle lobby. Talk to him and you can 
    change the colour of all the flowers in the kingdom. Oh, and there's another 
    quest in the suggestion box.
    
    ***************
    An incident
    ***************
    Difficulty: ***
    Big trouble, sire! The Typhoony Bunch is occupying Jolly Bridge. Jeepers. It's 
    pretty scary.
    -Envious Teacher
    
    Reenter the Kingdom of the Jolly to find Typhoon Gene, Typhoon Jane and 
    Typhoon Mary just standing there doing nothing. For some reason, this family 
    won't retaliate when you attack them. They will just fade away when they have 
    lost all their health. You will receive 2 pieces of Expensive Cloth and a Good 
    Souvenir as rewards. What was that all about? I guess the whole purpose is to 
    fill up three new entries in your UMA Book.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    You should receive a letter from the Royal School for your donations by now. 
    Read it, feel touched, and let's make our way to the Tiptoe Kingdom.
    
    ***********************
    Thank you for donating
    ***********************
    Thank you for your donation. I wrote a poem for you, king. King King, you're 
    so kind. You're like the sun. The king and sun are two of a kind.
    -Royal School Student
    
    ------------------------------
    21. Mountain king competition
    ------------------------------
    [LKS21]
    Let us return to the Skull Plains to take care of business.
    
    ---------------
    Skull Plains
    ---------------
    Go down the stairs and head north along the waterway. Go north beyond the next 
    bridge and take the eastbound path. Your merchant will detect a hole in the 
    ground just before the fork with the two blocked paths. Dig up the hole to 
    find a Worker Onii (Cow) guarding it. This enemy attacks by ramming at you 
    with the cow. Continue digging and you will be attacked by a Cowbone. Take out 
    the Cowbone and you will unearth a mallet. Now, you have two obstacles to deal 
    with. Start by smashing through the tree stump to reach the giant purse. Open 
    the purse with a merchant and you will find a big treasure inside.
    
    Go and break through the giant rock. You will have to watch out for the Rocky 
    and some Onii Balls that will roll into the scene. Those balls can be 
    destroyed using your hunters. Once you have destroyed the rock, a Gold Star 
    will drop down from the sky on the path in front of you. In addition, watch 
    out for a crack in the ground that blends in rather well with the dirt. Dig up 
    this hole and you will find a gold bar.
    
    You arrive at an area with a giant cage with a Reborn Dragon inside. This 
    nasty dragon will seemingly breathe fire, dealing heavy and unavoidable damage 
    to your group with impunity. The answer to this predicament is to go in an 
    anticlockwise direction around the cage until you see the door. Quickly break 
    down the door, ignoring the Cowbones outside, and go in and kill the dragon 
    without any mercy at all. This dragon will drop a cape upon defeat. In 
    addition, you should have picked up Art Piece 50 as well.
    
    Once the Reborn Dragon is destroyed, exit the cage and clear the area of 
    Cowbones. Destroy all the rocks scattered around the place and you will find a 
    crack in the ground. Open the crack and start digging to unearth a gold bar. 
    At this point, I suggest that you return to the castle and get some rest 
    before returning to that area the next day. The mallet is a Legendary Mallet, 
    which greatly increases the wielder's attack power while the cape is a Black 
    Cape which raises the total health of the wearer by 2. If anyone has been 
    killed in action due to the Reborn Dragon, you will have to pay death benefits 
    worth 100000 Bol per person.
    
    In addition, you will be told by Howser that a disgruntled Liam wants to see 
    you. He tells you that you have become high and mighty all of a sudden that 
    you are just looking down your nose at the rest of them. It's like you're 
    trying to be the man, keeping the proletariat down. Either way, he wanted to 
    say that because you are the ruler of the known world, you don't have the 
    right to be a world class jerk to everyone.
    
    Anyways, recover any dead people and return to the action. Bust through the 
    rock blocking the path leading east and you will reach a junction. Go south to 
    find a crack in the ground which can be opened to reveal a hot spring. If you 
    wish to leave the area, go south from the hot spring, drop off the ledge and 
    you will be back at the Skull Plains Lake. In addition, read the sign. It 
    tells you to bring carpenters and hunters if you want to hike on the mountain.
    
    Return to the junction and go north to find a giant television blocking the 
    path. Before you do anything, get rid of the rock throwing Onii and the Onii 
    Cavalry on the ridge. The latter can come down at you, so don't be caught off 
    guard. Once the enemies are killed, send the broadcaster to the TV and he will 
    destroy it, unblocking the path. It seems that you have arrived at Wonder Spot 
    #11: Haunted Zone 2, as denoted by the red sign. Start by going east from the 
    sign to reach a graveyard.
    
    The gravestones can be destroyed by your miner, releasing many zombies out 
    after you. You will soon come to a junction. There is nothing of interest to 
    the east, so let's go south. Continue smashing gravestones and killing zombies. 
    There is a crack on the ground that gives out a healing aura when opened. In 
    addition, there is an art piece behind another gravestone at the far end. 
    Destroy the gravestone to uncover a much tougher zombie. But still, he's still 
    a small fry to your hardened soldiers. This guy drops quite a large treasure 
    when killed, making it really worth it. Pick up the Art Piece 62, "Twin Ghosts" 
    by Damnedsiay and you can leave the area and return to the sign.
    
    But what's this? Many zombies pop out of the ground! Fortunately they are 
    still too stupid to run after you hunters. Take them out carefully and break 
    through the barrier they set up at the exit. Having returned to the junction, 
    make a left U-turn and go up the plateau. Kill the Oniis here and take a look 
    at the wooden barrier guarded by Lotus Root Oniis behind them. It will be a 
    hard battle to break through this barrier since they will be firing missiles 
    at you very rapidly. But once you have destroyed the woodwork, have no mercy 
    on them! It looks like these Oniis are guarding Art Piece 43, "Nennen" by 
    Kouichi Furutani.
    
    Get back to the castle to take a break if you have to and return to the red 
    sign. Take the left path and destroy the television blocking the way. That TV 
    may leave behind a Great Appliance for you to pick up. Also note the crashed 
    flying saucer. Let's beat it back to life, shall we? The aliens are truly 
    grateful, not! "I w0n't thank j00. H3r3's th3 p3nguin b@ck." You've liberated 
    the penguin for the Animal Book. 11 down, 3 to go!
    
    There are many nice things inside the pots like gold bars. In addition, your 
    merchant should detect a hole at the end of this peninsula. Also grab the Art 
    Piece 09 by the final giant television. It's "Macho MOE" by Do. Dig up the bag 
    of coins and leave the peninsula. Go west to find some wood blocking the path. 
    This looks like a job for your lumberjack, so start chopping. Continue along 
    the path and fight your way past the two Onii Balls followed by a much bigger 
    one. Search the area around the big ball find Art Piece 76 at the northwest 
    corner. It's "Foot Couple" by Jonji.
    
    The subsequent narrow path is guarded by many Onii Balls. Destroy them all and 
    you can get Art Piece 98 at the far end. It's "Jealousy Knight" by 
    Kumonoshitano Ou. That's it. You have finished exploring this secret zone. 
    Let's head back to the junction and go east.
    
    I bet you will notice the glowing hole just east of the junction. Do some 
    digging to unearth Art Piece 79, "Battoon" by Shun. The following grassy path 
    is guarded by Onii Balls of all sizes. Their unpredictable rolling makes it 
    very hard to take them out without taking damage. But still, just past the 
    largest ball is an Onii carrying a box on the ridge to the right. Kill him and 
    he will drop the box, revealing a new bow. Further ahead is a rock throwing 
    Onii on a ridge. Take him out and move on to the river.
    
    The pots by the hammer sign contain nice stuff like gold bars, arrows and Art 
    Piece 65, "Yo, Hei, Unhei" by TEKARU. You can now build a bridge across the 
    river.
    
    ----------------
    Mt. Sobamanjaro
    ----------------
    As a reward, a Gold Star will drop down from the sky. Go east to find another 
    junction. Take the northbound path and you will find a crashed UFO past the 
    hammer sign. Reactivate the flying saucer and the alien will say, "I'm fr3ak1n' 
    tir3d. H3r3's j00r rabbit." Why thank you. So here's another entry for the 
    Animal Book.
    
    Return to the hammer sign and you can order your giga carpenters to build a 
    Jump Cannon on the spot. You can leave and return to this area anytime you 
    wish now. Let's go and cash in on your treasures. The Great Appliance is the 
    Newest Televideo worth 1780000 Bol. The bow is Robin's Bow, which raises the 
    wielder's attack power.
    
    Meanwhile, Verde will want to see you. Let's see what she has to say. Verde 
    tells you that you have been acting more like a king than before as of late. 
    It's almost like you are actually a real honest to goodness noble. In her 
    opinion, nobles only appreciate the most delicate of roses and totally 
    disregard the beauty of even the most common of flowers. Verde's curious. She 
    asks what colour is your favourite flower before cutting off the subject. 
    Verde then reminds you that even though you are now a king, you don't have the 
    right to treat commoners like dirt!
    
    What's the matter? Both Liam and Verde are mad at you for some reason. Never 
    mind, you still have work cut out to you. Return to Sobamanjaro, that's the 
    place you should select on the menu. Take the eastbound path at the junction 
    and you will soon meet a Cow Onii Worker. Defeat this bunch and move on to 
    find a hole. Brace yourself as Yvonne the giant frog will jump out from the 
    water! Quickly run away from her and take her out from a range. You can now 
    start digging. Fight off the Onii and Cow Onii Worker to unearth the Art Piece 
    88, "Lips Man" by Ogatamatsushima.
    
    Continue along the path and you will find four Oniis carrying a giant red tail. 
    It's a Worker Onii (Tail). Whatever happens, retreat as soon as you see the 
    smoke appearing over this enemy. This is because they are about to lash the 
    tail at you, sending anyone hit off the screen, killing them instantly! The 
    best strategy against this enemy is a hit and run strategy with your hunters. 
    Once this enemy is killed, move north at the fork to find a Crab Onii. Arrows 
    might not deal much damage to this enemy, but you can still stun it, allowing 
    your hardened soldiers to destroy it with impunity.
    
    Open the crack in the ground to expose a hot spring. After that, examine the 
    red sign to discover Wonder Spot #16: Hidden Hot Spring. A hole and an art 
    piece can be found further to the north. It's Art Piece 72, "Breaktime Family" 
    by Masao. For some reason, the hole can't be opened yet, so let's leave it for 
    now. Return to the Jump Cannon and head north to enter Mt. Sobamanjaro proper.
    
    Oh, and by the way. If you have been fighting those Onii Workers for a while, 
    you might have picked up a new type of beef called Charlie Beef, whatever it 
    is. That's definitely another new entry for the Gourmet Book. Before you 
    proceed, it's important that you add more specialists to your team. You should 
    have 8 hardened soldiers, 6 hunters, 2 cooks, 2 farmers, 3 giga carpenters, 3 
    miners and 3 lumberjacks in your team.
    
    Enter the mountain and you will hear a gloomy version of Frere Jacque. Open 
    the first crack you see for a hot spring and examine the picture. No one will 
    get the point. Continue on and Pancho will rush in to deliver the latest 
    letter of challenge.
    
    This king, Long Sauvage, calls your kingdom Antpoko and considers it to be 
    insignificant. Ants can ever reach the sky, eh? The God Memo is on the 
    billboard up ahead. You need to climb to the top of the mountain and be higher 
    than Long Sauvage to win. You'll be disqualified if you run out of time so be 
    sure to bring lots of people who can construct bridges for you, i.e. giga 
    carpenters. Talk to the mounties and they will tell you that their 
    civilisations thrive on competition.
    
    After that, talk to the mountie behind the counter and he will ask whether you 
    are hikers. Of course you are! The registrar laughs at you, saying that you 
    are tiny and have no confidence. He talks about how King Long Sauvage is on 
    the tallest mountain while being the tallest man. He continues bragging about 
    Sauvage's stature and insisting that you have no chance. Suddenly, you see a 
    lightning bolt. Looks like Long Sauvage is calling and he wants lunch. The 
    mountie informs Sauvage of your arrival, triggering the next scene.
    
    The mounty raises the food up the mountain, but most of the food has been 
    eaten by the birds and another mountain climber on its way up. By the time it 
    has reached Long Sauvage at the altitude of 487m 95cm, only an apple core is 
    left. You are shown a king with an extremely long grey beard. However, Long 
    Sauvage wants it to be even longer! He emphasises that to be great is to be 
    tall, and all middle aged guys must let their beards grow longer. Long Sauvage 
    welcomes you to the mountain and many railway crossing gates rise up among the 
    place. It's time to race!
    
    ***********************
    Long Sauvage challenge
    ***********************
    This challenge is like the typical rally game you found in the arcade. You 
    have a time limit and must extend it by passing through checkpoints. You'll 
    lose if the time runs out. In addition, the checkpoints close down after a 
    while. Therefore you should ensure that everyone has passed the checkpoint 
    after it is closed down, otherwise they would be eliminated as well. 
    
    Your objective is to reach an altitude of 487m. How impressive, bleh. Start 
    running along the path and get past the first checkpoint. The path ahead will 
    be blocked by two rocks, so use your miners to break through them.. The next 
    path features many strands of Sauvage's long beard slamming down at different 
    places. Enter guard formation and run through this path as soon as the closest 
    beard strand starts to rise. Hopefully you don't get hit by the incendiary 
    shells the mounties throw at you.
    
    Pass through the next checkpoint for another huge time extension. Send your 
    miners to smash the rocks. Meanwhile, enter guard formation and try to squeeze 
    all your men pass the checkpoint gate, so that no one will be left behind when 
    it closes.
    
    You now must watch out for balls of fluff that bounce around the place, as 
    well as all those cannons from the mounties overlooking the ridge. The balls 
    of fluff can be dodged if you enter guard formation and move around every now 
    and then. There may be two mounties here, but don't waste your time on them. 
    Instead, run past them as soon as they have fired their incendiary round and 
    start smashing one of the next two rocks blocking your path. You can duck into 
    the alcove with all your men whenever danger is coming your way. Hold the 
    control stick in the direction of the alcove to stay inside. When the coast is 
    clear, release the stick and you will exit it.
    
    Once you have destroyed a rock, run past the next two mounties right after 
    they have fired incendiary rounds. See the alcoves along the way? You and your 
    entire team can duck into them whenever it is needed. Watch out for the 
    shadows, as they indicate falling rocks. Furthermore, those beard strands can 
    also knock your men off the mountain!
    
    Remember that those beard strands will only hit you when they are at their 
    lowest point, so hide accordingly. You will find a number of pots at the end 
    of the path. You must smash through them while avoiding the rocks and the 
    cannon fire from the mountie on the other side! Also note that some of the 
    pots are actually Escargoos in disguise. Your strategy here will be to hit and 
    run while hiding every now and then. Eventually, you can get past the mountie 
    and smash through the next few pots while avoiding the wrath of the owls that 
    suddenly swooped in.
    
    You soon reach a cave, read the sign and you will be told the directions you 
    have to go. For example, if the sign says, "Right right right right left 
    right", it means that you will have to go right at the first fork, right at 
    the second fork and so on. Walk for a while and you will see a fork. Follow 
    the directions indicated by the signs and you can slowly progress through the 
    cave. You may encounter obstacles like piles of logs, rocks or Cockadoodledoos, 
    so it's always nice to have lumberjacks, cooks and miners in your group.
    
    Once you have exited this maze, you will arrive at a higher level. Head left 
    and immediately smash through the rock to reach the next checkpoint. If you 
    have time, you can also open the crack to the right for a hot spring.
    
    The following area is known by its rotating electrical fields. Run past them 
    when the fields have moved out of the way. Don't worry if your group members 
    get hurt. What matters is that you don't take damage. After those fields, 
    there will be a hammer sign. Start building a bridge fast! Cross the bridge 
    and you would have passed the next checkpoint and you will then find Long 
    Sauvage at the summit. Your men stand on top of each other, creating a tower 
    higher than Long Sauvage's current altitude. You then climb up to the top, so 
    you are officially higher than this mountain king!
    *****END CHALLENGE*****
    
    This bearded king is absolutely shocked that you are taller than him. You get 
    to see beneath his beard to find that he's actually standing on a chair! He 
    jumps off his chair, rips his beard and lands upside down on the floor. 
    Completely confused, he falls off the cliff, leaving behind a vase. Grab the 
    gold stars and hidden gold before smashing the vase. A red headed princess 
    wearing a gold thorny dress pops out. She's called Ferne, and will be your 
    sixth queen! Ugh. To make things worse, this babe looks completely lustful. 
    Ooh...
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Cash in on your treasure, as always. Expect to pay a hefty death benefit since 
    it's very likely that you lose many men under pressure. I was glad that I only 
    lost six! Either way, you should gain over 20 million Bol from this encounter. 
    It's time to party again, but an earthquake crashes the party once more. As 
    expected, Skinny Ray rushes in. He says that the trembling is getting worse 
    and the world is close to being doomed. He asks for another vote, "Set up 
    Skinny Ray Fund". Ray explains that he needs significant donations to build 
    his flying machine.
    
    Vote in favour this time. As expected, Liam, Verde and Howser oppose the plan, 
    annoying Skinny Ray to the core. I pity that guy. Let's head out to celebrate 
    the Eruption Festival. Talk to the people celebrating around the volcano in 
    the town centre and you will find that an observatory has been built atop Mt. 
    Sobamanjaro. After the festival, save your game and take a breather. You'll 
    need it!
    
    ---------------------------
    22. Soaring to new heights
    ---------------------------
    [LKS22]
    Your kingdom has reached a new high, with six out of the seven kingdoms taken 
    over. As expected, your thorny queen Ferne would have something to ask from 
    you. Let's read her letter in the suggestion box, shall we?
    
    ***************
    I like Jewels!
    ***************
    Difficulty: *
    There are 7 gems known as Kingstones. I want those gems so badly that they've 
    been haunting my dreams. Please find them for me! I'll do something nice for 
    you when you do.
    -Ferne
    
    Enter the Princess Manor to find Ferne sitting there with the other princesses. 
    Talk to her and she will tell you about the 7 Kingstones, and how no one has 
    been able to obtain all of them. Since she was a child, Ferne's sincerest 
    desire was to possess those jewels! Agree to find the Kingstones and she will 
    thank you and give you a Jewel Book. You must gather the 7 jewels scattered 
    around the world to fill out the book. Ferne gives you a hint, you should talk 
    to merchants to find out where they are. You receive a nice rock as a reward.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Check out the Kingdom Plans and you will find that the Royal School has been 
    asking for another donation. Also read the suggestion box to find two new 
    letters from the citizens regarding the shaking sky.
    
    *******************
    New special object
    *******************
    School Donation 4
    Cost: 1900000 Bol
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    
    ***************
    Suggestion box
    ***************
    The sky split?!
    Talk about surprises... While I was at work today, I fell on my back and split 
    my head right open. And then I looked at the sky and it was split open too!
    -Bad Brains
    
    The sky is shaking?!
    That skinny dude said the other day, "It's the heaven sky, not the earthly 
    ground that's shaking!" What does that mean?
    -Skylark
    *****END LIST*****
    
    When you are outside your castle, you should notice a blue dot on the minimap 
    to the northwest. Go over to the castle ramparts and you will find a giant 
    yellow jewel on the other side. How are you going to get there? Simple, go 
    east from the square outside your castle and examine the sheltered area there. 
    You will find a hole in the wall somewhere that allows you to reach the other 
    side of the wall. Once there, walk in an anticlockwise direction and you will 
    reach that so called Swataz Gem, which is the 6th jewel in the Jewel Book.
    
    Let's go explore Mt. Sobamanjaro again, now that we can examine its true 
    beauty without any pressure at all.
    
    ----------------
    Mt. Sobamanjaro
    ----------------
    Mt. Sobamanjaro is now a natural reserve. The Hiking Club, now led by Uncle 
    Tin has set up a telescope at the top. Get past the first gate and Sauvage 
    will flee up the mountain when he sees you. Let's go up the mountain after he. 
    The Sobamanjaro cave is closed, so don't bother entering it. You will find 
    Wonder Spot #17: Sobamanjaro at the summit. Let's talk to Sauvage, who's still 
    upside dwon and backwards! I bet falling on his head has a long term effect on 
    his speaking abilities since he's still speaking backwards. You can now return 
    to the castle.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    There is a second jewel that can be found in the kingdom. Go north from the 
    culinary academy in the Gourmet Town and you will find the Akumamarine Gem in 
    the corner by the river, opposite the boathouse. If you have talked to the 
    rabbit you've freed, you would find a letter from Uncle Tin in his mouth. Go 
    to the suggestion box to read the letter.
    
    ******************
    Forest Track Race
    ******************
    Difficulty: **
    Hello there! My buddy, Pin the rabbit wants to race you. If you're not too 
    busy, please play with him at the forest.
    -Uncle Tin, Animal Lover
    
    Go west from the high tech area of the Miner's Town to find the rabbit. This 
    marked the beginning of Forest Field Day. It's time for a Footloose Race 
    between you and the rabbit. Your objective is to simply beat the rabbit to the 
    pinball table to the forest cafeteria. Be warned though, things aren't as 
    simple as you might expect. The rabbit AI is programmed with the rubber band 
    effect. If you happen to have a big lead over it, it will quickly speed up to 
    narrow the gap. In fact, this little fella tends to speed up just before the 
    finish line to knock you down!
    
    The strategy is to let the rabbit have the lead at the start while maintaining 
    a marginal gap between it and you. Change the viewing angle to behind Corobo's 
    back and you can clearly see what's ahead. Once you have passed the logs, the 
    rabbit will start weaving left and right on the track. This is your 
    opportunity to overtake that pesky rabbit! Be careful not to bump into the 
    rabbit or you will be knocked down. Your reward for this quest is a mallet.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    The mallet is a Plastic Hammer which gives the wielder's attacks a chance to 
    stun the enemy. We now can proceed to do the next god quest.
    
    ***************
    God Mountain
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    Yet another document from the heavens. This time it fell to Sobamanjaro. Why 
    don't you get one of your Royal Guard to check it out? *Oh look, someone's 
    balding.
    -St. Helen Pike (99)
    
    You see a picture of an X marked on an isolated piece of land at the foot of 
    Mt. Sobamanjaro. That area is separated from the main path by a plateau. 
    Thankfully, a hammer sign can be clearly seen at the base of that plateau. 
    Head back to Mt. Sobamanjaro to find the giant billboard by the hot spring 
    collapsed. You can now lead your team along this new path where you will find 
    the hammer sign.
    
    Before you start construction, go west to find the path blocked by mushrooms. 
    Send your men to the mushrooms and you will find a big white mushroom 
    accompanied by a smaller one. Kill these mushrooms and destroy the rest of the 
    harmless ones. The big white mushroom may drop an Expensive Fungus, while you 
    can find Art Piece 59 at the dead end that follows. It's "Browgeddon" by 
    Miracle Goshin. Head back to the hammer sign and build a flight of stairs up 
    the plateau. There will be a long wall of mushrooms blocking the path, so 
    destroy them all to reveal two paths.
    
    First, take the low road and you will find a crack in the ground that can be 
    opened for a healing aura. There may also be a big mushroom by the crack. 
    Destroy the mushroom and you will find a hole which can be dug open for a gold 
    bar. Also note the trio of mushrooms to the north of the crack. Destroy them 
    and you will find Art Piece 78, "Machiroria" by Shunsuke.
    
    The low path will converge with the high path at the next long mushroom 
    barrier. The big white mushroom can be easily defeated with brute force 
    techniques, and you shouldn't have to retreat more than once. You arrive at a 
    T junction. Go right to find a hole, which can be dug up for another part of 
    the Flying Machine, My Beard! You heard it, the word "My" is in the title. You 
    are rewarded with a Beard Trimmer as a reward. Before you return to the 
    kingdom, go back to the junction and head left to find a trio of mushrooms. 
    Destroy them all and you will get Art Piece 94, "Rebellious Imp" by Hitomi 
    Kamie.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Return to the kingdom and you will be informed that the mounties, former 
    citizens of the Tiptop Kingdom have moved in. Let's have your treasures 
    weighed out. The Expensive Fungus is a Nail Mushroom worth 1370000 Bol, while 
    the Beard Trimmer is worth 420000 Bol. Also talk to Howser and make a fifth 
    donation to the Royal School.
    
    *******************
    New special object
    *******************
    School donation 5
    Cost: 2900000 Bol
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    If you have followed the guide, you should have obtained 39 out of the 40 food 
    items in this game. At this point, Spumoni will give you the quest for the 
    final ingredient.
    
    ****************
    Last Ingredient
    ****************
    Difficulty: ****
    Thank you for the chance to sample so many kinds of food. I love you! There's 
    only one recipe left. I'll find it before we meet next, so hurry up and come 
    see me!
    -Spumoni
    
    Go talk to Spumoni and she will give you a hint about the location of the 
    final food item. It's located in a weird shaped peninsula to the north. Let's 
    go back to Haunted Zone 2 and go left at the red sign. You will find a 
    peninsula with a smiling face on it. Send your farmers into the mouth and 
    start digging. Keep an eye on the facial expression. When you see the eyes 
    close, call your farmers back since it is about to breathe fire and spit your 
    farmers out in flames! A few Crab Oniis will be released, so kill them before 
    they can pinch you.
    
    When you have finished digging, the eyes and mouth will shrink into the final 
    ingredient, Premium Roe. At this point, Spumoni will rush in to join you, 
    drawn by the fragrance of that food. She tells you that it is the ultimate 
    ingredient and asks to eat it on the spot. Having embarrassed herself, Spumoni 
    thanks you and tells you how she loves you more than filet mignon. She could 
    just eat you right up! Well, that's one princess book completed, and you 
    receive an Expensive Souvenir as a reward.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    The Expensive Souvenir is a Day-After Fish worth 5000000 Bol. Only people in 
    this world could treasure rotten food! In addition, the school has asked for a 
    sixth donation, so let's duly oblige.
    
    *******************
    New special object
    *******************
    School Donation 6
    Cost: 4100000 Bol
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Get some rest and you will be told that citizens of the Tiptoe Kingdom, the 
    Mounties, have moved in the kingdom. Let's check your citizen list and summon 
    him to your group. Return to Mt. Sobamanjaro since there are many new things 
    for you to get.
    
    ----------------
    Mt. Sobamanjaro
    ----------------
    Make your way up the mountain and you will soon find a smoking hole in the 
    ground. Send the mountie into the hole and he will somehow remove the smoke, 
    making it diggable. You will find a gold bar in this hole. The next smoking 
    hole also contains a gold bar. At the fork that follows, take the low path 
    until you have reached the sealed Sobamanjaro cave. In addition, you will find 
    Art Piece 55, "Puff King and Puff Soldier" by Maruru. This hole just gets 
    bigger and bigger before it gives up its giant treasure.
    
    Return to the main path and go to the ledge where the hot spring was. Dig open 
    the smoking hole for another gold bar. One final gold bar can be found inside 
    the smoking hole near the summit. You can now go all the way down the mountain 
    and go east at the junction. Search the area by the hot spring and you will 
    find a smoking hole which can be dug open for another great treasure! Return 
    to the previous junction and go east. You may meet a new enemy called a Worker 
    Onii (Dragon). Consider this to be the Onii equivalent of a flame tank. It's 
    basically four Oniis holding a dragon head. Whatever you do, retreat whenever 
    you see the smoke coming out of this enemy since the Oniis will attack you 
    with fire!
    
    Go east at the junction to find a hammer sign by the water. Send out your giga 
    carpenters to build a bridge and you can invade New Island, the final kingdom.
    
    ------------------------------
    23. Electric hamburger wheels
    ------------------------------
    [LKS23]
    You may wonder why I gave such a random title to this chapter. This is because 
    New Island is a completely impressionistic place where there is no 
    understanding of anything! The music theme sounds like something you'd hear in 
    Sound of Music or Mary Poppins. Your welcoming committee consists of two 
    Clockwork Knights, so watch out. A good strategy will be to coax one of them 
    to charge onto the bridge so that you can take them out one at a time.
    
    Enter the kingdom and Pancho will deliver a testimonial from Jumbo Champloon, 
    the king of this place. It says, "Caterpillar Airplane Camel, Caterpillar 
    Airplane Beetle, Tapeworm Olympics, Mantis Olympics, Suntan Oil Olympics, 
    Potato Helicopter, Green pepper Suntan Oil." What do you want, eh? This looks 
    perfectly like the place for impressionists alike! Move east to find some 
    Oniis operating a giant fan on wheels. That is a Fan Onii, so send out your 
    hunters to shoot at this thing from the other side of the ridge. Once the fan 
    is destroyed, you can get the Art Piece 96 it is guarding. It's "Rule" by 
    KATANN.
    
    Notice the Dragon Worker Onii by the corner? Destroy it and check the area. 
    You may be put under a spotlight, but one of your merchants will find a hidden 
    hole. Start digging but brace yourself for heavy resistance. There will be 
    Oniis, Clockwork Knights, Metal Oniis popping out of the hole every now and 
    then. All that effort will be worth it since you will unearth a golden 
    treasure.
    
    The next path is guarded by a compass, which draws a circle on the ground 
    every now and then. Your men will get hurt if they get hit by the spinning leg 
    of the compass. However, if you can get a few soldiers into the central leg of 
    the compass, they can slowly take it down with impunity. As expected, 
    compasses drop stationary. Another hidden hole can be found near the second 
    compass. Expect heavy resistance coming out from the hole, but you'll be 
    rewarded with another golden treasure if you persevere.
    
    You will find two compasses ahead, one kicking its leg out at the path ahead. 
    Send soldiers after their central legs and you can destroy them without any 
    problems. The next path is guarded by two Fan Oniis who blow from the side of 
    the path. Send out your hunters and take them out from the other side of the 
    fence. A third Fan Onii can be found at the end of this path. Send some 
    soldiers after it. If even one soldier manages to grab onto the fan, they 
    can't blow more air at you!
    
    A Vacuum Onii can be found to the right. This machine sucks, instead of blows! 
    When it's stopped sucking, send your soldiers at it and they can slowly smash 
    this machine to pieces while clinging on. A hammer sign can be found to your 
    left, but it's guarded by a compass, which can hit you without warning. 
    Destroy it as usual and go left, where you will find a giant purse which can 
    be opened for another big treasure.
    
    Also note the citizens of New Island, Craftians near the hammer sign. They 
    speak random words. Meanwhile, you will find a wall of building blocks that 
    cannot be destroyed at the moment. Therefore focus on building the bridge 
    across the water for now. You will encounter two more Clockwork Knights across 
    the bridge, so try to separate them before you take them out one at a time. A 
    crack to the east can be opened for a hot spring. Meanwhile, a sign to the 
    west contains information that can be used to decode the message Jumbo 
    Champloon wrote to you.
    
    Airplane = King, Spaghetti = Live, Christmas = Boring, Camel = Genius, 
    Bathroom = Criminal, Toilet = Enemy, Suntan Oil = war, Tapeworm = Adult, 
    Helicopter = Love, Mantis = Invader, Olympics = Hate.
    
    Of course, the message now means, "Caterpillar king genius, caterpillar king 
    beetle, adult hate, invader hate, war hate, potato love, green pepper war." 
    Hmm... some of the words are still coded. 
    
    Continue along the path and fight your way past the compass, Fan Onii and 
    Vacuum Onii. Your merchant should have found another hidden hole, so let's 
    have a dig at it, while fending off whatever that pops out of the hole.
    
    If your inventory is full, you can always go back to your castle to deposit 
    your treasures. Continue along the path and fight your way past the next Fan 
    Onii and compass and you will reach a hammer sign by the cliff. This time, 
    your Giga Carpenters will build a lift leading up. Meanwhile, your merchant 
    should detect another hole by the lift. Start digging, but be careful. Once 
    you have unearthed the treasure, enter the lift with your men and press the A 
    button to go up.
    
    Once you have got onto the plateau, search the area to find Art Piece 97, 
    "Echor" by Kurogaron. Also in the area are a hot spring (from the crack) and 
    the God Memo for Jumbo Champloon. This king will attach various objects from 
    the Onii Workers to power up. In addition, his attacks vary, so you need to 
    adjust to the constantly changing situation. Now that fight is around the 
    corner. I suggest that you return home to save your game and make changes to 
    your squad.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    By the time you return, the school board would have asked for a seventh 
    donation. This one costs 5500000 Bol.
    
    *******************
    New special object
    *******************
    School Donation 7
    Cost: 5500000 Bol
    A donation to the Royal School! Because we all love kids.
    *****END LIST*****
    
    Once you have donated, Howser will inform you that someone from the school 
    wishes to see you to give you some great news. This person, a representative 
    of the Education Committee of the Royal Memorial School, comes to thank you 
    for your generous donations. He tells you that thanks to your donations, the 
    minds of the children are maturing rapidly. Among those children, a Brainy 
    Doctor has emerged! A hospital will be set up in Glamour Town as a result.
    
    Before we go to see the doctor, let's enter the forest to the east and meet 
    Ginger. By this time, you should have collected a total of 95 paintings. If 
    you collected the artwork in the same order as this guide, he will give you 
    three paperweights as a result. Paper weights makes the people holding them 
    immune to being blown away, which means they won't be sent flying when hit by 
    attacks like the tail whip from the Tail Onii Workers. Your target now is to 
    find 5 more to complete the entire collection. Now, head to the Miner's Town 
    and check out the mine entrance to the northeast. You will find a red gem 
    called a Plumerald Gem. That's the third gem for the Jewel Book.
    
    After that, I happened to run into a merchant. After talking to her, she gave 
    me a Roundmarine, the fourth gem for the Jewel Book. I guess that is what 
    Ferne means by talking to your merchants. Now, let's pass the time by talking 
    to Skinny Ray to the east of his observatory. Many carpenters are currently at 
    work on the flying machine. Talk to him and you can ask him to tell you about 
    the parts or ask him whether the contraption can really fly. If you pick the 
    former, you can ask for details about each of the seven parts.
    
    Back outside the castle, a boar would have arrived with a letter. Talk to it 
    and you will find another letter from Uncle Tin in its mouth. This is 
    obviously an invitation to another race. Let's deal with that later, ok? 
    Another thing you can do is to go north from Magical Land and through the open 
    gate. You will find a hammer sign by the river. Build a bridge to create a 
    shortcut back to the foot of Mt. Sobamanjaro.
    
    Let's fix your squad right now. Assemble a team of 15 hardened soldiers, 10 
    hunters and 2 cooks before you return to New Island.
    
    ---------------
    New Island
    ---------------
    Enter the area beyond where you found the God Memo to face Jumbo Champloon. 
    You enter the arena to see a giant mass of random things stuck together, 
    accompanied by the New World Symphony. This thing makes a lot of silly 
    impressionist anecdotes before starting the battle. Let's go!
    
    ***************
    Jumbo battle
    ***************
    The fight (or I should say cancan) against Jump Champloon is divided into 
    three stages. During the first stage, Champloon will send many crayon missiles 
    and pencils against you. Enter guard formation and run around to avoid those 
    missiles while you send 12 of your soldiers at Champloon. Those soldiers will 
    cling on and give him a beating. Whenever you see smoke coming out of 
    Champloon, order a retreat as he will create a big shockwave that will knock 
    them off, dealing damage to them.
    
    As for the other 3 soldiers, they are to be used against any Worker Oniis that 
    enter the arena with candy for Champloon. This king regains health by eating 
    candy, so it's important that you stop those sweets from getting to him. You 
    will always see an announcement on the news ticker whenever Worker Oniis are 
    coming.
    
    Once you have taken out around 40% of his health, Champloon's head will fall 
    off. Some Worker Oniis arrive and throw him a chicken head. In this stage of 
    the fight, Champloon attacks with an intense yellow laser. This laser has the 
    capability to stun your men and "demote" them. That is, any hardened soldiers 
    will be turned into grunts while hunters and cooks will be turned into 
    carefree adults! Fortuantely, this move can be avoided as long as you run in 
    circles around Champloon. You can then send your men onto his back while he's 
    firing his laser to hit him with relative impunity. I also suggest that you 
    send in your hunters as this point to deal more damage and shorten this stage.
    
    Jumbo Champloon will sometimes lay eggs onto the arena, which hatch into 
    Concodore. Those enemies are a minor nuisance that can be dealt with your 
    cooks. After some hitting and running, Champloon's chicken head will fall off 
    after he has lost 70% of his health. Worker Oniis then replace his head with 
    that of a knight.
    
    The final stage of the fight is the most nerve wrecking. Champloon will attack 
    by causing spikes to stick out of the ground. Those spikes are arranged in 
    circles and will pop out closer and close to Champloon. The locations where 
    the spikes will pop up are shown by the smoke fuming out of the ground. Simply 
    run between the spikes away from Champloon and you can avoid this attack. 
    Secondly, a large number of Oniis equipped with rollers will enter the arena. 
    Those rollers can flatten your men and deal heavy damage. Whatever you do, you 
    should run a considerable distance away from Champloon to avoid damage. 
    Finally, the Worker Oniis will carry sweets into the arena at a much faster 
    rate, giving you more than enough to deal with.
    
    Hopefully you should find enough time to attack Champloon between avoiding his 
    spikes, rollers, shockwaves and stopping candy from reaching him. Eventually, 
    Jumbo Champloon will disintegrate completely into a large heap of junk, 
    leaving behind his treasure, some Gold Stars and of course, a vase.
    *****END BATTLE*****
    
    Break open the vase and a girl who is riding a car will pop out. She is Martel 
    Daisy, and she wants to be your princess. This time, you and Pancho will tow 
    her and her car back to your kingdom. Expect to be another 25 million Bol 
    richer after this fight.
    
    You, your ministers and your seven princesses party, along with Skinny Ray and 
    Father Kampbell. But then, a completely catastrophic earthquake hits the 
    kingdom. All of a sudden, the screen becomes overtaken by static. We now 
    interrupt this game for an emergency news report, brought to you by TV Dinnah, 
    the former king of the Primetime Kingdom. It's the end of the world! You see 
    the chaotic scenes in the palace and all around the world. You see how 
    Kampbell, Skinny Ray panic, then Verde and Liam scream for mommy. That's right, 
    the world is truly coming to an end! Bzzt... Test pattern, please stand by.
    
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    |                    V. THE WORLD ENDS WITH YOU THE KING                     |
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    You've just conquered the world, but now, the world is about to end! You, your 
    ministers, Kampbell and Skinny Ray discuss the consequences in the castle. Ray 
    exclaims that he has been right all along. It's time for a vote on whether to 
    "Save the world before it ends". It's obvious, everyone is in favour and the 
    motion is passed. Ray again emphasises that the cause of the shaky world is up 
    in the sky beyond the universe. He says that you must go up in the sky in the 
    Flying Machine.
    
    Verde asks what is up there, to which Kampbell answers "God". Ray says that 
    you will scientifically investigate what lies way beyond the known world that 
    we know. Howser agrees, while Verde asks whether conquering the world is 
    enough for you. Either way, you must gather all the parts to complete the 
    flying machine. Howser will call out to all the citizens to help with the 
    construction of the flying machine. He instructs Verde not to miss a single 
    part of this important event. The ultimate fight for survival begins, and you 
    all cheer.
    
    Save your game now. In a grand room of a grand castle, you sit upon your 
    throne. With your SEVEN wives making merry, you live the royal life and 
    dominated the whole world! But with the constant temblors and the falling of 
    the heavens, it looks like the world is ending. Upon completion of the flying 
    machine, you will ascend beyond the sky. No one knows what waits there. It's 
    time to embark on your greatest adventure. Take your citizens and go!
    
    -----------------------
    24. World of emergency
    -----------------------
    [LKS24]
    I know that you have declared a state, er, a world of emergency, but let's 
    check the suggestion box and see what people have to say.
    
    ***************
    Suggestion box
    ***************
    I'll save the world!
    The world can't end until my child graduates from college, gets married, has 
    10 kids, gets divorced and becomes a street performer! And we still have a 
    mortgage to pay!
    -Ultra Mom
    
    About the world ending
    The end of the world can be directly attributed to the ego and folly of man. 
    It's better this way as the death of man will benefit nature. And will nature 
    really miss us?
    -Rotini Nietzsche
    
    And I feel fine!
    The world is ending! Earthquakes galore! I'd better stock up on gold and 
    bullets! Oh no, oh no! What to do? I'll just go to sleep and worry about it 
    later.
    -Mark Renton
    
    We're so totally doomed!
    I heard the world is so doomed! But dude, don't overexert yourself. But if the 
    world bites it, that one girl that I totally hate would be toast, too. That's 
    be so awesome!
    -Valley girl Moon U.
    
    Martel Ranking!
    Martel Ranking 1: 1 King: 100 pts - Yay! 2 Scarlet: 6 pts - 4 eyes 3 Kokomo: 5 
    pts - Yow! 4 Apricot: 4 pts - Ugh! 5 Ferne: 2 pts - Old hag 6 Shizuka: 1 pt - 
    Ominous 7 Spumoni: 0 pts - Fatty
    
    Martel Ranking!
    Martel Ranking 2: 1 King 100 pts - Yay! 2 Kokomo: 81 pts - Sing 3 Apricot: 55 
    pts - Nice 4 Scarlet: 32 pts - 4 eyes 5 Ferne: 17 pts - Old Hag 6 Shizuka: 1 
    pt - Ominous 7 Spumoni: 0 pts - Fatty
    *****END LIST*****
    
    This scarlet thing is a clear typo, right? She's called Bouquet, not Scarlet. 
    Speaking of Martel, she'd ask you to do something for her.
    
    **********************
    Be the best-est ever!
    **********************
    Difficulty: *
    This is Martel! Quick! What are Records? Bzzt! You're out of time! Records are 
    rankings for the being the best in all the world. And I'm collecting them!
    -Martel Daisy
    
    Let's go talk to Martel, who's still in her car. Agree to set some new records 
    and she will give you the Records Book. This is basically an achievements list. 
    You do different things to fill up the book. You must gather 3 stars for each 
    achievement to fill up the book. If you have been following this guide, you 
    should have completed the records for citizen count, Bol saved, kingdom plan, 
    steps taken, UMA beaten, arms found and armour found. What's left are jobs 
    found, with 2 stars and one unknown entry. You receive a nice toy as a reward.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Sit on the throne and you may be told that a carefree adult wants to see you. 
    The adult tells you that you have really looked like a real go-getter. But the 
    problem is that you haven't cared about the benefits of the carefree. Whatever 
    that means. For now, let's do some quests. Most of your targets should be 
    something you have met before, apart from one, the Saute Club.
    
    ***************
    From Boy!
    ***************
    Difficulty: **
    Heard a rumour. The Saute Club was at Dark Valley entrance for some reason. 
    Please fight for the kingdom and me!
    -Shocked Boy
    
    Head into the Dark Valley to find a group of 9 Cockadoodledoos. This is a job 
    for your cooks. Send them in one by one to cook them alive! The funny thing is 
    that if you approach from a far enough distance, they won't even know what hit 
    them. You receive 6 gold bars and 3 nice toys for your efforts.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Deposit your treasures and get some rest, the next day, you are going to pay 
    another visit to New Island, now named Island Commemorative Park.
    
    ---------------
    New Island
    ---------------
    Read the sign at the entrance of this island. It claims that when god was 
    creating the world, he went to the restroom and never finished making this 
    island! Even now, he has forgotten that he has left the island unfinished. The 
    first hole can be dug up for a gold bar, just watch out for the Dragon Worker 
    Onii. A pot may be found inside an enclosure further down the path. Break the 
    pot to reveal a hole which contains a gold bar, along with another Dragon Onii 
    Worker. Head back to the arena where you fought Jumbo Champloon to find a red 
    sign by the big pile of junk. It's Wonder Spot #18: New Island Park.
    
    Examine the area to find some breakable building blocks here and then. In 
    addition, there is a hammer sign besides the pile of junk. Send your giga 
    carpenters in and they will build a jump cannon, perfect for returning here at 
    a later time.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Get some rest and sit down on your throne for the seventh and final god quest. 
    In addition, there may be a quest involving a new group of enemies call the 
    Appliance Gang.
    
    ***************
    Way!
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    Massive incident! The Appliance Gang is occupying the tunnel. A worthy rival. 
    Round 1! Fight!
    -Lost Adult
    
    The Appliance Gang refers to the combination of a Vacuum Onii and a Fan Onii. 
    Get out of the Bony Tunnel through the north exit and you will find them to 
    the west. Simply send some hardened soldiers in after one of these appliances 
    and let them cling on, dealing as much damage as possible before they are 
    knocked off. Repeat this and they should be destroyed. You receive a Tea 
    Biscuit as a reward.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Go back to the castle and sit on your throne to cash in your treasures as 
    usual. At this point, Howser may tell you that another Carefree Adult wants to 
    see you. This adult tells you of a rumour that if you go to Magical Land at 
    midnight, you'll see something that'll spin your brain in your skull. Aha! A 
    real wizard is supposed to appear in Magical Land! I wonder if it's true. Note 
    that this event is random and may occur sooner or later.
    
    Oh, and one more thing, when I was walking around the Royal City late at night, 
    I found a hunter humming by the school. Once I talked to him, he taught me a 
    new tune called the Jovial Ganymede, which is entry number 25 in the Tunesmith 
    Book. The name of the hunter humming this tune was Keegan. When the clock 
    strikes midnight, enter Magical Land. You will find a wizard name Buddy at the 
    central square. Talk to him and he'll admit that you have found him, that it 
    is pointless to disguise himself as a carefree adult.
    
    Buddy formally introduces himself as a Rainbow Wizard. He promises to lend you 
    the power of the rainbow. Congratulations, you finally have unlocked the 
    wizard. The wizard is able to transform enemies into logs and rocks, which 
    cannot fight back. The number of spells he can cast is limited, as shown by 
    the counter at the bottom left corner of the screen. You can now replace one 
    soldier in your squad with a wizard. Since his health is rather low at 10, 
    equip him with a health boosting item. Get some rest before we deal with the 
    god quest.
    
    ***************
    God Forecast
    ***************
    Difficulty: ***
    This fell from the sky while I was walking on the beach. Isn't this about New 
    Island? You should send a team to check it out.
    -Beachcomber Jan
    
    You are shown a picture of the large pile of junk in the arena you fought 
    Jumbo Champloon. The note says "One shake, it'll rumble. Two shakes, it'll 
    tremble. A million shakes and the ground will crumble. -From God". Gather your 
    squad and take the jump cannon back to the New Island Park. The ground will 
    tremble violently soon after you land. Once you can move Corobo, walk up the 
    pile of junk to find the propeller at the top. This Huge Propeller is the 
    seventh and final part of the Flying Machine. Your reward will be Engine Oil 
    and a Wrench Set, worth 945000 Bol in total. Well done all concerned.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Return to the kingdom to find that some citizens of New Island, Craftians, 
    have moved into your kingdom. This couldn't happen at a better time. Replace a 
    giga carpenter in your group with a Craftian and you can go explore New Island 
    again. Meanwhile, you are told via the news ticker that the flying machine is 
    complete, and that the departure ceremony will take place at the launch site.
    
    Before we go out to space, let's visit the Over There Beach once more. Head to 
    the far end of the beach and send the Craftian into the building blocks. After 
    some work, he will transform those blocks into an archway, allowing you to 
    reach the other part of the beach. This place is guarded by Crab Oniis, so 
    take them out one by one. The wizard can immobilise these crabs by turning 
    them into stone or wood, Simply send the wizard within range of the enemy and 
    he will cast the spell after a short moment. Keep moving along the beach and 
    you will find a hammer sign. Send out your giga carpenters and they will build 
    a bridge leading to the east.
    
    ---------------
    New Island
    ---------------
    Cross the bridge to reach a lone island on the west coast of New Island. You 
    will find Art Piece 27 on the island, which is "Seafood" by HIDESHAKU. See the 
    hammer sign there? Let's build yet another bridge leading north. You arrive at 
    the south of New Island. Notice the building blocks to the right? Send your 
    Craftian into them and he will transform them into an archway, providing 
    access to the arena where you fought Champloon. Another pile of building 
    blocks can be found at the east end of the arena. Transform them into another 
    archway and you can enter that closed area.
    
    You can find Art Piece 90 at a corner. It's "Battonfly" by Okanii. Meanwhile, 
    your merchant would have detected a hole in the ground nearby. Start digging 
    for the treasure, what watch out for the enemies. Your wizard is super 
    effective against that Clockwork Knight and Onii Metal. Once petrified, the 
    Onii Metal is an easy kill!
    
    There is a large group of pots nearby too. As you approach them, Martel would 
    arrive in her car. She wants to tell you something, but she'll do it later. As 
    for the pots, they contain loads of treasure, in addition to a few Escargoos 
    hidden among them. Head out of the arena and ride the lift down. Transform the 
    building blocks nearby into another archway which leads to a lone Crab Onii. 
    Continue to move along New Island in the backwards direction and you will find 
    another group of building blocks by the north end of the bridge.
    
    Create an archway and you can reach a glowing hole with a triangular ruler 
    inside. Let's now leave the New Island and head back towards your kingdom.
    
    ---------------
    Aipoko Kingdom
    ---------------
    Cross the bridge leading from the foot of Mt. Sobamanjaro and you will find 
    some building blocks to your left. Transform the blocks into an archway and 
    move along the path that follows. Yvonne the giant frog will pop out of the 
    water, so move back and take her out from a range. Continue along the path, 
    smashing through the rock and fighting your way past giant frogs and Crab 
    Oniis. You'll eventually come to a crashed flying saucer. Reactivate it and 
    the alien will say, "Tha7 was a t0tal b1under. I'11 g1v3 j00r sh33p." The 
    sheep will be released back to your kingdom. You now have 13 entries in your 
    Animal Book. There is one to go!
    
    Smash through the next rock to find an area with two televisions. Those two 
    tellies act as warp portals to each other. In addition, you may find the 
    Typhoony Bunch here. This time, they will fight back, so take them out from a 
    range with your hunters. Further ahead is a hammer sign. Build the bridge to 
    reach the island with the two Art Pieces. They are Art Piece 83, "Sakuya 
    Konohana" by Inutoasobu and Art Piece 68, "Nosehalt Oldman" by Supercup. As 
    for the hole, it's guarded by an Onii, an Onii Man, a Dragon Onii Worker and a 
    Tail Onii Worker and a Giant Escargoo.  
    
    Your reward for these battles is a ring. The triangular ruler raises the 
    wielder's attack power while the legendary ring raises the health of the 
    wearer and offers immunity to status ailments. 
    
    When you sit on your throne, you will be told that the manager of the 
    Marvelous Theatre wants a word with you. Grant him an audience and he will 
    apologise for the poor quality of his current plays. The manager promises to 
    create more masterpieces for your enjoyment. From the next day onwards, they 
    will be screening the truly entertaining movie, Swimming Pool. Meanwhile, I 
    wandered around the kingdom and sent one of my men into the mansion in the 
    Glamour Town by the bridge opposite the Grassland Town. The residents there 
    gave me a Saffire Gem, that's the fifth gem for the Jewel Book.
    
    Oh, and one more thing, I returned to my castle past midnight and talked to 
    this weird knight fellow at the lobby. He asks Corobo whether he is afraid of 
    ghosts. This weird guy introduces himself as a steel knight, a spirit walker. 
    He may have no flesh, but he's pretty strong. No matter what kind of enemy 
    attack, he will send them to the netherworld. He vows to give his life for the 
    sake of you and the kingdom! But hey, he has no life to give! At this point, 
    you should have discovered all 20 jobs in the game. As a result, 8 out of 9 of 
    your records are completed in the Record Book.
    
    Meanwhile, why not try your hand at table tennis? Examine the table tennis 
    table on the ground floor of your castle to play some matches. You will start 
    at Rookie level and play against Skinny Ray. Controls are very simple. Press 
    the A button when the ball comes close to hit it. Your objective is to keep 
    rallying on until you win. It may take some time to perfect the timing of your 
    A button presses. Once you manage to rally enough times, you'll drive the ball 
    across the table and win, netting a Newest Televideo in the process.
    
    Once you've beaten the rookie level, try your hand at amateur level. This time, 
    you will play against a carefree adult. This guy rallies slightly faster than 
    before, thus requiring you to have better reaction times. If you win, you get 
    a bamboo sword. Finally, you play against Pancho at the pro level. Pancho is 
    the least predictable of the lot. He can hit the ball quick and slow at any 
    time. As a rule of the thumb, always press the A button when the ball has 
    travelled halfway on your side of the table. When you win, you get dried squid.
    
    Finally, you will gain access to the world pro level. This time, it's Howser! 
    Howser is the most predictable of all and will make many fast shots. You 
    should still win after some tries and get the Legendary Undies! It seems that 
    even the dried squid is a treasure! It raises the wielder's attack power, just 
    like the bamboo sword. As for the Legendary Undies, they raise the wearer's 
    health and grants him immunity to status ailments. Meanwhile, you should have 
    one more animal to free for the Animal Book, which leads to a quest from 
    Shizuka.
    
    *************************
    Only 1 left... to finish
    *************************
    Difficulty: ****
    The animals... have been returned. I... am overjoyed. I heard the voice...of 
    the last. Go... to the newly formed island in the north.
    -Shizuka
    
    Talk to Shizuka and she will tell you that the final animal is to the north of 
    New Island. Move along the main path there until you find the flying saucer 
    guarded by Oniis. Kill them all and you can reactivate the flying saucer. "I 
    can't take it anym0re," the alien says, "I want t0 g0 h0m3. H3r3's y0ur panda." 
    You have freed the final animal, the panda, from the aliens! Shizuka teleports 
    into the scene with the other freed animals. She tells you that all of the 
    colours have returned to the kingdom. The friends from outer space are also 
    happy. Shizuka asks you to come with her so that she can thank you.
    
    The two of you teleport back to the kingdom and look into the sky from the 
    castle ramparts. You spot many flying saucers in the air, flying in the shape 
    of a heart. Haha. Meanwhile, you get a Good Egg as a reward.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Meanwhile, Martel would have sent you a letter, informing you that you have 
    one record left to fill in.
    
    ********************
    Only 1 Record Left!
    ********************
    Difficulty: ***
    Here's Martel! King, congratulations on all of your records! I knew you could 
    do it! But, the last one will be hard!
    -Martel Daisy
    
    Go talk to Martel and she will tell you about the secret record. Apparently, 
    you and she have kissed 0 times so far. To get her to kiss you, talk to her 
    repeatedly until she does so. Continue talking to her repeatedly to get more 
    and more kisses. Yep, it's a highly tedious process. Therefore it's a good 
    idea to do something else every now and then between kisses. You will get a 
    star by being kissed 5 times, 2 stars by being kissed 10 times. Finally, you 
    get the 3rd star by being kissed a whopping 20 times! Once you have done so, 
    talk to Martel again and she will congratulate you and let you off the hook 
    for the last record.
    
    She asks whether it was a pain in the behind for you. I wonder whether this is 
    a reference to achievements being more and more common in video games. It 
    certainly is! But answer no. Martel says that setting records is usually 
    seriously super hard work. Of course, that makes whoever holds the record a 
    really great person. She concludes that you are legendary king who holds every 
    known record. And now, Martel will take you out on a drive!
    
    She drives slowly on the castle ramparts with you follow close behind. That 
    was so much fun! Martel loves you almost as much as her car. Your reward: An 
    expensive toy, a robot model worth 1610000 Bol.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Meanwhile, I found new enemies to fight in the quest offers. Here's Team 22nd 
    Century!
    
    ***************
    From Farmer!
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    Danger! The Team 22nd Century is wrecking the Forest Cafeteria! Please fight 
    for the kingdom and me!
    -Angry Farmer
    
    Enter the pinball table in the Jolly Kingdom to kind an Onii Metal, then a UFO! 
    The latter can be tedious to kill since it has very high health and only your 
    hunters can get at him. Fortunately, those hunters are also effective against 
    those headless cows the aliens throw at you. Just remember to run out of the 
    way whenever you see the tractor beam. After some more shots, you would have 
    destroyed the UFO and be rewarded with an expensive plant, a good souvenir and 
    a shining turnip.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Meanwhile, head back to the Over There Beach, past the archway that your 
    Craftian created. A red sign would have appeared, which can be examined for 
    Wonder Spot #19: Over There Beach. Oh, and let's take care of the race 
    invitation from Uncle Tin now, ok?
    
    ******************
    Forest Track Race
    ******************
    Difficulty: ***
    Hello there! Boo the piglet and his brother Bil wants to race you. If you'd 
    like, please come to forest.
    -Uncle Tin, Animal Lover
    
    Go west from the Miner's Town to enter the race track where you beat the 
    rabbit. This time, you have to beat two brown pigs. Just like your encounter 
    with the rabbit, you must deliberately lag slightly behind the leader until 
    just before the finish gate. Then you can rush past them without fear of them 
    accelerating and overtaking you. You will be rewarded with a sword for your 
    troubles. This is the Rabbit Sword, a sword which gives the wielder's attacks 
    a chance to stun enemies.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Return to your castle and you will soon find a bear cub at the front square. 
    Take its letter and you will know what it's all about.
    
    ******************
    Forest Track Race
    ******************
    Difficulty: ****
    Hello there! All my buddies want to race with you. If you are not too busy, 
    please play with them at the forest.
    -Uncle Tin, Animal Lover
    
    This time, you are up against the bear cub, the two piglets and the rabbit. 
    Given the three opponents, it's rather difficult to avoid getting knocked down 
    by any of those animals. But still, try your best to keep close with the bear 
    and attempt to overtake him near the finishing line. Hopefully you'll win 
    despite his final acceleration. Your reward for winning is an axe, which is 
    really a Legendary Axe. This axe raises the wielder's attack power.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    As you may have noticed, you have found 19 Wonder Spots, with just 1 to go. 
    Apricot will send you one last quest request, as shown in the mail.
    
    *********************
    1 Wonder Spot to Go!
    *********************
    Difficulty: ***
    To my beloved king. How are you doing? Only 1 Wonder Spot left. Thank you! 
    I'll give you a hunt: "The end is where we began." Easy enough, right?
    -Apricot
    
    Talk to Apricot and she will repeat the hint. Where did it began? Well, you 
    rescued her by beating the Onii King, so return to the Former Onii Grounds to 
    find the final red sign by the ramp leading up to the higher path. Apricot 
    will appear and tell you that you have correctly identified the final spot. 
    The two of you will sit on the ledge overlooking the valley. Apricot tells you 
    that the place held no fond memories for her, nothing that she wanted to even 
    remember.
    
    But now, after being together with you, she now has wonderful memories that 
    will be with her always. She will name the final spot Valley of Memories. You 
    see a picture of you and Apricot sitting together surrounded by a heart. Your 
    reward for completing the Wonder Spot Book is a tea biscuit.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Afterwards, I went to tax the houses around the kingdom. When I sent one of my 
    men into the house by the stairs in the Soldier Town, he came out with a 
    Mushmethyst Gem. That's the 6th gem out of the 7 you have to collect for Ferne. 
    Furthermore, having wandered around Glamour Town in the afternoon, around 3pm, 
    I saw the doctor walk out of the hospital, diagonally opposite the theatre. 
    Having talked to him, he introduces himself as a Brainy Doctor. This guy has a 
    paralysing shot, which immediately stuns the target. That's it! The doctor is 
    ready for use.
    
    As expected, Ferne will give you a quest to get the final gem.
    
    *****************
    Only 1 Gem Left!
    *****************
    Difficulty: ****
    Only 1 Kingstone left! I got it from that freak Long Sauvage when he proposed 
    to me. I chucked it over Sobamanjaro with all my strength! It's probably still 
    there.
    -Ferne
    
    Head to Sobamanjaro to find the upside down Long Sauvage challenging you to 
    catch him before the time runs out. Chase him up the mountain until you reach 
    the part where he repeatedly jumps between three paths in a cycle. Don't 
    bother chasing Sauvage yourself since you can never catch up to him.
    
    Instead of chasing him pointlessly, let him get onto the middle path. Stand on 
    the slope to the left and send a soldier at him. As soon as you have sent the 
    soldier, run up the slope to the highest path and stand on the left vertical 
    burn mark. Meanwhile, Sauvage will be scared by the soldier and jump up the 
    rock, before jumping onto the path above, where you are waiting for him. Once 
    you are close to Sauvage, press the A button to catch him! Sauvage completely 
    concedes defeat and give you the final gem.
    
    Having picked up the Dynamond, Ferne will arrive at the scene and hug you. The 
    screen goes black and you don't want to know what is really happening there... 
    Now that you have completed the collection, Ferne will put one of the gems on 
    your sceptre. In fact, you can ask to change the gem anytime by talking to her. 
    Your reward is an expensive rock, which is a shiny stone worth 1100000 Bol.
    *****END QUEST*****
    
    Let's go find Ginger now. Examine the trees to the east of his tent to find a 
    narrow path leading to a cluster of rocks. There are 4 bushes that can be 
    broken down. One of the bushes hides Art Piece 53, "Mummy Bird" by Bororo. 
    That's it, you've collected all 100 paintings! Let's talk to Ginger now. You 
    will be rewarded with the final treasure of the game, the Legendary Armour 
    which raises the health of its wearer by 10.
    
    Furthermore, if you haven't found this enemy yet, go back to the Skull Plains 
    late at night and explore the area around the lake near Primetime Kingdom. 
    There may be a reaper wearing a typical Japanese theatrical mask called an 
    Okamemask here. Once you have met him and beat him, you would have recorded 
    all but 1 entry in the UMA book. As a result, Princess Bouquet will give you a 
    quest to find the last one, entry #21.
    
    ***************
    UMA Count = 1
    ***************
    Difficulty: ****
    UMA X = 1 Remaining. Insert X and Rarity Y into formula (X Y B K / 4) and Z = 
    Dark Passage. Dark Passage = 96% chance of being a tunnel. X = Easy discovery.
    -Bouquet
    
    Enter the Bony Tunnel and you will find something that can be dug into. Once 
    the hole has been dug open, you will find an opening in the wall that you can 
    enter. Enter it and press the A button to enter the end of the cave. You enter 
    a giant cave filled with Escargoos. Defeat them all and you will find a shiny 
    Gold Escargoo. This enemy moves as fast as Onii Metals, but will always stop 
    in front of you before it gets ready to attack. Given the health of your men, 
    this enemy isn't hard to defeat. If you don't want to take that much damage, 
    rely solely on your hunters.
    
    Once the monster is defeated, you will exit the Bony Tunnel to find Bouquet 
    waiting for you. Bouquet asks if you are safe since according to her 
    calculations, there is a high chance of danger. She's pleased to be proven 
    wrong and glad that you have gathered 100% of the UMA data. Bouquet's final 
    comment is that you are awesome! Your reward is a piece of Great Stationary, 
    which is a Fountain Pen worth 1320000 Bol.
    
    ------------------------
    25. The sky's the limit
    ------------------------
    [LKS25]
    Be warned. You cannot save or change your squad once you have taken off, so 
    make sure that you have the right people. I'd suggest that your group consists 
    of 18 hardened soldiers, 9 hunters, 1 steel knight and 2 farmers.
    
    When you are ready, head over to Skinny Ray's observatory and you will find 
    the flying machine all wrapped up and ready. Talk to Howser and the flying 
    machine will be unveiled. It looks like a giant egg with a propeller on top. 
    Howser tells you that it is time to venture forth. It is now time to 
    investigate the outer reaches of the world. Kampbell tells you to say hi to 
    god for him. The group you assembled will become your crew. Howser asks if you 
    are ready. If you are, say "Any time!"
    
    Pancho then runs in with a letter from Records Minister Verde. It's a letter 
    of indictment! You have SEVEN divorce papers! What on earth? A problem erupted 
    in the kingdom. There is a brawl interrupting the launch of the flying machine. 
    The princesses are fighting! All seven of them are claiming that they are the 
    king's favourite! Well, I'm not surprised, when you practise polygamy, expect 
    jealousy amongst your wives! Apparently only the king's true love will board 
    the flying machine and fly to the great beyond, wanting to be beside you until 
    the very end.
    
    Now, the question is this. What is your true love? You get to choose between 
    the seven princess, and Verde! Pick a princess and you will read her divorce 
    filing. If you pick Verde, you read her letter of indictment, claiming that 
    you have failed to provide affection to the 7 princesses and that she was 
    treated like your property! No matter what choice you pick, you get to read 
    her letter and decide whether to see her. Say no and you can read the other 
    princesses' letters.
    
    Let's assume you pick Apricot for now. You get onto Pancho and ride over to 
    Apricot, who's standing on the bridge leading to the castle. She asks if you 
    did pick her. Confirm that she is your true love and that settles it. You, the 
    princess and your group board the flying machine and a countdown begins! The 
    flying machine takes off into the sky. On your way up, Skinny Ray will contact 
    you and warn you about falling objects. Let's move the flying machine around 
    by using the control stick. What comes next is like Space Invaders, only that 
    you cannot shoot! Whatever you do, avoid taking too much damage or you will 
    lose some of your crew.
    
    Dodge the chocolate bars and the moving cake slices as you go up. As you 
    approach a cake barrier, Shishkebaboo will bounce around like a pinball and 
    destroy it for you. Just don't get hit by that fat blob! After that, get ready 
    to avoid many spinning bottles. Then you have what appears to be garbage bins 
    that hurl empty bottles at your flying machine, followed by Duvroc. Your 
    flying machine then enters some clouds and emerge at the stars. You must now 
    avoid the stars and the trains that appear.
    
    A bit later, Skinny Ray will inform you that you have reached an altitude of 
    99999 metres. You are now at the end of the world, where there appears to be a 
    giant distortion in the sky. You then hear some chaos back on earth. Some 
    flying saucer is coming towards you! Many things will be hurled towards your 
    flying machine, so avoid them all! First, they have cows coming from the top 
    of the screen, then spikes flying in from the sides. Some turnips may then 
    swoop in as well and some fireballs will be fired from the sides.
    
    The fireballs can be avoided by moving your flying machine between them. 
    Furthermore, some energy rings will start chaining across the screen, and 
    apple cores will swoosh around. Continue dodging and you hear "The infinity of 
    space" being said. Hey, it's TV Dinnah! He tells you that this is the end of 
    your world, and how the correct universe is on the other side, blah blah. 
    Continue avoiding those energy rings while he talks and he'll be eventually 
    cut off by an explosion.
    
    A black hole emerges, sucking you inside. You emerge at a place with a doodled 
    wall as the background. While Skinny Ray, Howser and Kampbell are struggling 
    to re-establish a connection, avoid the crayons that fly around the place. 
    Your flying machine will eventually reach the top of the distortion, where 
    there is a hole in the wall. Meanwhile, you will lose contact with your home 
    planet.
    
    The flying machine exits from a box and lands in what appears to be a messy 
    room. So, the world is actually contained within Corobo's toy drama stage! You, 
    Apricot and your men leave the flying machine to have a look at the immediate 
    area. Howser then tries contacting you, all to no avail. Kampbell is now 
    contemplating a eulogy! However, after a few more tries, Ray finally manages 
    to have a visual on you. Howser is first to talk, showing relief that you are 
    unharmed. He says that you must first find out the cause of the ending of the 
    world.
    
    Meanwhile, Ray is excited at the fact that you can go to the world beyond 
    through the very ceiling of the sky. He will await the results of your inquiry. 
    However, Apricot spots a giant rat and walks after it in amazement. After this, 
    Kampbell says he will pray for the world's safety.
    
    ----------------
    The world's end
    ----------------
    Walk around the stationery and books around your flying machine and you will 
    see some glowing notebook. It shows some doodles of adults. The words say, "My 
    uncle is a drunk. My teacher thinks he is a pig. The guy next door thinks too 
    much. And guy up the street thinks he's great 'cause he's tall!" Notice how 
    the fatso resembles Shishkebaboo, the guy with the lawnmower looks a lot like 
    Omelet, the drunk looks like Duvroc and the tall guy reminds you of Long 
    Sauvage?
    
    Continue to read the notebook and you will see a picture of an old man 
    (resembling Howser) by his cow and six people staring at a coffin. The text 
    says that the author's grandpa died the previous year. His grandpa is now in 
    heaven, where he has become a knight. Continue reading the notebook and you 
    will see a picture of a castle the author dreams about. Hey, it looks kind of 
    like your castle!
    
    Keep reading and the next entry is called Little King's Story. It shows a 
    rough sketch of the game's world, with many arrows pointing out from a central 
    location. According to the story, a long time ago, there was a lonely boy king. 
    His name was Corobo, and he set off on a journey to defeat the 7 kings of the 
    world to prove he was the best king of all. Well, that's it for now.
    
    Also note the yellow object (which appears to be dung) by the set square. 
    Examine it repeatedly and Skinny Ray will suggest that you name it after him. 
    Also note that box with the red curtains. I guess that is the drama device 
    Corobo used to play with in the opening scene. Now, go and talk to Apricot 
    repeatedly until a pencil rolls away, revealing a new area for you to explore.
    
    The new area leads to a dead end. Talk to Apricot again and you will find a 
    set square falling onto the ground to your left. Skinny Ray comes onto the air 
    and warned you that there is something moving nearby. Apricot should now be 
    standing by a roll of red tape. Talk to her and something will cause the tape 
    to roll across the path. You hear some squeaky sound, which Kampbell thinks is 
    made by god. Continue following Apricot to find another pencil being moved. 
    Move over to the gap by the blue book and Apricot will insist that she is fine.
    
    But then, a rat pops out from that hole and drags her into the darkness! You'd 
    better go after her. Follow the footprints of the rat until some books fall 
    down behind your group, trapping you in the current area. Walk a little bit 
    forward and you will see four rats jumping onto that toy stage. You are 
    informed by Ray that the world is shaking violently again. So, your world is 
    actually inside that toy stage, and those jumpy rats are to blame for the 
    earthquakes!
    
    *********************************************************
    Final battle: Blue rat, yellow rat, red rat and rat king
    *********************************************************
    The rats spot you and are about to pounce until Liam drives them back with 
    tweeting sounds. It's time to fight these pesky rats to save Apricot! The 
    first rat is a blue rat, which splits into many illusions. You must find the 
    right rat when it splits into many illustions and attack it. If you fail to 
    attack the right rat, the blue rat will swoop in and take out a few of your 
    men instantly! Fortunately, the real rat is the one with smoke fuming out of 
    its head, so always target that rat!
    
    After the blue rat is down, the rat king will summon the yellow rat into 
    action. This yellow rat attacks by firing rat dung and flatulence at you. You 
    should send your men after this rat when it has stopped charging. Liam will 
    also help you by whistling at the rat every now and then to stun it.
    
    Who's next? The red rat. The red rat charges with flames on its back and may 
    attempt to ground pound your men by jumping from the toy stage. The best time 
    to attack this enemy is right after it has completed one of its burning 
    charges or ground pounds. Once you have taken half of its health, this rat 
    will split into multiple rats which make it harder to avoid their attacks. 
    Either way, watch out for the red dot on the minimap and you can avoid the 
    ground pound attack. 
    
    Once the red rat is defeated, the rat king will summon his three rats to ram 
    into the toy stage. You now must stop all three rats from destroying the world 
    inside the stage! Focus on the yellow and red rats first since they are the 
    easiest to kill. The blue one is invincible for particularly long durations. 
    You need to wait until it's not in the middle of an attack before you can 
    damage it.
    
    You might be wondering why I asked you to bring two farmers to the final 
    battle. This is because there is a crack in the ground at one corner of the 
    arena. Open that crack and you will have a have a hot spring that can be used 
    to heal your men and yourself.
    
    Now that you have stopped all three rats, the rat king will have to take 
    matters into his own hands. It swallows Apricot and the transmitter before 
    coming to face you! The rat king has two attacks that can cause instant death. 
    Firstly, he can split into multiple rats before charging in and dragging some 
    of your men into the darkness, just like the blue rat. In addition, he can 
    swipe up any hardened soldier that is clinging onto him and swallow him whole!
    
    The latter attack can be avoided by simply not attacking this rat king with 
    your hardened soldiers when he is standing upright. As for the body splitting, 
    it's really a guessing game here. Hopefully, you can guess right before the 
    rat king begins his charge, by then you are guaranteed to lose someone.
    
    Besides those deadly attacks, watch out for the rat dung, flatulence and the 
    ground pound attack. The rat king is invincible for most of the fight, but you 
    can tell when he's vulnerable when you see a purple aura surrounding his 
    health gauge. The rat king is usually vulnerable when you hear him make a 
    screeching sound right after it charges.
    
    That is the time you should send your men after it. I'd highly recommend 
    sending in the steel knight first since he can immediately attack with his 
    Super Move and deal considerable damage to the rat within the short time 
    window when he's vulnerable. Whatever happens, expect very heavy losses. But 
    no matter, this is your final fight and you don't really have to worry about 
    the aftermath.
    
    After the battle, expect a very contemporary ending. The rat king dies and you 
    are victorious. Meanwhile, the boy living in the room wakes up. He spots the 
    dead rat in his room and throws it out the window. I guess Apricot (or whoever 
    you chose to accompany you) is never coming back. King Corobo runs away and 
    hides behind a book. He's spotted by that big boy nonetheless, who's Corobo! 
    Heh, rude awakening eh? The credits then roll, showing what the characters in 
    the game are dreaming about, and perhaps their identities in the real world.
    
    For instance, Apricot is actually a typical commuter who is fed up with drunks, 
    represented by Duvroc in the picture. Kokomo Pine actually works at a fast 
    food joint while Ferne is actually an extremely attractive teacher. After the 
    credits roll, the curtains of the toy stage closes, and that's the end of the 
    game. If you wait a while and press the A button, you will return to the title 
    screen. There is no "New Game+" or anything like that, so feel free to load 
    your previous file and try beating everything 100%. Sweet dreams!
    
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    |                   VI. MORE TO CONQUER BESIDES THE WORLD                    |
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    One good thing about this game is that optional tasks are really optional. 
    When you beat the game, you are immediately sent back to the title screen 
    after the credits. There is no "New Game+" feature in this game, nor any major 
    rewards for completing most side quests when you beat the game. The only 
    worthy things to do are to find treasure that can be equipped on your citizens, 
    but most of them do not detach from the flow of the gameplay.
    
    Still, if you are one of those completionists, there is more to conquer 
    besides the world in this game. This section will give more details on the 
    optional things you can do, such as pleasing your 7 princesses and finding all 
    the art pieces.
    
    -----------------------------
    26. Pleasing your princesses
    -----------------------------
    [LKS26]
    There are 7 kingdoms for you to conquer, each of them holding a princess 
    hostage. Once you've conquered a kingdom, you will free a princess whom you 
    will marry on sight and bring back to your castle. Soon after the princess has 
    moved in, she will post a letter to the suggestion box which asks you to do 
    something for her. What you get is a book to track your progress, viewable 
    from the inventory screen. Once you have filled up all but one entry in the 
    book, the princess who gave you the book will give you another quest to get 
    the final entry, thus completing the book. The rewards are quite a letdown 
    though, since they are all monetary in nature.
    
    The tedium (i.e. how much it distracts from your playthrough) of each errand 
    will be rated with a five star scale.
    
    -----------------------
    Apricot's Wonder Spots
    -----------------------
    Tedium: ***
    Apricot is an avid traveller, but she claims to be not as athletic as you are. 
    She will ask you to travel around the world and discover 20 Wonder Spots for 
    her so that she can "experience" them from the comfort of the Princess Manor. 
    Apricot's initial letter is as follows:
    
    To my beloved king,
    I would like to speak with you about my hobby, finding "Wonder Spots." I'll 
    give you a book so you can record these wonderful places for me!
    -Apricot
    
    Once you are given the Wonder Spot Book, you will have to look out for red 
    Wonder Spot signs placed in various locations around the world. The good news 
    is that most of the signs are placed in plain view in locations that you are 
    bound to pass through anyway. As long as you pay attention and explore every 
    corner of the world, you shouldn't miss any of the signs. In addition, many of 
    the Wonder Spots are simply the locations at which you have fought the kings, 
    so it's always a good idea to revisit the kingdoms that you have conquered.
    
    Every time you examine a sign, the Wonder Spot will be added to your book and 
    you will gain a picture of Apricot doing something at that location, which can 
    be used to decorate your castle interior. Here are the names and some 
    information on the first 19 Wonder Spots.
    
    Wonder Spot #1: Former Onii Grounds
    This is the valley where you first fought that giant club wielding Onii Man in 
    order to gain the Farmland district. The sign is right by the water.
    
    Wonder Spot #2: Sunflower Plains
    The sign is located by some sunflowers at the entrance area of the Sunflower 
    Plains, assuming that you have entered by going west from the Onii 
    
    Wonder Spot #3: Firefly Lake (located along the main path deep into the 
    Sunflower Plains)
    The sign is located by some sunflowers by the main lower path deep inside the 
    Sunflower Plains. There may be a Cockadoodledoo nearby, so be careful.
    
    Wonder Spot #4: Melon Patch
    You will find this sign in a corner of the Melon Patch, located to the west of 
    the Sunflower Plains. Search the area thoroughly after you have killed that 
    Korobokle and his Meloncholie minions.
    
    Wonder Spot #5: Forest Cafeteria
    This sign is placed near the entrance to the Ripe Kingdom in the valley where 
    the entrance to the Kingdom of the Jolly can also be found.
    
    Wonder Spot #6: Nature Maze
    The Wonder Spot is located at the entrance to the maze leading into the 
    Worrywart Kingdom. You may have to defeat King Omelet for the sign to appear.
    
    Wonder Spot #7: Screwloose Isles
    This spot can be found on one of the islands in the Primetime Kingdom that 
    constitute the maze through which you must go through before you can fight 
    King TV Dinnah. Note that the sign only appears after you have beaten this 
    television obsessed king.
    
    Wonder Spot #8: Matryoahka Rock
    This weird name refers to the rock formation that you have to make your way 
    through in Skull Plains on your way to the junction of paths leading to the 
    Worrywart, Primetime and Tiptoe kingdoms. It's impossible to miss.
    
    Wonder Spot #9: Bird's Nests
    Soon after you have exited from the Bony Tunnel and arrived at Skull Plains, 
    you will find a hill nearby which is the home to many Cockadoodledoos and 
    Concodores. Send your chefs to cook them all up and you can reach the sign.
    
    Wonder Spot #10: Haunted Zone 1
    Move along the narrow path near the Dark Valley entrance (from the Former Onii 
    Grounds side) and smash through the rock you find with the help of a miner. 
    Move along the middle path (ignore the low path for now as well as the plateau 
    that can be reached by building some stairs at the hammer sign), fighting your 
    way past the Black Sheep and you will find the red sign at the dead end.
    
    Wonder Spot #11: Haunted Zone 2
    On your way to the Tiptoe Kingdom, you will find a path leading north, blocked 
    by a giant television. Use a Broadcaster to destroy the TV and you can walk 
    along the path and find the sign at the T-junction.
    
    Wonder Spot #12: Royal Arbor
    Once you have defeated King Duvroc, reenter the open area where you fought him 
    to find him sobering up. The red sign is placed right behind him! Cheeky.
    
    Wonder Spot #13: Wide Pin Pinball
    This sign is placed on the left side of the pinball table on which you have 
    fought King Shishkebaboo. Make sure you revisit the Ripe Kingdom after you 
    have taken it over!
    
    Wonder Spot #14: Eggan Ruins
    You will find the sign by the giant egg housing King Omelet once you have 
    conquered the Worrywart Kingdom.
    
    Wonder Spot #15: Broadcast Tower
    The sign will appear by the broadcast tower in the Primetime Kingdom after you 
    have beaten King TV Dinnah.
    
    Wonder Spot #16: Hidden Hot Spring
    There is a hot spring near the bridge connecting the foot of Mt. Sobamanjaro 
    to New Island. The red sign is right next to that spring.
    
    Wonder Spot #17: Sobamanjaro
    Once you have beaten Long Sauvage's gruelling challenge, revisit the mountain 
    to find the red sign at the summit.
    
    Wonder Spot #18: New Island Park
    The sign will appear by the large pile of junk which are the remains of Jumbo 
    Champloon once you have defeated him.
    
    Wonder Spot #19: Over-there-beach
    Remember the part of the Over-there-beach blocked off by building blocks? Once 
    you have found the Craftian, recruit him and order him to convert those blocks 
    into an archway that can be passed through. Kill all the crabs on the beach 
    and start building bridges back to New Island. The sign should appear once you 
    have returned.
    
    **************************************
    Final Wonder Spot: Valley of Memories
    **************************************
    Once you have found 19 Wonder Spots, Princess Apricot will give you another 
    quest to find the final wonder spot as follows:
    
    To my beloved king. How are you doing? Only 1 Wonder Spot left. Thank you! 
    I'll give you a hunt: "The end is where we began." Easy enough, right?
    -Apricot
    
    Talk to Apricot and she will repeat the hint. Where did it began? Well, you 
    rescued her by beating the Onii King, so return to the Former Onii Grounds to 
    find the final red sign by the ramp leading up to the higher path. Apricot 
    will appear and tell you that you have correctly identified the final spot. 
    The two of you will sit on the ledge overlooking the valley. Apricot tells you 
    that the place held no fond memories for her, nothing that she wanted to even 
    remember.
    
    But now, after being together with you, she now has wonderful memories that 
    will be with her always. She will name the final spot Valley of Memories. You 
    see a picture of you and Apricot sitting together surrounded by a heart. Your 
    reward for completing the Wonder Spot Book is a tea biscuit.
    
    -------------------
    Bouquet's bestiary
    -------------------
    Tedium: **
    Being the nerd that she is, Bouquet loves to studies. To pass the time in the 
    Princess Manor, she wishes to learn about the various UMA (enemies) in the 
    game. Once you've freed her, she will send you a letter that is rather 
    convoluted and filled with equations.
    
    UMA X = Interest Y
    Y = Collector's Frenzy
    To solve, use this formula to compute Z (Y root(x)/2*pi*r) meaning Z = Book. 
    My chance of filling the book alone is 0.1%
    -Bouquet
    
    Talk to Bouquet and she will give you an UMA book, which is used as a 
    reference for all the enemies in the game. Since you have fought enemies 
    before freeing her, many parts of the UMA book will have already been filled. 
    You gain new entries by engaging an enemy you have never seen before in combat. 
    As long as you play through the game patiently, it's a matter of time before 
    you have filled up 52 of 53 entries in the book. Of the 52 entries, the 
    Okamemask is the hardest to find since he appears randomly near the Skull 
    Plains Lake at night. Keep returning and you will eventually find this reaper 
    who wears a Japanese theatrical mask. One single arrow will be enough to add 
    him to your book.
    
    *************************
    Final UMA: Gold Escargoo
    *************************
    Once only 1 entry is left (#21), Bouquet will give you another quest to find 
    the final enemy of the game.
    
    UMA X = 1 Remaining. Insert X and Rarity Y into formula (X Y B K / 4) and Z = 
    Dark Passage. Dark Passage = 96% chance of being a tunnel. X = Easy discovery.
    -Bouquet
    
    Enter the Bony Tunnel and you will find something that can be dug into. Once 
    the hole has been dug open, you will find an opening in the wall that you can 
    enter. Enter it and press the A button to enter the end of the cave. You enter 
    a giant cave filled with Escargoos. Defeat them all and you will find a shiny 
    Gold Escargoo. This enemy moves as fast as Onii Metals, but will always stop 
    in front of you before it gets ready to attack. Given the health of your men, 
    this enemy isn't hard to defeat. If you don't want to take that much damage, 
    rely solely on your hunters.
    
    Once the monster is defeated, you will exit the Bony Tunnel to find Bouquet 
    waiting for you. Bouquet asks if you are safe since according to her 
    calculations, there is a high chance of danger. She's pleased to be proven 
    wrong and glad that you have gathered 100% of the UMA data. Bouquet's final 
    comment is that you are awesome! Your reward is a piece of Great Stationary, 
    which is a Fountain Pen worth 1320000 Bol.
    
    ---------------------------
    Spumoni's gastronomic tour
    ---------------------------
    Tedium: *
    The princess held in the Ripe Kingdom holds a natural affinity to food. 
    Spumoni is such a glutton that she will ask you to collect a catalogue of 
    foods around the world in the Gourmet Book. Here's the letter that she will 
    post once you've freed her.
    
    I love eating. Sour, sweet, bitter, spicy. I love it all! And my dream is to 
    eat the cuisine of the world! King! Won't you fill my recipe collection for me?
    -Spumoni
    
    The concept of this particular errand is very similar to the one you have to 
    do for Bouquet. Simply kill all the enemies you find throughout the game and 
    collect their loot and you'll eventually fill up all but one of the entries. 
    In fact, most of the 40 entries may have been already gained by the time you 
    get the book! To speed up the process, consider taking up as many search and 
    destroy quests offered by your citizens.
    
    ***************************
    Final food: Day After Fish
    ***************************
    Once you have just one food left undiscovered in the Gourmet Book, Spumoni 
    will give you the quest to find the final food.
    
    Thank you for the chance to sample so many kinds of food. I love you! There's 
    only one recipe left. I'll find it before we meet next, so hurry up and come 
    see me!
    -Spumoni
    
    Go talk to Spumoni and she will give you a hint about the location of the 
    final food item. It's located in a weird shaped peninsula to the north. Let's 
    go back to Haunted Zone 2 and go left at the red sign. You will find a 
    peninsula with a smiling face on it. Send your farmers into the mouth and 
    start digging. Keep an eye on the facial expression. When you see the eyes 
    close, call your farmers back since it is about to breathe fire and spit your 
    farmers out in flames! A few Crab Oniis will be released, so kill them before 
    they can pinch you.
    
    When you have finished digging, the eyes and mouth will shrink into the final 
    ingredient, Premium Roe. At this point, Spumoni will rush in to join you, 
    drawn by the fragrance of that food. She tells you that it is the ultimate 
    ingredient and asks to eat it on the spot. Having embarrassed herself, Spumoni 
    thanks you and tells you how she loves you more than filet mignon. She could 
    just eat you right up! Well, that's one princess book completed, and you 
    receive an Expensive Souvenir as a reward, which is a Day After Fish worth 
    5000000 Bol! Yuk.
    
    -------------------------
    Shizuka's animal friends
    -------------------------
    Tedium: ****
    Unlike the other princesses, Shizuka will not ask you to do her any favours 
    until you have completed the God UFO quest, which involves talking to her over 
    a few in game nights and collect fragments of the diamond egg as a result. Her 
    letter reflects her autistic nature.
    
    Help... my king,,, A strange deam haunts me... In the near future... The 
    silver saucers... Take away the animals... We really need to talk.
    -Shizuka
    
    Shizuka gives you an animal book which keep tracks of the number of animals 
    you have saved from aliens. Crashed flying saucers will appear all around the 
    world and you must free them by reactivating the flying saucers. Simply give 
    the crashed saucer a good beating and the aliens will thank you for 
    reactivating their ship and free the animal as a reward. There are 14 animals 
    to save, some of them found in the places where you fought the rival kings. 
    Either way, you need to search everywhere again! Since there are fewer animals 
    than Wonder Spots, you are bound to return empty handed in some of your 
    searches, making this task a tad more tedious than Apricot's. Anyways, here 
    are the locations of the first 13 flying saucers and the animals inside.
    
    Bear Cub
    Simply bash the crashed UFO that's appeared in the forest to the east of 
    Castle Town.
    
    Raccoon
    The UFO with the raccoon is found in the arena where you took part in King 
    Omelet's quiz show.
    
    Piglet
    A flying saucer would have crashed in the valley where you found Wonder Spot 
    #1: Former Onii Grounds. Bash the UFO back to life to free this animal
    
    Cat
    Reactivate the flying saucer in the valley where you have defeated the Onii 
    King to rescue the cat.
    
    Chick
    Move along the Sunflower Plains, taking the lower path, to find a crashed 
    flying saucer with the chick inside.
    
    Squirrel
    Bash some life back into the flying saucer to the north of the Melon Patch.
    
    Chicken
    Reenter the open area where you have confronted King Duvroc. A path would have 
    been unlocked that leads southeast. Follow that path and you will find the 
    crashed UFO with the chicken inside.
    
    Dog
    Reenter the Skull Plains and simply retrace your steps from the Boney Tunnel 
    exit to the junction leading to the Worrywart, Primetime and Tiptoe Kingdoms. 
    If you take the long way round (the one that used to be guarded by many 
    Arsonist Oniis), you will find a crashed flying saucer along the way.
    
    Cow
    A UFO would have crashed near the pinball table in the Ripe Kingdom.
    
    Sparrow
    There is a sign marking a dead end near the Skull Plains Lake, near the 
    entrance to the Primetime Kingdom. Go up that slope to find the crashed UFO.
    
    Penguin
    Go left from the red sign marking the Haunted Zone 2 and you will find a 
    number of giant TVs that can be destroyed with your broadcaster. The crashed 
    flying saucer is located among the televisions.
    
    Rabbit
    A crashed UFO can be found at the foot of Mt. Sobamanjaro near the newly 
    constructed Jump Cannon.
    
    Sheep
    Once the Craftian is available, head through the open gate to the north of 
    Magical Land to find some building blocks to the right. Transform the blocks 
    into an archway so that you can enter the path. Fight your way past many 
    Yvonnes (i.e. giant frogs) and you will eventually find the crashed UFO.
    
    ********************
    Final animal: Panda
    ********************
    Shizuka will send you another letter once you have freed 13 animals.
    
    The animals... have been returned. I... am overjoyed. I heard the voice...of 
    the last. Go... to the newly formed island in the north.
    -Shizuka
    
    Talk to Shizuka and she will tell you that the final animal is to the north of 
    New Island. Move along the main path there until you find the flying saucer 
    guarded by Oniis. Kill them all and you can reactivate the flying saucer. "I 
    can't take it anym0re," the alien says, "I want t0 g0 h0m3. H3r3's y0ur panda." 
    You have freed the final animal, the panda, from the aliens! Shizuka teleports 
    into the scene with the other freed animals. She tells you that all of the 
    colours have returned to the kingdom. The friends from outer space are also 
    happy. Shizuka asks you to come with her so that she can thank you.
    
    The two of you teleport back to the kingdom and look into the sky from the 
    castle ramparts. You spot many flying saucers in the air, flying in the shape 
    of a heart. Haha. Meanwhile, you get a Good Egg as a reward.
    
    ---------------
    Kokomo's tunes
    ---------------
    Tedium: *****
    Kokomo enjoys humming, but can't think of any decent songs to hum. As a result, 
    she asks you to go find out what your citizens enjoy to hum.
    
    I love to sing, but humming is even better! King, please collect the tunes 
    that everyone's humming! I want to, like, expand my repertoire!
    -Kokomo Pine
    
    This has got to be the most tedious errand of them all since there are 30 
    tunes to fill into the Tunesmith Book. Citizens only hum at night, which 
    requires you to walk around your entire kingdom at night and talking to anyone 
    who behaves suspiciously. Even though there are 29 initial people, it's still 
    like searching for needles in a haystack. As a result, I haven't attempted 
    this task yet. But stay tuned while I check things out later.
    
    ---------------
    Ferne's jewels
    ---------------
    Tedium: **
    Being the glamorous beauty that she is, Ferne has a love for jewels. In fact, 
    she's been hoping to collect the seven most precious jewels in the world, 
    known as Kingstones. Once you have freed Ferne, she will send you a letter.
    
    There are 7 gems known as Kingstones. I want those gems so badly that they've 
    been haunting my dreams. Please find them for me! I'll do something nice for 
    you when you do.
    -Ferne
    
    Go talk to that babe and she will give you the Jewel Book, which allows you to 
    keep track of the gems you have already found. The good news is that 6 of the 
    7 jewels can be found by searching around the village and appear on your 
    minimap as blue dots. I will now list the gems in the order I got them. Yes, 
    it's not in numerical order.
    
    Gem #6: Swataz
    This yellow gem is found behind your castle ramparts. Search the shelter to 
    the right of the square outside your castle to find a hole in the wall. Walk 
    along this external path by your moat and you can reach it.
    
    Gem #2: Akumamarine
    Go northwest from the culinary academy in the Gourmet Town to find this gem in 
    a corner by the river.
    
    Gem #3: Plumerald
    The Plumerald is found at the mine entrance in the northeast part of the 
    Miner's Town, near the gate that leads back to the Primetime Kingdom.
    
    Gem #4: Roundmarine
    After getting the Plumerald, talk to any of your merchants and he will give 
    you the Roundmarine as a gift.
    
    Gem #5: Saffire
    Send one of your men into the mansions in Glamour Town near the bridge leading 
    back to Grassland Town. The residents in one of the mansions will hand you the 
    Saffire gem.
    
    Gem #1: Mushmethyst
    Send one of your men into the house near the flight of stairs in Soldier Town.
    
    --------------------
    Final gem: Dynamond
    --------------------
    Once you have collected the 6 gems in your kingdom, Ferne will tell you the 
    whereabouts of the final gem.
    
    Only 1 Kingstone left! I got it from that freak Long Sauvage when he proposed 
    to me. I chucked it over Sobamanjaro with all my strength! It's probably still 
    there.
    -Ferne
    
    Head to Sobamanjaro to find the upside down Long Sauvage challenging you to 
    catch him before the time runs out. Chase him up the mountain until you reach 
    the part where he repeatedly jumps between three paths in a cycle. Don't 
    bother chasing Sauvage yourself since you can never catch up to him.
    
    Instead of chasing him pointlessly, let him get onto the middle path. Stand on 
    the slope to the left and send a soldier at him. As soon as you have sent the 
    soldier, run up the slope to the highest path and stand on the left vertical 
    burn mark. Meanwhile, Sauvage will be scared by the soldier and jump up the 
    rock, before jumping onto the path above, where you are waiting for him. Once 
    you are close to Sauvage, press the A button to catch him! Sauvage completely 
    concedes defeat and give you the final gem.
    
    Having picked up the Dynamond, Ferne will arrive at the scene and hug you. The 
    screen goes black and you don't want to know what is really happening there... 
    Now that you have completed the collection, Ferne will put one of the gems on 
    your sceptre. In fact, you can ask to change the gem anytime by talking to her. 
    Your reward is an expensive rock, which is a shiny stone worth 1100000 Bol.
    
    --------------------------
    Breaking Martel's records
    --------------------------
    Tedium: ***
    Princess Martel Daisy has a penchant of setting new records. Once you have 
    freed her from Jumbo Champloon's vase, she will ask you to see her.
    
    This is Martel! Quick! What are Records? Bzzt! You're out of time! Records are 
    rankings for the being the best in all the world. And I'm collecting them!
    -Martel Daisy
    
    You are given a Records Book, which is essentially an achievements list. To 
    complete the book, you must score 3 stars in all 9 challenges. The first 8 
    challenges require you to accumulate a certain number of citizens, enact a 
    certain number of plans, discover all 20 jobs in the game, take a certain 
    number of steps, beat a certain number of enemies, collect a certain number of 
    weapons and collect a certain number of pieces of armour.
    
    Well, most of these challenges can be achieved by simply playing the game 
    constantly. Build your kingdom extensively, explore the land thoroughly and 
    you should meet those targets in no time. You may run into difficulties in 
    finding all 20 jobs.
    
    First of all, you must complete all the god quests as soon as you get them to 
    unlock the three "helper" job classes (Eggan, broadcaster, Craftian). After 
    that, you should build the Magical Land to unlock the wizard. In fact, that 
    job would be considered to be discovered even before you have spoke to him in 
    person. The doctor is unlocked by making 7 donations to the Royal Schools 
    Committee. Once you are informed that a brainy doctor has emerged, you are 
    considered to have discovered the doctor, without having to find him and talk 
    to him. As for the Steel Knight, purchase the Rare Armour from the merchant 
    and walk around your castle at night. The armour will come to life as the 
    Steel Knight. Talk to the knight and you've unlocked this class. 
    
    --------------------------------------------
    Final record: Get kissed by Martel 20 times
    --------------------------------------------
    During my playthrough, I have completed 7 of the 8 initial challenges when I 
    got the Records Book. Once I found the 20th job, Martel sent me another letter 
    regarding the final record.
    
    Here's Martel! King, congratulations on all of your records! I knew you could 
    do it! But, the last one will be hard!
    -Martel Daisy
    
    This final record is why I gave this task a 3 star rating. You are supposed to 
    let yourself kissed by Martel 20 times! To do that, you talk to her repeatedly 
    until she kisses you. Keep talking to her until she has kissed you a whopping 
    20 times! Once you have done so, talk to Martel again and she will 
    congratulate you and let you off the hook for the last record.
    
    She asks whether it was a pain in the behind for you. I wonder whether this is 
    a reference to achievements being more and more common in video games. It 
    certainly is! But answer no. Martel says that setting records is usually 
    seriously super hard work. Of course, that makes whoever holds the record a 
    really great person. She concludes that you are legendary king who holds every 
    known record. And now, Martel will take you out on a drive!
    
    She drives slowly on the castle ramparts with you follow close behind. That 
    was so much fun! Martel loves you almost as much as her car. Your reward: An 
    expensive toy, a robot model worth 1610000 Bol.
    
    -------------------
    27. Art collection
    -------------------
    [LKS27]
    The creators of Little King's Story held a drawing contest in Japan before the 
    release of the game. 100 lucky contestants will have their artwork featured in 
    the game, in the form of art pieces. Ginger the art dealer will visit you in 
    the middle of the game, telling you that he's lost those 100 pictures. From 
    then on, you will find those art pieces scattered around the world, which 
    appear as white circles with Ginger's face on it. The art pieces can be 
    anywhere, in plain sight, hidden in breakable objects, holes and so on. 
    
    Whenever you have collected art pieces, you can return them to Ginger by 
    visiting his exhibit in the forest east of Castle Town. Simply examine the big 
    tent to hand them over to Ginger, who might reward you with treasure if you 
    have returned enough of them.
    
    --------------------
    Art piece locations
    --------------------
    Art Piece 01: Swarm by Kazuya Kamie
    This art piece can only be collected after you have found at least 50 other 
    art pieces. Once you have done so, Ginger will offer the "Dealer's Confession" 
    quest in the suggestion box.
    
    Go see Ginger and he will talk to you about the blank canvas by his tent. The 
    canvas was once the painting chosen for the grand prize. But after the judges 
    made their decisions, the actual character in the painting escaped. As a 
    result, the canvas is blank. You now have to catch that UMA for Ginger. Ginger 
    then reveals the Royal Art Gallery Grand Prize "Swarm" by Kazuya Kamie. You 
    must defeat all the works of art in the allotted time to win. You are sent to 
    a field with many cardboard cutouts of the animals on the picture. To "defeat" 
    those creatures, you must send a soldier into them and knock them over. Be 
    warned though, those "creatures" stand back up after a short while. You must 
    knock all cutouts down before anyone gets back up.
    
    You have 1 minute to knock down all the creatures. I suggest that you start by 
    knocking down the individual creatures in the centre of the field before you 
    see to the two groups at the edges. For those two groups of creatures, all you 
    have to do is to knock one creature within each group. Then, the rest of the 
    creatures within each group will fall like dominoes. You should be able to win 
    this challenge after some tries. Ginger then awards you with the picture. You 
    also receive a video game and an art piece as rewards.
    
    Art Piece 02: "Turniplepas" by Yohei Yamamoto
    When you first enter the Red Turnip Forest, go all the way to the west to find 
    an open field with many turnips around the place. Check out the southeastern 
    corner of the field for your art piece.
    
    Art Piece 03: "Mokemoke" by Miho Ogata
    Soon after Ginger told you about the missing paintings, send one of your men 
    into the house directly opposite the carpenter hut within the Castle Town. The 
    people inside will hand you the art as a show of support.
    
    Art Piece 04: "Gorilla Potato" by Aturah
    Examine the narrow paths around the Melon Patch to find this art piece. Be 
    careful as Yvonne the giant toad will jump out of the water as you approach 
    this picture!
    
    Art Piece 05: "Goatcrocken" by MEGA
    Your castle will be expanded after you have conquered three kingdoms. This 
    picture can be found in the dungeon. To get there, enter the hallway to your 
    right as you enter the castle lobby and follow it to the end.
    
    Art Piece 06: "Egg Prince" by UMA
    After you have conquered the Worrywart Kingdom, complete the God UFO quest to 
    trigger the arrival of an Eggan in your kingdom. Recruit him into your team 
    and return to the Worrywart Kingdom. Go over to the maze entrance on the 
    Worrywart Kingdom side to find a Concodore guarding a boiled egg. Cook up the 
    Concodore and use the Eggan to break the boiled egg, revealing a hole which 
    can be dug up for this work of art.
    
    Art Piece 07: "Come on the Board" by Missus Y
    When the Grassland Town has been completely built up, send someone into the 
    boathouse and the residents will give you this picture.
    
    Art Piece 08: "Parrot Manager" by Achu
    As you make your way through the maze of islands within the Primetime Kingdom, 
    one of the holes in the ground can be dug up for this art piece.
    
    Art Piece 09: "Macho MOE" by Do
    Go west from the Haunted Zone 2 wonder spot and you will find a peninsula with 
    several giant televisions. Once a broadcaster (citizen of the Primetime 
    Kingdom) has moved into your kingdom, recruit him into your team and use him 
    to destroy those giant TVs there. The picture can be found at the end of the 
    peninsula.
    
    Art Piece 10: "Masharalen" by Dororonpa
    Once the Jolly Residence is built at the southern end of Soldier Town, send 
    your men to tax those buildings. The residents in one of the buildings will 
    hand you the painting.
    
    Art Piece 11: "Persiraffe" by Mechamegane
    You will explore a new part of the Ripe Kingdom during the God Food Store 
    quest. This painting is found atop a blue tree within that area, so send a 
    carefree child up the tree to retrieve it for you.
    
    Art Piece 12: "Dirt Eater" by Yu->ki Sato
    After the Farmland district is completely built, examine the back of the 
    lumberjack hut to find a haystack, which can be cut down for this picture.
    
    Art Piece 13: "Squadmone" by Ena Yurimi
    Visit the Over-There-Beach after Ginger's first visit to find the picture 
    directly beneath the big parasol there.
    
    Art Piece 14: "Mush and Room" by Yoyo
    A narrow path can be found near the entrance of the Dark Valley. Follow that 
    path to find a T-junction, at which the path leading to the right is blocked 
    off by a rock. Use a miner to destroy the rock and follow the path until you 
    find a hammer sign. Build a set of stairs so that you can reach the plateau 
    above the path you are on. Go south on the plateau and you will find a group 
    of bushes, one of which hides this work of art.
    
    Art Piece 15: "Phantom Berry" by Yoshitaka
    Build up the Royal City completely and tax the posh tower blocks there. The 
    residents in one of the buildings will hand you this painting as a gift.
    
    Art Piece 16: "Bean Die" by Recycle General
    Once the Stone City (aka. Stonecutters Village) has been completely built, tax 
    the residential houses to get this painting.
    
    Art Piece 17: "Elf Hunter" by Retromania
    This art piece is found at the southeast corner of the Royal City. It's best 
    to search the place before a single building has been built.
    
    Art Piece 18: "My Fairy" by TOKKO
    Go southeast from the clearing inside the forest to the east of Castle Town to 
    find a tree stump in the way. Destroy the stump with a lumberjack to find an 
    area guarded by Turnipheads. Once the enemies are killed, destroy the log in 
    that area to get your painting.
    
    Art Piece 19: "Building Block Castle", by TOKKO
    Climb up the stairs to the north of the church in Castle Town to find the 
    picture on the plateau there.
    
    Art Piece 20: "Bath Free" by Yamamoto Thunder
    A hole will appear in the clearing inside the forest to the east of Castle 
    Town at night. Dig up the hole to retrieve this picture.
    
    Art Piece 21: "Stuffed Tree Stuffed Nut" by Kinoko
    Walk around Glamour Town at night to find a hole in the ground by the Jump 
    Cannon, which houses this painting.
    
    Art Piece 22: "PANDA Jet" by Hitomi Kanazawa
    A hole will appear right outside the hunter hut in Grassland Town at night. 
    Simply dig open the hole for your picture.
    
    Art Piece 23: "Gow Bug" by Aqua
    After you have conquered the Onii Kingdom, revisit the valley where you fought 
    the Onii King. There should be a ramp leading up somewhere. Follow this high 
    path until you see the picture on a ledge below you.
    
    Art Piece 24: "Rainbow Snake" by Hamburger
    This picture is found inside a hole which appears on the west side of Gourmet 
    Town at night. It really pays to go out at night, you know.
    
    Art Piece 25: "Omike" by Pochat Ami
    Explore the starting area of the Sunflower Plains to find a number of bushes 
    in a corner to the west. Cut down those bushes for this picture.
    
    Art Piece 26: "Punk Wood" by Pirori Kin
    You will be required to kill a Marble Dragon during the "God Booze" quest. 
    Once he's killed, open up the crack in the ground and start digging, fighting 
    off any enemies that pop out of the hole until you find this painting.
    
    Art Piece 27: "Seafood" by HIDESHAKU
    You will be offered a quest called "God Forecast" right after you conquered 
    New Island. Accept the quest to trigger the arrival of a Craftian, a citizen 
    of New Island. Recruit him into your team and use him to transform the 
    building blocks on the eastern end of Over-There-Beach into an archway which 
    can be passed through. Fight your way past the Crab Oniis to reach a hammer 
    sign, at which you can build a long bridge to another island to the east, 
    where the picture is located.
    
    Art Piece 28: "Marvel Brothers" by Pius
    Walk around Royal City at night to find a hole in the ground which can be dug 
    open for this picture.
    
    Art Piece 29: "Mai Home" by Pecan
    Cross the bridge to the Farmland and walk east along the river, past the 
    florist for this particular work of art.
    
    Art Piece 30: "Precedo" by PORISU
    You can find the painting in the northwest part of Miner's Town, beyond the 
    futuristic area.
    
    Art Piece 31: "Uncle Frank" by Yukina
    The first time you go north from the Melon Patch, you will enter an area 
    guarded by an Onii Ring and a number of Onii Rings throwing pots at you from 
    the ridge above. Kill the Onii Ring before you shoot down the two pot throwing 
    Oniis on the ridges. One of them will drop this picture.
    
    Art Piece 32: "Blockade Flower" by Gotty
    Walk deep into the Sunflower Plains at night and follow the low path. Keep 
    moving until you see a picture blocked off from the main path by a number of 
    sunflowers. Walk close to those flowers to coax several Moonflowers to life, 
    which can be killed, thus creating a gap which you can squeeze through to 
    reach the artwork.
    
    Art Piece 33: "MUMA" by KOBU
    The painting is found inside the Bony Tunnel, fight your way past the Arsonist 
    Oniis until you see it in plain sight.
    
    Art Piece 34: "Dragon King" by Sagittarius
    Search the area around the Bony Plains lake (near the entrance to the 
    Primetime Kingdom) to find a dead end marked by a sign. The picture is found 
    at this dead end, along with a crashed flying saucer.
    
    Art Piece 35: "Poison Dragon" by Sato
    Invade the Kingdom of the Jolly and keep moving along the path until you find 
    a pair of Oniis sitting on a mat. The painting is found inside the rubbish bin 
    to the right of the mat.
    
    Art Piece 36: "Trauma Inducer" by Sarutobi Sasuke
    Remember the stairs you have built inside the Ripe Kingdom during the God Food 
    Store quest? Climb up those stairs and go directly to the right to find a pile 
    of logs which can be destroyed, allowing you to reach the picture.
    
    Art Piece 37: "Glasses" by Nora
    This picture is found in plain sight to the west of the carpenter hut.
    
    Art Piece 38: "Scovalle" by Yuuki Takase
    Once the Stonecutting Plant is built in the Stone City, check out the mines to 
    find the picture at one of the entrances.
    
    Art Piece 39: "Octolesia" by Akira Tanaka
    Climb up the stairs at the Former Onii Grounds (i.e. Wonder Spot #1) near the 
    entrance to the Dark Valley and follow the narrow path. You will find some 
    pots in a corner, one of them actually an Escargoo in disguise. Destroy them 
    all to find the painting.
    
    Art Piece 40: "Norichan" by Yoshiki Hirai
    Having exited the Bony Tunnel and arrived at the Skull Plains, head west to 
    find some pots. If this is your first time here, they will be guarded by an 
    Arsonist Onii. Kill that Onii with your hunters so that you can smash the pots 
    for the artwork.
    
    Art Piece 41: "Chulichu" by Shu Matsumoto
    Return to the open area where you fought King Duvroc after you have beaten him. 
    Notice that a new path is opened leading southeast. You can use it to enter an 
    isolated part of the Sunflower Plains where this picture is located.
    
    Art Piece 42: "Pil*Po" by Shiho Tanaka
    Walk around Soldier Town at night to find a hole in the ground there. I bet 
    you know what I am thinking? Start digging.
    
    Art Piece 43: "Nennen" by Kouichi Furutani
    Take a left U-turn at the Haunted Zone 2 wonder spot. You will find a barrier 
    behind which are many Oniis. Quickly destroy the barrier so you can get at the 
    Oniis guarding this painting.
    
    Art Piece 44: "Toilet and Paper Fairies" by Yukihiro Miyakawa
    Reenter Dark Valley (from the Former Onii Grounds side) after you have 
    conquered the Onii Kingdom. You will find a hammer sign at the valley entrance, 
    at which you can build some stairs leading to the plateau above. The painting 
    is hidden inside one of the pots up there.
    
    Art Piece 45: "Dummy Root" by Taku Tateishi
    The painting is found behind the blue house by the river in the northwest part 
    of the Farmland district.
    
    Art Piece 46: "Rice Man" by Ouka Kanno
    You will find this painting at plain sight near the plateau where the Jump 
    Cannon is to be built, as you make your way into the Worrywart Kingdom via the 
    Skull Plains.
    
    Art Piece 47: "Beautiful Spinny" by Meeko Umino
    Once you have beaten King Shishkebaboo, explore the pinball table where you 
    "fought" him to find the picture in plain sight.
    
    Art Piece 48: "Corc" by Hidekazu Juni
    Once the Farmland district has been completely built up, go and take a look 
    around the farmstead to the south of the district. You will find this picture 
    in plain sight behind one of the farmhouses. You have to cut your way through 
    the haystacks to get it.
    
    Art Piece 49: "Gol Bago" by Takashi Tabata
    The painting is found inside the lone pot in the northeastern corner of Royal 
    City. You should be able to get it as soon as you have gained the area.
    
    Art Piece 50: "Unkou" by TOKKO
    As you make your way towards the Tiptoe Kingdom on the Skull Plains, you will 
    come across a giant cage in which a Reborn Dragon can be found. Quickly bust 
    into the cage and kill the dragon before his flames and ice consume your men. 
    Once he's been killed (three times), you can walk around inside the cage to 
    find this particular work of art.
    
    Art Piece 51: "Geezer Uncle" by DANNA
    This picture is found in the northwest corner of Magical Land.
    
    Art Piece 52: "Bowl Brothers" by Takeuchi Nana
    You will come to a sign with a map showing you how to get to the Worrywart, 
    Primetime and Tiptoe Kingdoms in the Skull Plains. A hot spring can be found 
    near the sign. Break the pots by the hot spring for this painting.
    
    Art Piece 53: "Mummy Bird" by Bororo
    There is a narrow path between the trees directly east of Ginger's tent. 
    Squeeze through that path to find some graveyard. Cut down the bushes there to 
    find this painting.
    
    Art Piece 54: "Cheezun" by Masugon
    Once you have conquered the Worrywart Kingdom, return to the open area where 
    you beat King Omelet's quiz show. Scattered around the area are numerous 
    boiled eggs. Recruit the Eggan into your team after he has arrived in your 
    kingdom (by starting the God UFO quest) and have him break open those boiled 
    eggs one by one until you find the picture.
    
    Art Piece 55: "Puff King and Puff Soldier" by Maruru
    Head back to Mt. Sobamanjaro after you have beaten Long Sauvage. Head towards 
    the lower sealed entrance to the Sobamanjaro cave to find the painting in 
    plain sight, along with a hole which can be dug up for a big treasure.
    
    Art Piece 56: "Kirame" by Mizugo
    After beating the Onii King, reenter the valley where you have beaten him and 
    find a path that leads up. Follow this path to the end to find this picture.
    
    Art Piece 57: "Chinnen" by Matanko
    Now that the Primetime Kingdom has been conquered, head northeast from the 
    Miner's Town, through the now open gate to a plateau overlooking Magical Land. 
    The picture is inside the hole.
    
    Art Piece 58: "Athlete's Foot" by Mamekuma
    Search the pots around the Skull Plains Lake for this painting.
    
    Art Piece 59: "Browgeddon" by Miracle Goshin
    Accept the God Mountain quest and go back to the foot of Mt. Sobamanjaro. The 
    billboard there would have collapsed, revealing a new path. Follow that path 
    and skip the hammer sign. Fight your way past the hostile mushrooms to find 
    the picture at the dead end.
    
    Art Piece 60: "Pigeonette" by NAO
    Search the haystacks by the water to the south of the entrance to the 
    Worrywart Kingdom maze, on the Bony Plains side.
    
    Art Piece 61: "Baend" by NYUNYU
    The painting is right behind Ginger's tent at his art exhibition!
    
    Art Piece 62: "Twin Ghosts" by Damnedsiay
    Search the graveyard to the east of the Haunted Zone 2 sign and you will find 
    the picture behind a gravestone at the southern end. You will need a miner to 
    smash through those gravestones. Also watch out for zombies.
    
    Art Piece 63: "Rabupon" by Moon (M)
    Once your castle is expanded, go down to the lobby and enter the hallway to 
    the right. Keep moving until you find a private chapel, where you will find 
    this painting.
    
    Art Piece 64: "Maromaro" by Damechiro
    Reenter the Kingdom of the Jolly after beating Duvroc. A path leading 
    southeast will be opened up, which leads to an isolated part of the Sunflower 
    Plains. Follow the path until you reach a field with many scarecrows. The 
    painting is hidden inside the bushes nearby.
    
    Art Piece 65: "Yo, Hei, Unhei" by TEKARU
    As you make your way towards Mt. Sobamanjaro, you will have to build a bridge 
    across the river at some point. The painting is hidden inside some pots near 
    the hammer sign there.
    
    Art Piece 66: "Horizontal Zebra" by Tantan
    Having built the Moon Harvest farmstead in the Farmland district, send your 
    men into the houses there one by one to tax them. The residents inside one of 
    the houses will give you this painting to show their support.
    
    Art Piece 67: "Cherry Boys" by Tochinoki no Mi
    You will find many tasty items to destroy during your invasion of the Ripe 
    Kingdom. This painting is hidden inside a peach near the entrance to the 
    pinball table where you will "fight" King Shishkebaboo.
    
    Art Piece 68: "Nosehalt Oldman" by Supercup
    Once the Craftian has arrived at your kingdom, recruit him into your team and 
    go through the gate to the north of Magical Land. Use the Craftian to 
    transform the building blocks into an archway that can be passed through. You 
    now have to follow the path, fighting your way past many enemies like Yvonne 
    frogs and the Typhoony Bunch. The painting is found on the island at the end 
    of this path.
    
    Art Piece 69: "Yoreyore" by Masao
    After building the Magical Land, search behind the two toilets at the entrance.
    
    Art Piece 70: "Macrochama" by Maso
    Having defeated King Duvroc, go back to the open area where you have fought 
    him to find a new path leading southeast. Follow that path until you see a 
    signpost. The artwork is found inside the rubbish bin at the base.
    
    Art Piece 71: "Home" by Masao
    This art piece is found inside one of the residences inside Glamour Town. Send 
    your men in to tax those buildings until someone gives you the painting.
    
    Art Piece 72: "Breaktime Family" by Masao
    The picture is found to the north of the Hidden Hot Spring Wonder Spot to the 
    east of Mt. Sobamanjaro. In case you don't know, it's to the northwest of the 
    bridge leading to New Island.
    
    Art Piece 73: "Ricecake" by Nekoyanagi
    Accept the "God Food Store" quest and go up to the plateau inside the Ripe 
    Kingdom as shown by the treasure map. Go east from the stairs and you will 
    find the picture inside a giant slice of cake.
    
    Art Piece 74: "Yurihas" by Nora
    Visit the Over-There-Beach right after Ginger's first visit to find this 
    picture inside one of the pots there.
    
    Art Piece 75: "Boaster Worm" by Bakuden
    Explore the Sunflower Plains and take the high road to find this picture atop 
    a blue tree. Of course, you will have to send a carefree child up the tree.
    
    Art Piece 76: "Foot Couple" by Jonji
    Go west at the Haunted Zone 2 Wonder Spot and smash through the giant stump 
    blocking the path. Fight your way past several Onii Balls until you find a 
    much bigger one. The art piece can be found somewhere in the area.
    
    Art Piece 77: "Eringi" by shika
    The picture is hidden in the lone bush behind the Floral Florist in the 
    Farmland district.
    
    Art Piece 78: "Machiroria" by Shunsuke
    During the God Mountain quest, you will be building a set of stairs up to a 
    plateau. There should be a crack that can be opened somewhere. The picture is 
    hidden among the trio of mushrooms near that crack.
    
    Art Piece 79: "Battoon" by Shun
    The picture is hidden in a glowing hole on the main path leading to Mt. 
    Sobamanjaro, a distance before the area with the Onii Balls.
    
    Art Piece 80: "Negotiator Cat" by Tsubame
    Once your castle is expanded, take a walk around the ramparts of your castle 
    and you will find this painting inside a watch tower.
    
    Art Piece 81: "Morhino" by Toriji
    Once you have beaten King TV Dinnah, go back to the broadcast tower to find 
    the picture in plain sight near it.
    
    Art Piece 82: "Miss Turkina" by Ukihana
    After the Gourmet Town is completely built up, send your men to collect tax 
    from the houses. The residents inside one of the houses will hand you the 
    painting as a show of support.
    
    Art Piece 83: "Sakuya Konohana" by Inutoasob
    The painting is found on the same island where you have found Art Piece 68.
    
    Art Piece 84: "Hooky Worm" by Uo
    Enter Dark Valley and go up the plateau overlooking it from the south. The 
    picture is on top a blue tree, which requires a carefree child to get it.
    
    Art Piece 85: "Finger Man" by Mai Utsunomiya
    When you have completely built up the Miner's Town, explore the futuristic 
    area. You will find the painting inside a pot behind one of the houses there.
    
    Art Piece 86: "King" by Ekakiman
    Enter the Dark Valley from the Onii Grounds side (Wonder Spot 1) and take the 
    narrow path at the entrance. Go right at the T-junction that follows and climb 
    the stairs up to the plateau above. Keep moving along the plateau, past the 
    blue tree where you found Art Piece 84 and you will eventually find a lower 
    ledge with a glowing hole on it. Drop down and dig up the picture.
    
    Art Piece 87: "Usatan" by Ebi
    A hole will appear in the ground south of the church at night. Dig open the 
    hole to get this painting.
    
    Art Piece 88: "Lips Man" by Ogatamatsushima
    Go east from the foot of Mt. Sobamanjaro until you find a hole in the ground. 
    Be careful as you start digging since Yvonne the giant frog will ambush you 
    from the water. Fight her off before you dig open this hole to get the 
    painting. Expect some resistance as the hole gets bigger.
    
    Art Piece 89: "Mr. Tamayama" by Nariko Oka
    The picture is located in plain sight in the area where you fought King Duvroc.
    
    Art Piece 90: "Battonfly" by Okanii
    When a Craftian has moved into your kingdom, recruit him into your team and 
    get back to the giant arena where you fought Jumbo Champloon. Some building 
    blocks can be found on the eastern side which can be transformed into an 
    archway that can be passed through. The picture is in plain sight in that 
    hidden area.
    
    Art Piece 91: "U. M. A. Bugs" by Ori
    The painting is found atop the blue tree on the plateau where you found Art 
    Piece 19. Send a kid up there to get it for you, as usual.
    
    Art Piece 92: "Tokkilth" by Kaiki
    This painting is on top of the tree behind the hot spring overlooking the Onii 
    Grounds to the east of your Farmland distict. That's 4 locational prepositions 
    in a row, I may add.
    
    Art Piece 93: "Updown Worm" by Kagetsuki"
    This picture is on top of a tree near where you found Art Piece 52 in the 
    Skull Plains.
    
    Art Piece 94: "Rebellious Imp" by Hitomi Kamie
    Right after you have retrieved "My Beard" for the God Mountain quest, go 
    directly to your left to find the picture in the corner.
    
    Art Piece 95: "Lulu" by KATANN
    Tax the house directly north of the culinary academy in the Gourmet Town to 
    get this picture.
    
    Art Piece 96: "Rule" by KATANN
    The picture is guarded by a Fan Onii during your invasion of New Island.
    
    Art Piece 97: "Echor" by Kurogaron
    This picture is found in the area just before your fight with Jumbo Champloon.
    
    Art Piece 98: "Jealousy Knight" by Kumonoshitano Ou
    Continue along the path after you have found Art Piece 98 to find a narrow one 
    guarded by many Onii Balls. The painting is at the other end of the path.
    
    Art Piece 99: "Potato Worm" by Ibukikksu
    The picture is found inside a hole to the northwest of the Melon Patch.
    
    Art Piece 100: "Don Bracocko" by Hatto
    Explore the Sunflower Plains and take the low path. The picture is inside the 
    first glowing hole you will find. Be careful as there may be Cockadoodledoos 
    on the ledges above the hole.
    
    ------------------------
    28. Treasured equipment
    ------------------------
    [LKS28]
    You will find a number of giant artefacts throughout the game. When you sit on 
    your throne to cash in on your treasures, you will find that those artefacts 
    marked with the word "Treasure". Those items are actually equipment for your 
    men which provide various beneficial effects. You can equip your men by 
    calling Liam and selecting the Treasure Room option or by using the podium 
    outside your castle. Here is the list of the 58 treasures found in the game in 
    the order I found them.
    
    Cupid's Bow
    Class: Hunter     Effect: The wielder's attacks might stun the enemy
    When the Soup Church is built, send a pair of citizens who are in love with 
    each other into the church and they will get married and give birth to a 
    carefree child. In addition, the bow will appear outside the church.
    
    Toy Staff
    Classes: Everyone but hunters     Effect: For looks only!
    Walk around Castle Town at night to find a hole outside the Soup Church. Start 
    digging and you will get this cute looking but useless item.
    
    Striped Undies
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 5
    When you have gained the Farmland district, build the riverside residence. 
    Send someone into that blue house to gather taxes and you will receive this 
    item from the people living inside.
    
    Skull Staff
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    Explore the valley where you first encountered an Onii Man (i.e. Former Onii 
    Grounds) to find a hammer sign by the entrance to the Dark Valley. Build a 
    flight of stairs up the ridge to find a hole which contains this treasure.
    
    Wood Sword
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    Buy the Weapons Research offered by the travelling merchant and you will 
    receive this weapon automatically.
    
    Grass Mail
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 2
    Buy the Armour Research offered by the travelling merchant and you will 
    receive this piece of armour automatically.
    
    Toy Axe
    Classes: Everyone but hunters     Effect: For looks only!
    Talk to the first merchant you have trained and he will offer to draw lots 
    with you. You will win and somehow win this axe. Equip it on a lumberjack for 
    all I care since it's for looks only.
    
    Rolled Newspaper
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    Break open the rubbish bins near the newly built Shopping Arcade in the 
    farmland and you will find this item inside one of the bins.
    
    Casual Clothes
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 2
    Talk to the second merchant you have trained and he will hand you the item.
    
    Clothesline
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    Talk to the third merchant you have trained and he will hand you the item.
    
    Wooden Mallet
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    There is a giant plateau deep inside Sunflower Plains with many paths 
    extending from it. You get onto that plateau by taking the low path as you 
    enter the plains and going right at the T-junction, initially blocked by 
    wooden barriers. The mallet is found inside the hole found when you take the 
    leftmost path from that plateau.
    
    Leather Jacket
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 3
    Talk to the fourth merchant you have trained and he will hand you the item.
    
    Parasol
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: The wielder's attacks might stun the enemy
    Take the narrow path from the Dark Valley entrance (entering from the Former 
    Onii Grounds) and you will reach a T-junction. Use a miner to smash through 
    the rock blocking the right path and explore that area. Fight your way past 
    the wild animals until you see a low path by the water. Walk carefully along 
    that path and watch out for Yvonne the giant frog. Kill the frog and you will 
    arrive at a peninsula with the parasol. (Also note Wonder Spot 10: Haunted 
    Zone 1 nearby)
    
    If you don't want to fight Yvonne, don't take the low path and continue along 
    the path you are on. When you see the peninsula, simply drop down there to get 
    it before you return to the castle through the field menu.
    
    Bin Bow
    Class: Hunter     Effect: Raises attack power
    When you have completely built up the Gourmet Town, go there and break open 
    the rubbish bin by the westernmost house to retrieve this weapon.
    
    Gauntlet
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 3
    Explore the Torn Forest (the predecessor of Soldier Town), located to the west 
    of the Stone City. Follow the path leading south until you find a hammer sign, 
    at which you can build a set of tall stairs leading up to a hole. Dig open the 
    hole and there you are.
    
    Toy Mallet
    Classes: Everyone but hunters     Effect: For looks only!
    Build up the Soldier Town and have a look around. Smash the rubbish bin near 
    one of the uptight residences and you will find this mallet.
    
    Toy Sword
    Classes: Everyone but hunters     Effect: For looks only!
    Return 5 paintings to Ginger and he will give this to you as a reward.
    
    Toy Spear
    Classes: Everyone but hunters     Effect: For looks only!
    Return 5 paintings to Ginger and he will give this to you as a reward.
    
    Toy Bow
    Class: Hunter     Effect: For looks only!
    Return 5 paintings to Ginger and he will give this to you as a reward.
    
    Furry Kilt
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 2
    This kilt is obtained by returning 10 paintings to Ginger.
    
    Sterile Undies (x2)
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Grants the wearer immunity to poison
    Return 15 paintings to Ginger to get two pairs of such undies at once.
    
    Viper Sticker
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Grants the wearer immunity to poison
    You will receive this sticker in addition to the sterile undies when you hand 
    in 15 paintings to Ginger's exhibition.
    
    Health Undies
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 3
    This time, you should return 20 paintings to Ginger in order to get them.
    
    Hand Cooler (x3)
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Grants the wearer immunity to burns
    You receive 3 hand coolers by returning 25 paintings to Ginger.
    
    Pancho Poncho
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Causes the wearer to slowly regenerate health
    It's going to take a while, but you have to return a total of 40 paintings to 
    Ginger before he will give you this item.
    
    Legendary Sword
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power and allows the wielder to make multiple hits
    Talk to the fifth merchant you have trained to get this weapon. This is the 
    final item that can be obtained by talking to your merchants.
    
    Legendary Bow
    Class: Hunter     Effect: Raises attack power
    You get this item by defeating the giant Onii Bride at the Abandoned Onii 
    Grounds during the God Paper quest.
    
    Legendary Spear
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    Start the God Booze quest and return to the Kingdom of the Jolly. A new path 
    will be revealed which leads south from the area where you fought Duvroc. 
    Follow that path until you reach the crossroads. You will find an open gate 
    nearby through which you can enter a valley with the Marble Dragon. Defeat the 
    dragon and he will drop the weapon. You can now search for the hole nearby 
    which hides the flying machine part.
    
    Battleaxe
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    The travelling merchant will eventually offer Super Weapons for sale. Buy it 
    in the kingdom plans menu and the weapon will be yours.
    
    Legendary Staff
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    Start the God Food Store quest and go to a new unexplored part of the Ripe 
    Kingdom, where you will find a giant stag beetle known as the Giant Zoeter. 
    Defeat him and you will get the staff.
    
    Chainmail
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 3
    Buy the Super Armour upgrade in the Kingdom Plans menu once it is made 
    available by the travelling merchant.
    
    Drumstick
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    Having exited the Bony Tunnel and entered the Skull Plains, go right and get 
    up the hill to find a nest of Cockadoodledoos and Concodores. Burn up all 
    these birds and dig up the hole in the nest for this item. I wonder if this 
    drumstick refers to a chicken leg or not.
    
    Lucky Misanga
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 1
    Once you have built up Magical Land, destroy the rubbish bin at the entrance.
    
    Magical Girl Wand
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: The wielder's attacks might stun the enemy
    Walk around the newly built Magical Land it find it at the roundabout right in 
    the middle of the place.
    
    Pillow
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: The wielder's attacks might stun the enemy
    Complete the N1c3 K1ngd0m quest in the suggestion box, where you have to 
    defeat an invading flying saucer at night in your kingdom.
    
    Hand Warmer (x3)
    Classes: Everyone
    Effect: Grants the wearer immunity from being turned into snowmen
    You receive 3 hand warmers by returning 55 paintings to Ginger.
    
    Dude Thong
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 4
    Remember the map in the Skull Plains showing you how to get to the Worrywart, 
    Primetime and Tiptoe Kingdoms? Go north from the map to find a giant hole in 
    the ground. Start digging and fend off all the Mini Dragons that pop out of 
    the hole and you'll eventually get this underwear. In case you don't know 
    where I'm talking about, there is a hot spring nearby.
    
    Legendary Dress
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 4
    You receive this dress by returning 70 paintings to Ginger.
    
    Legendary Mallet
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    Make your way towards the Tiptoe Kingdom from the Skull Plains and your 
    merchant will soon detect a hole in the middle of the path. Keep digging and 
    fending off the enemies that pop out to get this mallet.
    
    Black Cape
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 4
    Having received the Legendary Mallet, continue your way towards the Tiptoe 
    Kingdom to find a Reborn Dragon breathing fire and ice at your men from inside 
    a giant cage. Quickly bust into the cage through the door and defeat this 
    dragon! You'll get this cape as a reward.
    
    Robin's Bow
    Class: Hunter     Effect: Raises attack power
    You will eventually have to build a bridge across the river to reach the 
    Tiptoe Kingdom. Search the area just before the hammer sign to find an Onii on 
    a ridge holding a box. Use your hunters to shoot him dead to get the bow.
    
    Plastic Hammer
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: The wielder's attacks might stun the enemy
    The Plastic Hammer is a reward for winning the Forest Track Race against a 
    rabbit. During the game, a rabbit will eventually appear outside your castle, 
    which can be examined for a letter. The letter invites you to a race against 
    the rabbit and can be accepted through the suggestion box.
    
    Go west from the high tech area of the Miner's Town to find the rabbit. This 
    marked the beginning of Forest Field Day. It's time for a Footloose Race 
    between you and the rabbit. Your objective is to simply beat the rabbit to the 
    pinball table to the forest cafeteria. Be warned though, things aren't as 
    simple as you might expect. The rabbit AI is programmed with the rubber band 
    effect. If you happen to have a big lead over it, it will quickly speed up to 
    narrow the gap. In fact, this little fella tends to speed up just before the 
    finish line to knock you down!
    
    The strategy is to let the rabbit have the lead at the start while maintaining 
    a marginal gap between it and you. Change the viewing angle to behind Corobo's 
    back and you can clearly see what's ahead. Once you have passed the logs, the 
    rabbit will start weaving left and right on the track. This is your 
    opportunity to overtake that pesky rabbit! Be careful not to bump into the 
    rabbit or you will be knocked down.
    
    Paperweight (x3)
    Classes: Everyone
    Effect: Grants the wearer immunity from being knocked back, that is, they will 
    no longer be sent flying when hit by attacks like the tail whips from the Tail 
    Worker Oniis.
    You receive 3 paperweights by returning 95 paintings to Ginger.
    
    Triangular Ruler
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    Once a Craftian has moved into your kingdom, enlist him into your group and 
    explore New Island again. Use him to convert those piles of building blocks on 
    the island into archways that can be passed through. You can find a hole this 
    way with the stationery inside.
    
    Legendary Ring
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 1 and grants 
    immunity to all status ailments
    Go north from Magical Land to find a path blocked off by a pile of building 
    blocks. Use the Craftian to transform the blocks into an archway so that you 
    can enter that path. Fight your way through the giant frogs and Crab Oniis 
    until you reach an island at the end of the path. Dig open the hole, fighting 
    off all the enemies until this ring pops out.
    
    Bamboo Sword
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    Examine the table tennis table on the ground floor of your castle to play the 
    minigame. Start by beating Skinny Ray at rookie level and then beat the 
    carefree adult at amateur level. In this minigame, you hit the ball by 
    pressing the A button when it bounces close to you. You win by rallying the 
    ball again and again until your opponent cannot return it anymore.
    
    Dried Squid
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    Having beat the carefree adult at table tennis, defeat Pancho at pro level to 
    get this seafood weapon.
    
    Legendary Undies
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 1 and grants 
    immunity to all status ailments
    Defeat Howser at table tennis (world pro level) for the ultimate reward.
    
    Rabbit Sword
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: The wielder's attacks might stun the enemy
    You get the Rabbit Sword by winning the second Forest Track Race. Having 
    beaten the rabbit, a brown pig carrying a letter will appear at the square 
    outside your castle. The letter invites you to a second race at the same venue 
    against two brown pigs. Just like your encounter with the rabbit, you must 
    deliberately lag slightly behind the leader until just before the finish gate. 
    Then you can rush past them without fear of them accelerating and overtaking 
    you.
    
    Legendary Axe
    Classes: Grunt soldier, hardened soldier, steel knight
    Effect: Raises attack power
    You get this axe by winning the third and final Forest Track Race. A bear will 
    appear outside your castle right after the second race. Examine the bear to 
    get the invitation letter to the race. This time, you are up against the bear 
    cub, the two piglets and the rabbit. Given the three opponents, it's rather 
    difficult to avoid getting knocked down by any of those animals. But still, 
    try your best to keep close with the bear and attempt to overtake him near the 
    finishing line. Hopefully you'll win despite his final acceleration.
    
    Legendary Armour
    Classes: Everyone     Effect: Raises the wearer's total health by 10
    You get this armour by returning all 100 paintings to Ginger.
    
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    |                             VII. CONCLUSION                                |
    +----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
    This is where I will end the guide. Little King's Story is a real dark horse 
    when it comes to games on the Wii. The game was immensely fun, but 
    unfortunately, anecdotal evidence suggests that the game was poorly stocked in 
    retailers and online stores in most of Europe, probably with the exception of 
    the UK. Hopefully this game won't fall under the radar, no matter how niche it 
    will be. Whatever happens, Pikmin fans are going to love this game, due to the 
    similar gameplay mechanics. As for me, I can't stand playing a large group of 
    plant creatures, so I'd prefer this as an alternative to Pikmin.
    
    There is one complaint I have for this game though. It's about the targeting 
    system. Since the Wii Remote has a pointer, they should have allowed you to 
    point and click at the enemy that you want to fight, rather than moving the 
    king to look directly at the enemy. Otherwise, Little King's Story is an 
    excellent game. Don't let the seemingly cute presentation fool you since this 
    game is more "mature" than it appears!
    
    Finally, this guide is copyright 2009-2012 to Kylohk and to be posted solely 
    on GameFAQs. Please don't bother asking for permission to post this guide 
    elsewhere.